CHANGE

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION

8000.95 CHG 4

 

 

National Policy

Effective Date: 5/25/18

 

SUBJ:

Designee Management Policy

1.    Purpose of This Order. This order is a comprehensive publication establishing policy and procedures for managing all aspects of certain representatives of the Administrator including selection, appointment, orientation, training, oversight, suspension, and termination.

2.    Audience. The primary audience for this order is Aviation Safety (AVS) designees, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) managing specialists, and FAA personnel who may interact with designees or designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and administrative employees as appropriate.

3.    Where You Can Find This Order. You can find this order on the MyFAA employee website at https://employees.faa.gov/tools_resources/orders_notices. Inspectors can access this order through the Flight Standards Information Management System (FSIMS) at http://fsims.avs.faa.gov. Air carriers (operators) can find this order on the FAA’s website at http://fsims.faa.gov. This order is available to the public at http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/orders_notices.

4.    Explanation of Policy Changes. This change redefines some of the requirements and adds language to support Designee Management System (DMS) implementation for the following designee types: Designated Pilot Examiner (DPE)/Administrative Pilot Examiner (Admin PE)/Specialty Aircraft Examiner (SAE), Designated Mechanic Examiner (DME)/Designated Parachute Rigger Examiner (DPRE)/Designated Airworthiness Representative—Maintenance (DAR-T), Aircrew Program Designee (APD)/Designated Flight Engineer Examiner (DFEE), Training Center Evaluator (TCE), and Designated Manufacturing Inspection Representative (DMIR)/Designated Airworthiness Representative—Manufacturing (DAR-F). As more designee types are required to use DMS, they will also begin using this policy for their designee management responsibilities. Other minor changes have been made to the order.

5.    Disposition of Transmittal Paragraph. This change will remain in FSIMS until superseded by a revision to this order.

PAGE CHANGE CONTROL CHART

Remove Pages

Dated

Insert Pages

Dated

Page i

4/11/14

Page i

5/25/18

Pages iii thru vii

6/30/17

Pages iii thru vii

5/25/18

Page 1-1

Page 1-2

6/17/15

3/6/16

Pages 1-1 and 1-2

5/25/18

Pages 1-4 and 1-5

3/6/16

Pages 1-4 and 1-5

5/25/18

Page 1-10

6/17/15

Page 1-10

5/25/18

Page 1-21

6/17/15

Page 1-21

5/25/18

Pages 1-33 and 1-34

3/6/16

Pages 1-33 and 1-34

5/25/18

Page 2-11

Page 2-12

3/6/16

6/17/15

Pages 2-11 and 2-12

5/25/18

Page 3-1

Pages 3-2 thru 3-5

Page 3-6

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

Pages 3-1 thru 3-9

5/25/18

Pages 3-8 thru 3-18

Page 3-19

Page 3-20

Page 3-21

3/6/16

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

Pages 3-11 thru 3-21

5/25/18

Pages 3-23 thru 3-25

Page 3-26

Page 3-27

Pages 3-28 thru 3-30

Pages 3-31 and 3-32

Page 3-33

3/6/16

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

Pages 3-23 thru 3-35

5/25/18

Page 3-35

Page 3-36

Pages 3-37 and 3-38

Pages 3-39 thru 3-42

Pages 3-43 and 3-44

Page 3-45

3/6/16

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

Pages 3-37 thru 3-45

5/25/18

Page 3-48

Page 3-49

Pages 3-50 and 3-51

Pages 3-52

Page 3-53

6/30/17

3/6/16

4/11/14

6/30/17

3/6/16

Pages 3-48 thru 3-51

5/25/18

Page 4-16

6/17/15

Page 4-16

5/25/18

Page 5-1

Page 5-2

6/30/17

4/11/14

Pages 5-1 and 5-2

5/25/18

Pages 5-9 and 5-10

Page 5-11

3/6/16

6/30/17

Pages 5-9 thru 5-11

5/25/18

Page 5-16

3/6/16

Page 5-16

5/25/18

Page 5-18

3/6/16

Page 5-18

5/25/18

Pages 5-20 thru 5-23

Page 5-24

Page 5-25

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

Pages 5-20 thru 5-25

5/25/18

Page 5-27

Page 5-28

Page 5-29

Pages 5-30 and 5-31

Page 5-32

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

Pages 5-27 thru 5-32

5/25/18

Page 5-35

3/6/16

Page 5-35

5/25/18

Page 5-37

Page 5-38

3/6/16

6/30/17

Pages 5-37 and 5-38

5/25/18

Pages 5-40 thru 5-42

Page 5-43

Page 5-44

Page 5-45

Page 5-46

Pages 5-47 thru 5-49

Page 5-50

Pages 5-51 and 5-52

6/30/17

4/11/14

6/30/17

4/11/14

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/17/15

3/6/16

Pages 5-40 thru 5-49

5/25/18

Page 5-54

Pages 5-55 and 5-56

Page 5-57

Page 5-58

3/6/16

4/11/14

6/30/17

4/11/14

Pages 5-51 thru 5-54

5/25/18

Pages 6-1 thru 6-11

Page 6-12

Page 6-13

Page 6-14

Pages 6-15 thru 6-19

Pages 6-20 and 6-21

Pages 6-22 thru 6-42

4/11/14

6/17/15

4/11/14

6/17/15

4/11/14

3/6/16

4/11/14

Pages 6-1 thru 6-32

5/25/18

Pages 7-1 thru 7-15

Page 7-16

Pages 7-17 thru 7-23

Pages 7-24 and 7-25

Pages 7-26 thru 7-38

Page 7-39

Page 7-40

Page 7-41

Pages 7-42 thru 7-50

4/11/14

6/17/15

4/11/14

3/6/16

4/11/14

6/17/15

4/11/14

6/17/15

4/11/14

Pages 7-1 thru 7-40

5/25/18

Page 8-1

Pages 8-2 thru 8-5

Pages 8-6 thru 8-9

Pages 8-10 thru 8-12

Page 8-13

Page 8-14

Page 8-15

Page 8-16

Pages 8-17 and 8-18

4/11/14

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

3/6/16

4/11/14

3/6/16

4/11/14

6/30/17

Pages 8-1 thru 8-17

5/25/18

Page 8-21

Page 8-22

6/30/17

6/17/15

Pages 8-20 and 8-21

5/25/18

Page 8-24

Page 8-25

Page 8-26

Pages 8-27 thru 8-32

4/11/14

6/30/17

3/6/16

6/30/17

Pages 8-23 thru 8-32

5/25/18

Page 8-34

6/30/17

Page 8-34

5/25/18

Page 8-36

Page 8-37

6/30/17

6/17/15

Pages 8-36 thru 8-38

5/25/18

Page 8-40

6/30/17

Page 8-41

5/25/18

Page A-2

4/11/14

Page A-2

5/25/18

Pages A-4 and A-5

Page A-6

6/30/17

3/6/16

Pages A-4 thru A-6

5/25/18

Page A-8

4/11/14

Page A-8

5/25/18

Page B-1

6/30/17

Page B-1

5/25/18

Pages B-3 thru B-5

3/6/16

Pages B-3 thru B-5

5/25/18

ORIGINAL SIGNED by

/s/ Ali Bahrami

Associate Administrator for Aviation Safety

FAA logo

U.S. Department of Transportation

Federal Aviation Administration

National Policy

ORDER

8000.95

 

 

Effective Date:

4/11/14

SUBJ:

Designee Management Policy

Indicates new/changed information.

This order is a comprehensive publication establishing policy and procedures for managing all aspects of certain representatives of the Administrator including selection, appointment, orientation, training, oversight, suspension, and termination. This order represents a consolidation of existing policies across the following Aviation Safety (AVS) Services and Offices: Aircraft Certification Service (AIR), Flight Standards Service (FS), and the Office of Aerospace Medicine (AAM). This order also establishes the Designee Management System (DMS), which is a web‑based tool designed to standardize the management of designees.

Table of Contents

      Chapter                                                                                                                                                Page

Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.
Volume 1. Common Designee Policy........................................................................................................

1-1

Chapter 1. General Information............................................................................................................

1-1

Chapter 2. Application Process.............................................................................................................

1-7

Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant...........................................................

1-10

Chapter 4. Designee Appointment......................................................................................................

1-12

Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee................................................................

1-13

Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee........................................................................

1-15

Chapter 7. Training.............................................................................................................................

1-21

Chapter 8. Renewal of Designee Appointment...................................................................................

1-22

Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation............................................................................................

1-24

Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation...........................................................................................

1-28

Chapter 11. Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause....................................................................

1-30

Chapter 12. Other Designee Management Functions.........................................................................

1-32

Chapter 13. Administrative Information.............................................................................................

1-34

 

 

 

Volume 2. AME Designee Policy..............................................................................................................

2-1

Chapter 1. Introduction.........................................................................................................................

2-1

Chapter 2. Application Process.............................................................................................................

2-2

Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant.............................................................

2-5

Chapter 4. Designee Appointment........................................................................................................

2-7

Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee................................................................

2-10

Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee........................................................................

2-14

Chapter 7. Training.............................................................................................................................

2-20

Chapter 8. Renewal of Designee Appointment...................................................................................

2-22

Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation............................................................................................

2-23

Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation...........................................................................................

2-26

Chapter 11. Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause....................................................................

2-27

Chapter 12. Other Designee Management Functions.........................................................................

2-28

 

 

 

Volume 3. DPE, Admin PE, and SAE Designee Policy............................................................................

3-1

Chapter 1. General Information............................................................................................................

3-1

Chapter 2. Application Process.............................................................................................................

3-9

Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant...........................................................

3-19

Chapter 4. Designee Appointment......................................................................................................

3-23

Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee................................................................

3-25

Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee.......................................................................

3-29

Chapter 7. Training.............................................................................................................................

3-45

Chapter 8. Termination of a Designation...........................................................................................

3-48

Chapter 9. Suspension of a Designation.............................................................................................

3-49

Chapter 10. Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause....................................................................

3-50

Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions.........................................................................

3-51

 

 

 

Volume 4. DADE Designee Policy............................................................................................................

4-1

Chapter 1. General Information............................................................................................................

4-1

Chapter 2. Application Process.............................................................................................................

4-3

Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant.............................................................

4-6

Chapter 4. Designee Appointment........................................................................................................

4-9

Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee................................................................

4-11

Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee.......................................................................

4-15

Chapter 7. Training.............................................................................................................................

4-27

Chapter 8. Renewal of Designee Appointment..................................................................................

4-30

Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation...........................................................................................

4-31

Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation...........................................................................................

4-33

Chapter 11. Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause....................................................................

4-34

Chapter 12. Other Designee Management Functions.........................................................................

4-35

 

 

 

Volume 5. DME, DPRE, and DAR-T Designee Policy.............................................................................

5-1

Chapter 1. General Information............................................................................................................

5-1

Chapter 2. Application Process...........................................................................................................

5-11

Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant...........................................................

5-20

Chapter 4. Designee Appointment......................................................................................................

5-23

Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee................................................................

5-26

Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee.......................................................................

5-32

Chapter 7. Training.............................................................................................................................

5-48

Chapter 8. Termination of a Designation...........................................................................................

5-51

Chapter 9. Suspension of a Designation.............................................................................................

5-52

Chapter 10. Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause....................................................................

5-53

Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions.........................................................................

5-54

 

 

 

Volume 6. APD and DFEE Designee Policy.............................................................................................

6-1

Chapter 1. General Information............................................................................................................

6-1

Chapter 2. Application Process.............................................................................................................

6-4

Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant.............................................................

6-6

Chapter 4. Designee Appointment......................................................................................................

6-11

Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee................................................................

6-13

Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee.......................................................................

6-16

Chapter 7. Training.............................................................................................................................

6-25

Chapter 8. Termination of a Designation............................................................................................

6-29

Chapter 9. Suspension of a Designation.............................................................................................

6-30

Chapter 10. Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause....................................................................

6-31

Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions.........................................................................

6-32

 

 

 

Volume 7. TCE Designee Policy................................................................................................................

7-1

Chapter 1. General Information.............................................................................................................

7-1

Chapter 2. Application Process.............................................................................................................

7-4

Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant..............................................................

7-9

Chapter 4. Designee Appointment......................................................................................................

7-14

Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee................................................................

7-16

Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee........................................................................

7-20

Chapter 7. Training.............................................................................................................................

7-32

Chapter 8. Termination of a Designation............................................................................................

7-37

Chapter 9. Suspension of a Designation.............................................................................................

7-38

Chapter 10. Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause.....................................................................

7-39

Chapter 11. Other Designee Management Functions..........................................................................

7-40

 

 

 

Volume 8. DMIR and DAR-F Designee Policy.........................................................................................

8-1

Chapter 1. General Information............................................................................................................

8-1

Chapter 2. Application Process............................................................................................................

8-2

Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant...........................................................

8-16

Chapter 4. Designee Appointment......................................................................................................

8-19

Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee................................................................

8-23

Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee.......................................................................

8-25

Chapter 7. Training.............................................................................................................................

8-33

Chapter 8. Renewal of Designee Appointment..................................................................................

8-35

Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation...........................................................................................

8-36

Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation...........................................................................................

8-39

Chapter 11. Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause....................................................................

8-41

Chapter 12. Other Designee Management Functions.........................................................................

8-42

 

 

 

Volume 9. DER Designee Policy...............................................................................................................

9-1

Chapter 1. General Information............................................................................................................

9-1

Chapter 2. Application Process...........................................................................................................

9-11

Chapter 3. Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant...........................................................

9-25

Chapter 4. Designee Appointment......................................................................................................

9-27

Chapter 5. Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee................................................................

9-30

Chapter 6. Oversight and Management of a Designee.......................................................................

9-31

Chapter 7. Training.............................................................................................................................

9-38

Chapter 8. Renewal of Designee Appointment..................................................................................

9-40

Chapter 9. Termination of a Designation...........................................................................................

9-41

Chapter 10. Suspension of a Designation...........................................................................................

9-42

Chapter 11. Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause....................................................................

9-43

Chapter 12. Other Designee Management Functions.........................................................................

9-44

 

 

 

Appendix A. Definitions............................................................................................................................

A-1

Appendix B. Acronym List........................................................................................................................

B-1

Appendix C. Directive Feedback Information...........................................................................................

C-1

List of Tables

 Table                                                                                                                                                         Page

Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.

  1-1.

Offices Responsible for Designee Policy.........................................................................................

1-2

  1-2.

Overall Performance Result...........................................................................................................

1-18

  3-1.

Types of Designees..........................................................................................................................

3-2

  3-2.

Certificate Level Testing/Checking Authorizations........................................................................

3-3

  3-3.

Aircraft Category/Class/Privileges Testing/Checking Authorizations............................................

3-4

  3-4.

Administrative Authorizations........................................................................................................

3-6

  3-5.

Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as a PE and/or a CE.......................................

3-13

  3-6.

Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as a CIRE, an ATPE, and/or a PPE...............

3-13

  3-7.

Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as an SPE.......................................................

3-14

  3-8.

Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as a VAE, VFEE, and EAE...........................

3-16

  3-9.

PIC Experience Requirements.......................................................................................................

3-34

  4-1.

Performance Categories for Performance Evaluation...................................................................

4-23

  4-2.

Overall Performance Evaluation Result and Action......................................................................

4-24

  5-1.

Standard Airworthiness Certification Function Codes....................................................................

5-2

  5-2.

Standard Airworthiness Certification Function Codes—Primary and Restricted Categories.........

5-3

  5-3.

Limited Category Function Codes...................................................................................................

5-4

  5-4.

Experimental Category for the Purposes of Market Survey, R&D, or Crew Training

 

  

Function Codes................................................................................................................................

5-4

  5-5.

Experimental Category for the Purposes of Exhibition and/or Air Racing Function Codes...........

5-5

  5-6.

Experimental Category for the Purposes of Operating Amateur-Built Aircraft

 

  

Function Codes................................................................................................................................

5-6

  5-7.

Light-Sport Category and Experimental Category for the Purpose of Operating Light-Sport

 

  

Aircraft Function Codes..................................................................................................................

5-7

  5-8.

Export Approvals Function Codes..................................................................................................

5-8

  5-9.

Domestic Approval of Engines, Propellers, and Articles Function Codes......................................

5-8

  5-10.

 Other Authorizations Function Codes............................................................................................

5-9

  6-1.

FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements..................................................................

6-27

  7-1.

TCE Training Requirements..........................................................................................................

7-33

  7-2.

FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements..................................................................

7-35

  8-1.

Minimum Qualification Requirements............................................................................................

8-5

  8-2.

DMIR Authorized Functions.........................................................................................................

8-12

  8-3.

DAR-F Authorized Functions........................................................................................................

8-13

  A-1.

Designee Management Definitions—Common..............................................................................

A-1

  A-2.

Designee Management Definitions—AME....................................................................................

A-3

  A-3.

Designee Management Definitions—DPE, Admin PE, and SAE..................................................

A-4

  A-4.

Designee Management Definitions—DADE.................................................................................

A-5

  A-5.

Designee Management Definitions—DME, DPRE, and DAR-T..................................................

A-6

  A-6.

Designee Management Definitions—APD and DFEE...................................................................

A-7

  A-7.

Designee Management Definitions—TCE and TCE-FE................................................................

A-8

  A-8.

Designee Management Definitions—DMIR and DAR-F..............................................................

A-9

  A-9.

Designee Management Definitions—DER..................................................................................

A-12

List of Figures

 Figure                                                                                                                                                       Page

Indicates new/changed information.

  3-1.

High-Level Selection Process Flow...............................................................................................

3-19

  3-2.

High-Level Appointment Process Flow.........................................................................................

3-23

  4-1.

High-Level Selection Process Flow.................................................................................................

4-6

  4-2.

High-Level Appointment Process Flow...........................................................................................

4-9

  4-3.

Oversight Outcome Determination Process...................................................................................

4-17

  4-4.

High-Level Performance Flow......................................................................................................

4-22

  5-1.

High-Level Selection Process Flow...............................................................................................

5-20

  5-2.

High-Level Appointment Process Flow........................................................................................

5-23

  6-1.

High-Level Selection Process Flow.................................................................................................

6-6

  6-2.

High-Level Appointment Process Flow.........................................................................................

6-11

  6-3.

Performance Measures and Oversight Activity Results................................................................

6-22

  7-1.

High-Level Selection Process Flow.................................................................................................

7-9

  7-2.

High-Level Appointment Process Flow.........................................................................................

7-14

  7-3.

Performance Measures and Oversight Activity Results.................................................................

7-28

VOLUME 1.  COMMON DESIGNEE POLICY

Chapter 1.  General Information

Section 1.  Introduction

1.    Purpose of This Order. This order establishes policy for integrated designee management and the use of the Designee Management System (DMS), which is a web-based tool designed to standardize the management of designees.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    This order consolidates orders across Aviation Safety (AVS) Services and Offices and establishes a common policy section for all designees and provides respective volumes for the specific designee types. These policy changes are global in nature and, therefore, are not listed individually.
b.    All users of this order must familiarize themselves with its contents and comply with the instructions and guidance contained herein. Many of the procedural functions are not included in the order since they are now incorporated into the functionality of the DMS.

2.    Audience. The primary audience for this order is AVS designees, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) managing specialists, and FAA personnel who may interact with designees or designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and administrative employees as appropriate.

3.    Where to Find This Order. You can find this order on the MyFAA employee website at https://employees.faa.gov/tools_resources/orders_notices. Inspectors can access this order through the Flight Standards Information Management System (FSIMS) at http://fsims.avs.faa.gov. Air carriers (operators) can find this order on the FAA website at http://fsims.faa.gov. This order is available to the public at http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/orders_notices.

4.    How This Order is Organized. This order contains nine volumes. Volume 1 contains common policy applicable to all AVS designee types. Volumes 2 through 9 contain policy applicable to specific designee types. Together, these volumes represent the designee management policy for AVS designees, excluding holders of Organization Designation Authorization (ODA).

5.    Implementation. Compliance with this order will be achieved in accordance with the implementation plans established by each service/office for their respective designee types. Implementation will involve transition from existing management and information systems and designee management polices to the DMS IT tool and policy. Affected employees and designees will be notified through directive/memo when each implementation will begin and end, as well as when full compliance with this policy is required. FAA employee and designee login credentials and instructions will be provided at the beginning of each implementation. Timing for release and completion of each implementation plan will depend upon:

a.    Availability of the DMS IT tool for the respective designee type.
b.    Completion of transition training in the electronic Learning Management System (eLMS) by the managing specialist and their respective management officials.
Indicates new/changed information.

6.    Authority to Change This Order. The Office of Aerospace Medicine (AAM), Aircraft Certification Service (AIR), and Flight Standards Service (FS) have the authority to revise material in this order. Depending on the change, the appropriate office (AAM, AIR, or FS) will initiate the change and coordinate with the other offices.

7.    Responsible Offices for Designee Policy.

Indicates new/changed information.

Table 1-1.  Offices Responsible for Designee Policy

Designee Type

Office

Aviation Medical Examiner (AME)

AAM–400

Aircrew Program Designee (APD)/Designated Flight Engineer Examiner (DFEE)

AFS–600

Designated Aircraft Dispatcher Examiner (DADE)

AFS–600

Training Center Evaluator—Pilot (TCE)

AFS–600

Designated Mechanic Examiner (DME), Designated Parachute Rigger Examiner (DPRE), and Designated Airworthiness Representative—Maintenance (DAR-T)

AFS–600

Designated Pilot Examiner (DPE)/Administrative Pilot Examiner (Admin PE)/Specialty Aircraft Examiner (SAE)

AFS–600

Designated Engineering Representatives (DER)

AIR–600

Designated Airworthiness Representative—Manufacturing (DAR-F)/Designated Manufacturing Inspection Representative (DMIR)

AIR–600

8.    Directive and Guidance Information.

a.    Directive Information.
(1)    This type of information is directive in nature and contains terms such as “shall,” “will,” or “must.” These words indicate that the actions are mandatory. “Shall not” prohibits the action.
(2)    The use of these terms does not allow for flexibility.
b.    Guidance Information.
(1)    This type of information is considered guidance and contains terms such as “should,” “can,” or “may.”
(2)    These terms indicate actions that may not be mandatory; however, they are strongly encouraged, permissive, and allow flexibility.

9.    Designation of a Designee Authorization. Title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C.) § 44702 empowers the Administrator to “...delegate to a qualified private person, or to an employee under the supervision of that person, a matter related to the examination, testing, and inspection necessary to issue a certificate under this chapter; and issuing the certificate.”

a.    Designation Authority. Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) Part 183, Representatives of the Administrator, prescribes the requirements for designating private individuals to act as representatives of the Administrator.
b.    Regulation. Title 14 CFR Part 61, Certification: Pilots, Flight Instructors, and Ground Instructors, and 14 CFR Part 142, Training Centers, provides for individuals authorized by the Administrator to conduct functions for the continued qualification and initial competency validation.

10.    Employee Status. A designee is not considered an employee of the U.S. Government and is not federally protected for the work performed or the decisions made as a designee.

11.    Role of DMS. DMS will collect, store and process data and information associated with designees and the designee management processes in accordance with FAA recordkeeping requirements. DMS may utilize information from other FAA systems where appropriate and other FAA systems may utilize information from DMS where appropriate.

12.    DMS User Guide. A user guide is available via the help menu in the DMS tool and available at www.faa.gov.

13.    Technical Support. For questions regarding the operation of DMS, contact the National IT Service Desk at (844) 322-6948 or via email at 9-NATL-AVS-IT-ServiceDesk@faa.gov.

Section 2.  Designee Overview

1.    Legal Authority. Title 49 U.S.C., subtitle VII, chapter 447, provides the statutory authority to delegate private persons to perform certain authorized functions on behalf of the FAA. These persons are called designees. The designee’s function is vital to enhancing the FAA’s public service role and improving overall safety in the National Airspace System (NAS). The FAA appoints designees to provide airman and aircraft certifications and other services to the public in accordance with FAA policy, guidance, and regulations.

2.    Vision of Delegation Management Programs. The FAA delegation programs leverage agency resources; respond to changes in workloads and aviation industry needs; demand the highest technical and ethical standards from designees; and ensure public, governmental, and industry confidence in aviation safety through strict compliance with certification policies and regulations.

3.    Designation Principles. The FAA bases the designation programs on the following principles, which are implicit in the day-to-day management of these programs:

a.    Privilege. Designation is a privilege, not a right.
b.    Knowledgeable. Designees must be knowledgeable, qualified, and competent.
c.    Risk-Based Approach. Management of designation programs must employ a risk-based approach.
d.    Essential. Designation programs are essential.
e.    Need and Ability. A need for and ability to manage a designee must exist for all designees.

4.    Designee Types Covered by This Order. Specific designee types covered by this order include:

a.    AAM.
(1)    Aviation Medical Examiner (AME).

(a)    Civilian.

(b)    Military.

(c)    Federal.

(d)    Official.

Indicates new/changed information.
b.    Flight Standards (FS).
(1)    Air Transportation Designee.

(a)    Aircrew Program Designee (APD).

(b)    Designated Aircraft Dispatcher Examiner (DADE).

(c)    Designated Flight Engineer Examiner (DFEE).

(d)    Training Center Evaluator (Pilot) (TCE).

(e)    Training Center Evaluator (Flight Engineer) (TCE-FE).

(2)    Administrative Pilot Examiners (Admin PE).

(a)    ACR for a Part 141 Pilot School with Examining Authority (ACR-141).

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    ACR for a Flight Instructor Refresher Course (ACR-FIRC).

(3)    Designated Pilot Examiner (DPE).

(a)    Private Examiner (PE).

(b)    Commercial Pilot Examiner (CE).

(c)    Commercial and Instrument Rating Examiner (CIRE).

(d)    Flight Instructor Examiner (FIE).

(e)    Pilot Proficiency Examiner (PPE).

(4)    Specialty Aircraft Examiners (SAE).

(a)    Sport Pilot Examiner (SPE).

(b)    Sport Pilot Flight Instructor Examiner (SFIE).

(c)    Experimental Aircraft Examiner (EAE).

Indicates new/changed information.

(d)    Vintage Flight Engineer Examiner (VFEE).

(e)    Vintage Aircraft Examiner (VAE).

Indicates new/changed information.

(f)    Limited Aircraft Examiner (LAE).

(5)    Designated Airworthiness Representative (DAR)—Maintenance (DAR-T).
(6)    Designated Mechanic Examiner (DME).
(7)    Designated Parachute Rigger Examiner (DPRE).
c.    AIR.
(1)    Designated Engineering Representatives (DER).

(a)    Company (DER-Y).

(b)    Consultant (DER-T).

(2)    Airworthiness Designee.

(a)    DAR—Manufacturing (DAR-F).

(b)    Designated Manufacturing Inspection Representative (DMIR).

5.    Risk-Based Principles.

a.    Risk-Based Management. Risk-based management is a continuous process of identifying, analyzing, evaluating, controlling, and monitoring risks that exist with the designee program. DMS captures and manages the data, including the substantiation and documentation of the decisions.
b.    Risk Management Strategy (RMS). Risk management strategy provides the managing specialist with a methodology for managing hazards and the associated risks related to designee performance. DMS provides the managing specialist with a means to document and track the performance of a designee utilizing the oversight module. The oversight module allows the managing specialist to review and evaluate the disposition of any risks associated with discrepancy findings. This methodology may include the following:
(1)    Identifying the discrepancy and determining the hazard;
(2)    Analyzing and assessing the risk;
(3)    Making a decision;
(4)    Implementing the decision; and
(5)    Monitoring the effectiveness of the decision.

6.    Performance. Throughout the oversight process for each designee, there are both automated and manually-initiated determinations that are documented that may trigger specific actions by the managing specialist. Using risk‑based principles provides a more comprehensive method of managing designees.

Section 3.  Minimum Qualifications Overview

1.    Minimum Qualifications of Managing Specialists. The minimum qualifications for managing specialists are established by the responsible offices for designee policy. See Chapter 1, General Information, of each volume of the designee type-specific volumes for details.

Chapter 2.  Application Process

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the designee application process. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the application process policy.

2.    General.

a.    Application Information. To learn about the designee management program and/or initiate the designee application process, qualified individuals should access the FAA Designee website at http://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_delegations/dms/.
b.    Eligibility. Anyone may apply to be a designee; however, the DMS will not accept applications from the following:
(1)    Current FAA employees, and
(2)    Previous applicants who have been banned from applying. Please see Chapter 3, Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant, for more information regarding banning.
c.    Multiple Designee Types.
(1)    The FAA may appoint an individual to more than one type of designation.
(2)    Designee applicants must complete a separate application for each designation type sought. Each designation is a separate appointment.
d.    References. The applicant may provide the following:
(1)    Three verifiable character references to substantiate that the applicant possesses integrity and sound judgment.
(2)    Three verifiable technical references to substantiate that the applicant possesses the required technical expertise for the designation sought. These references may be the same individuals used as character references.

3.    Qualifications. In addition to the requirements in paragraph 2b above, applicants may also have additional eligibility requirements which can be found in the appropriate designation type-specific volumes of this order.

a.    Minimum Qualifications. The designee applicant must:
(1)    Have the ability to read, write, understand, and speak fluent English; and
(2)    Be at least 23 years of age.
b.    Character. The designee applicant must:
(1)    Have a high degree of integrity;
(2)    Have a cooperative attitude;
(3)    Have the ability to exercise sound judgment;
(4)    Be engaged in the aviation industry;
(5)    Have a reputation for dependability; and
(6)    Be able to maintain the highest degree of objectivity while performing authorized functions.
c.    Technical Experience. The applicant must have up-to-date extensive knowledge and experience that is pertinent to the designation being sought.
d.    FAA Interaction. Any previous working relationship the applicant had with the FAA must have been positive.

4.    Disqualifiers. Applicants will be disqualified for any of the following reasons:

a.    Terminated for Cause. See Chapter 9, Termination of a Designation, for details.
b.    Banned. See Chapter 3 for details.
c.    Convictions and Felonies. Having, within the past 7 years:
(1)    Been convicted of any violation of any local, state, or Federal law pertaining to drugs or alcohol.
(2)    Been convicted of any felony offenses. A felony offense is considered a conviction where the punishment could have been greater than 1 year regardless of the sentence.
(3)    Been imprisoned, been on probation, or is on parole because of a felony conviction (including civilian or military felonies, firearms or explosive violations).
(4)    Been other than “honorably” discharged from the military.
(5)    Had an airman certificate (other than medical), rating, or authorization (or foreign equivalent) suspended, revoked, or paid a civil penalty as a result of a violation of any FAA or other Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) regulations (foreign or domestic).
d.    Current Disqualifiers. Is currently under investigation, charged indictments, or has a pending action for the items described in paragraph 4c above.

5.    Privilege, Not a Right. Successfully meeting the minimum qualifications does not guarantee appointment as a designee. During the application process in DMS, the designee applicant will be required to acknowledge the following in DMS:

a.    Designation is a privilege, not a right.
b.    The FAA Administrator can terminate any designation at any time, for any reason.

6.    Post Application.

a.    Retention of Application Data. DMS saves all application data in accordance with FAA Order 1350.14, Records Management.
b.    Notification. DMS will automatically notify designee applicants regarding the status of their application.
c.    Updating Applications. Applicants must update their applications whenever information changes and they must validate and verify the application data at least every 12 calendar-months. Failure to maintain up‑to‑date information may affect selection eligibility and appointment as a designee. Updated applications may be rescored where appropriate. An application that is updated will remain active in DMS until the applicant is selected or cancels the application.
d.    Cancellation. A designee applicant can cancel an application at any time in DMS.

Chapter 3.  Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy related to the selection and evaluation of a designee applicant. Selection refers to the identification and evaluation of qualified designee applicants that best meet the FAA’s needs. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the policy for the selection and evaluation of a designee applicant.

2.    General.

a.    Qualified Applicants. DMS will provide a list of qualified applicants that meet the needs identified by the requesting FAA office.
b.    Selection Timeframe. Once DMS presents a list of qualified applicants, the selecting official has 30 calendar-days to make a selection from that list. After 30 calendar-days, the selecting official must resubmit a query.

3.    Need and Ability to Manage. The FAA must show need for specific functions to be delegated and, subsequently, the ability to manage a designee performing those functions before a designee can be appointed. The managing FAA office, within its sole discretion, determines the need for and ability to manage a designee. The selecting official at the managing FAA office must validate the need and ability to manage an additional designee by answering a series of questions during the selection process in DMS.

a.    Considerations for Determining Specific Need.
(1)    The FAA cannot support the certification work and need with existing designees.
(2)    The activity in the office has increased or is forecasted to increase, and cannot be supported with existing designees.
(3)    The FAA has lost an employee or designee resource.
(4)    The need for a new designee is driven by the needs of the public and not by the impact on other existing designees or entities.
b.    Considerations for Determining Ability to Manage.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    The managing office staff has the technical skills and knowledge to oversee the designee.
(2)    The existing and/or projected office workload allows the office to effectively manage the designee.
(3)    Adequate funds (e.g., travel allocation) exist to oversee the additional or existing designee.

4.    Requesting Qualified Applicants.

a.    List of Qualified Applicants. Once the FAA establishes the need and ability to manage a designee, the selecting official can request a list of qualified applicants from DMS. DMS will search active applicants to identify candidates that most closely match the specified criteria.
b.    Deviation from Minimum Qualifications. If no qualified candidates are available within DMS, an appointing official may request a deviation from the minimum qualification requirements if:
(1)    The FAA demonstrates a significant need for the appointment, and
(2)    The applicant meets an equivalent qualification. (See the appropriate designee type-specific volume for more information.)

5.    Evaluation. The following tasks are part of the evaluation process:

a.    Evaluating Search Returns. Once DMS has generated a list of applicant(s) based on the search criteria, the selecting official may choose to review the applications prior to assigning an evaluating specialist(s). Determining which applicants will be evaluated for appointment is at the sole discretion of the selecting official.
b.    Assigning Evaluating Specialist. Once the selecting official determines which applicants will be evaluated for appointment, DMS will prompt the selecting official to assign an evaluating specialist(s) based on designee type.
c.    Reviewing Application for Minimum Qualifications. For each applicant, the evaluating specialist must review the application for completeness to ensure that all minimum qualifications have been met.
d.    Completing Evaluation Checklist. The evaluating specialist completes the evaluation checklist in DMS for each applicant being evaluated.

6.    Banning. If the evaluating specialist determines that the applicant falsified information during the application process, the evaluating specialist must make the determination whether that applicant should be banned from applying as a designee.

a.    Banning Process. During the selection process, if the evaluating specialist determines that an applicant intentionally falsified information on the application, the FAA must ban the applicant. The evaluating specialist should consider all relevant information, including whether the falsification was intentional or accidental, before making a decision to ban. Since this is a rare and serious offense, the evaluating specialist will be required to justify and document the recommendation in DMS and forward it to the selecting official for the final determination.
b.    Appealing a Decision to Ban. The applicant can appeal a ban decision. See Chapter 11, Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause, for more information on the appeal process.

Chapter 4.  Designee Appointment

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the appointment of a selected qualified applicant. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the policy for designee appointment.

2.    General.

a.    Designee Number. During appointment, DMS assigns a unique nine-digit identification number known as the designee number. This designee number is used in documentation to identify the work and certifications completed by the designee when authorized by the Administrator.
b.    Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA). For each appointment, DMS generates and stores a CLOA that serves as the certificate of authority, certificate of designation, and the identification card (ID cards are issued to AMEs only) as required by 14 CFR part 183. The CLOA provides a detailed description of the designee’s authorities, limitations, and associated expiration as contained within DMS. A CLOA is available to the designee for each type of designation held and serves as the record of the designee’s authority. Authorized users can view a designee’s authority in DMS. A designee may print a copy of the CLOA but is not required to do so.

3.    Appointment Duration. Appointment duration may last up to 36 calendar-months; however, refer to designee type-specific policy for appointment duration guidance.

Chapter 5.  Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the responsibilities and obligations of a designee. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute responsibilities and obligations of a designee.

2.    Responsibilities. A designee must:

a.    Represent the Administrator. Each designee must represent the Administrator in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA.
b.    Conduct Approved Activities. Each designee must conduct only those activities approved in DMS.
c.    Follow Policy. Designees must follow all requirements found in regulations, orders, and other policies related to the functions they perform.
d.    Maintain Skills and Knowledge. Designees must maintain technical skill and knowledge of subject matter specific to the designation held.
e.    Exhibit Sound Judgment. Designees must display sound judgment.
f.    Exhibit Integrity. Designees must show a high degree of integrity, responsibility, and professionalism.

3.    Ongoing Requirements. In addition to maintaining minimum qualifications as specified in this and the designee type-specific volumes, all designees must continue to meet the following requirements:

a.    Use DMS. Designees must use DMS as directed in this order. Designees have the responsibility to read and respond to DMS messages and provide requested information within DMS, as directed, in a timely manner.
b.    Maintain Contact Information. Designees must update their DMS profile when changes occur and review their profile at least annually.
c.    Access to Internet. Designees must have access to DMS and email through the Internet.
(1)    The designee is responsible for accessing DMS and checking DMS messages, notifications, and email on a regular and recurring basis.
(2)    The designee is responsible for scanning and uploading documents required for designation.
d.    Attend Required Training. Designees must comply with minimum training requirements.
e.    Attend Required Meetings. Designees must comply with meeting requirements.

4.    Other. Designees must maintain other requirements deemed necessary by the appointing office.

Chapter 6.  Oversight and Management of a Designee

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the oversight and management of a designee. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the policy for oversight and management of a designee.

2.    General.

a.    Oversight Principles.
(1)    Promote Safety. A primary responsibility of the FAA is to promote safety through systematic oversight of industry stakeholders, including designees. Information generated from oversight programs permits the FAA to identify safety hazards, mitigate risk, and enhance aviation safety. In order for oversight programs to be effective, they must be carefully planned and executed during the conduct of specific inspection activities.
(2)    Evaluate Performance. The objective of an oversight program is to ensure that the designee performs to the standards and expectations set forth by the FAA in its policies and regulations. Oversight is not merely an isolated event or series of activities. Oversight results should be considered in total to provide a high‑level perspective of a designee’s performance over time.
b.    Managing Office and Managing Specialist.
(1)    Designation Type. Designees have a managing office and managing specialist for each designation type. If the designee holds more than one type of designation, a designee may have more than one managing office and more than one managing specialist.
(2)    Area of Responsibility. The FAA expects designees to perform the majority of their functions within the bounds of that managing office’s area of responsibility.
(3)    Regulatory Oversight Responsibility. Managing specialists have regulatory oversight responsibility of designees and must monitor them to ensure that they continue to meet the requirements of their designations. A comprehensive oversight plan enables managing specialists to:

(a)    Determine the designee’s compliance with regulatory requirements, guidance, policy requirements, and safe operating practices;

(b)    Validate the corrective actions;

(c)    Detect changes as they occur in the operational environment; and

(d)    Detect the need for regulatory, managerial, and operational changes.

c.    Oversight and DMS. The FAA uses DMS to record the outcomes of oversight activities for a designee. By documenting oversight activity in DMS, the FAA can make an overall assessment of the designee’s performance.
(1)    Oversight Characteristics. In DMS, oversight activities have the following characteristics:

(a)    A definite beginning and a definite end;

(b)    Defined procedures;

(c)    Specific objectives; and

(d)    A required report of findings.

(2)    DMS Oversight Activities. The following oversight activities are available in DMS:

(a)    Direct observation;

(b)    Document completed work review;

(c)    Document results of investigation or inquiry;

(d)    Document designee interaction;

(e)    Document designee training;

(f)    Document applicant interview results; and

(g)    Create overall performance evaluation.

(3)    DMS Management Tools. The following management tools are available in DMS:

(a)    Create planned activity;

(b)    Record feedback;

(c)    Send note to designee; and

(d)    Document annual meeting.

d.    Performance Measures. For many of the oversight activities, the managing specialist should use the following performance measures to determine designee performance:
(1)    Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(2)    Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and directives.
(3)    Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude and demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally and written.

3.    Oversight Actions. Managing specialists may use DMS to plan but must use DMS to document the outcome of oversight activities.

a.    Planning an Oversight Activity. DMS allows managing specialists to schedule an oversight activity.
(1)    Managing specialists should use risk management principles when planning oversight.
(2)    Managing specialists should review the designee’s previous oversight outcomes as well as current activities, records, and policy as part of the planning.
b.    Oversight Activity. For a list and explanation of oversight activities applicable to a specific designee type, see Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee, in the respective designee type-specific volumes.
c.    Outcomes of Oversight Activities.
(1)    For some oversight activities, the managing specialist must select from three general categories in DMS for the overall ranking of the oversight activity: Satisfactory, Needs Improvement, and Unsatisfactory. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” the managing specialist must enter descriptive text in the appropriate performance measure category(ies).
(2)    Additionally, if the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” the managing specialist must also determine and record appropriate follow-up action(s). For more detail on follow-up actions, see Table 1-2, Overall Performance Result, and paragraph 4, Follow-Up Actions, in this chapter, as well as the “Performance Evaluation” section in each designee type-specific volume.
d.    Performance Evaluation.
(1)    At the end of the performance period, the managing specialist conducts a consolidated review of the designee’s documented oversight activity and other data available and recorded in DMS.
(2)    Based on an analysis of the information above and considering risk-based elements, the managing specialist selects an overall performance rating (Satisfactory, Unsatisfactory, or Needs Improvement) and any follow‑up actions, if required. See Table 1-2 below.
(3)    If the performance evaluation rating is “Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” the next performance evaluation must be completed within 6 calendar-months from the previous performance evaluation date. If the performance evaluation result is “Satisfactory,” the due date for the next performance evaluation is between 12 and 36 calendar-months. See Chapter 6 in the respective designee type-specific volumes for more information.
(4)    If the overall performance evaluation rating requires a 6-month follow-up, the next performance evaluation of the designee must be a “Satisfactory” rating or the designee will be terminated.

Table 1-2.  Overall Performance Result

Overall Performance Result

The managing specialist will choose the overall rating that best represents the overall performance result of the designee during the performance period:

Overall Rating

Required Action Against Designee Authority

Follow-Up Actions

Performance Evaluation Required w/in 6 Months?**

Satisfactory

None

None

No

Needs Improvement

See designee type-specific volume, as applicable

Plan and execute an oversight activity

Yes

Unsatisfactory

Suspend*

Plan and execute a corrective action activity

Yes

Reduce/Restrict Authority

Change authority, plan and execute oversight activity

Yes

Terminate

Terminate

N/A

*Requires description of planned follow-up activity.

4.    Follow-Up Actions. Depending on the issues involved, additional follow-up or oversight may be needed to ensure that the deficiency has been corrected. The intent of the follow-up action is to correct the deficiency using the most appropriate method. The following options are available to provide support for designee management:

Note:  If suspension or termination is required, please see the designee type-specific “Suspension of a Designation” and “Termination of a Designation” chapters for more information. For “Reduce Authority” decisions, see paragraph 5b below.

a.    Counseling. Managing specialists may use counseling as a type of corrective action to follow-up from a specific event, an oversight activity, or to address specific performance issues. The managing specialist must record the results of the counseling session in DMS.
b.    Additional Training.
(1)    Managing specialists may prescribe additional training to correct a deficiency related to a specific event, an oversight activity, or to address specific performance issues.
(2)    If the deficiency is such that the designee is unable to perform authorized functions correctly, then the managing specialist may initiate the suspension process to suspend the designation or specific authority until the designee completes the training.

5.    Designee Management Functions. Since the designee is performing duties on behalf of the FAA, the managing specialist should ensure that the designee has the ability and authority to perform authorized functions. If the managing specialist or the designee determines that the authorized functions are inconsistent with the work the designee will perform, DMS provides the ability to expand or reduce authorities and change limitations.

a.    Expand Authorities or Change Limitations.
(1)    Authorities can be expanded and limitations changed on an existing designation only.
(2)    When designees believe that they are qualified to perform additional authorized tasks within their designee type, other than those that the FAA currently authorizes, they can request the change through DMS.

Note:  The managing specialist may also initiate this process in DMS.

(3)    The managing specialist reviews the request and makes a recommendation to the appointing official.
(4)    The appointing official must approve all expansions in authority and/or changes of limitations in DMS. In order for the appointing official to approve the request, the designee must meet all requirements, and the FAA must have the need and ability to manage the designee.
(5)    If approved, DMS will automatically update the authority and CLOA as appropriate, notifying both the designee and the managing specialist. A designee shall not exercise any expanded authority until the request has been approved and official notification has been made.
b.    Reduce Authority. A managing specialist may initiate a reduction in a designee’s authority for a specific designation through DMS, or a designee can request a reduction of authority through the managing specialist.
(1)    DMS requires the managing specialist to enter a justification for reducing a designee’s authority.
(2)    In order for the request to be approved, the FAA must consider whether the need and ability to manage the designation still exists given the reduction in authority. If there is no longer a need or ability to manage the designee with reduced authority, the managing specialist will initiate the termination process.
(3)    An appointing official must approve all requests to reduce authority. If approved, DMS will automatically update the designee’s authorities and CLOA, as appropriate.
c.    Record Note. Managing specialists can create a personal note or reminder in DMS. This note is the digital equivalent of a sticky note; it is not part of the designee’s official record, and only the author can view the note. Managing specialists should not use this feature to record performance-related issues or other oversight‑related information.
d.    Send Message to Designee.
(1)    Managing specialists can use DMS to send a message to one or more of their designees.
(2)    DMS will store the message and record the date the message is sent, along with the date the message is opened by the designee.
(3)    DMS users can view these messages. Designees are required to monitor DMS for new messages.
e.    Record Feedback or an Interaction Regarding a Designee.
(1)    Interaction can be verbal and/or written communication between the designee, FAA, and industry.
(2)    Feedback should be provided promptly following the activity to which it references. While the managing specialist has management responsibility for the designee, any FAA employee working with a designee or designee’s work product has the responsibility to provide feedback regarding the designee’s performance or activity. Any FAA employee with access to DMS can enter feedback on a designee. If the user providing the feedback is not the managing specialist, DMS will send a notification to the managing specialist.
(3)    Types of feedback or interactions that should be recorded in DMS include, but are not limited to, the following:

(a)    Corrective—intended to correct an error;

(b)    Evaluative—intended to detail specific positive feedback;

(c)    Instructional—intended to provide information about the quality of performance; and

(d)    Compliments, critiques, and suggestions.

Chapter 7.  Training

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with training of designee applicants, designees, and FAA personnel. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the policy for training.

2.    General. Designees and FAA personnel must develop and maintain the technical skills, knowledge, ability, and proficiency to effectively perform their duties and roles.

3.    Designee Training Requirements.

a.    Initial Training. Prior to the FAA appointing an individual as a designee, the individual must participate in and successfully complete the initial training program.
b.    Recurrent Training. A designee must regularly attend and successfully complete recurrent training.
c.    Specialized Training. Specialized training covers specific authority not held by the majority of designees of a particular type, or covers new concepts, processes, and delegation authority. These topics are not normally covered in the Initial or Recurrent training for those designee types and are therefore addressed outside of this normal training environment. Specialized training is typically web-based, and addresses those areas where specialized experience and authority is required. Where applicable, a designee must complete any specialized training that is required for the specific authority requested or held. This specialized training must be completed prior to appointment or adding the special authority, and in some cases must be repeated at the interval specified.
Indicates new/changed information.

4.    FAA Managing Specialist Training Requirements. Managing specialists should complete relevant initial training prior to being assigned as a managing specialist. If an individual cannot complete the relevant initial training prior to being assigned as a managing specialist, they must enroll in a training course that takes place within 6 calendar-months of assignment and another managing specialist (either in the managing office or another office) must be identified by the managing office.

5.    Other FAA Employee Training Requirements. Managers of DMS users who have assigned DMS roles must complete Managing AVS Delegation Specialists, as revised, within 6 calendar-months of being assigned that role.

Chapter 8.  Renewal of Designee Appointment

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the FAA renewing the appointment of a designee. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the policy for renewing the appointment of a designee.

2.    General. Renewal of the designee is primarily an administrative function that allows the designee to continue to meet authority. Since designee oversight requirements have defined intervals, renewal is not contingent upon a particular oversight activity. Rather, renewal is contingent upon need and ability requirements and whether or not the designee continues to meet all requirements. The managing specialist makes performance assessments of the designee on an ongoing basis and addresses deficiencies during oversight activities at the time of discovery.

a.    Renewal Request. Designees must request a renewal of their authorization(s) through DMS.
b.    Renewal Request While Suspended. Designees may request renewal while in a suspended status; however, the FAA will not renew a designation that is in a suspended status. The FAA must lift the suspension in order to renew the designee. (See Chapter 10, Suspension of a Designation, for more information regarding the suspension process.)
c.    Surrender. A designee who does not intend to renew a designation is encouraged to voluntarily surrender the designation in DMS prior to expiration.
d.    Expiration Before Renewal. If the FAA does not approve a designee’s renewal request before the designation expires, DMS changes the designee’s status to “expired.” In an expired status, the designee is no longer authorized to perform any duties related to the expired designation and will have limited access to DMS. The designee remains in expired status until the FAA completes the renewal process or the FAA terminates the designation.
e.    Expansion of Authority. The designee may not seek an expansion of authority using the renewal process. (See the “Expand Authorities or Change Limitations” paragraph in Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee.)

3.    Privilege, Not a Right. Successfully meeting the minimum qualifications does not guarantee renewal as a designee. During renewal, the designee must acknowledge in DMS that a designation is a privilege, not a right. During renewal, the applicant must also acknowledge in DMS that the FAA Administrator can terminate any designation at any time, for any reason.

4.    Renewal Request Period. Designees can request renewal of the designation up to 60 calendar-days prior to the expiration.

a.    Reminders. DMS will send reminders to the designee in advance of the expiration date. The FAA recommends that designees apply for renewal at least 30 calendar-days prior to the designation expiration to allow time to process the request. The designee has the sole responsibility to request renewal prior to the expiration.
b.    Failure to Request Renewal Prior to Expiration. If the designee does not request renewal prior to the expiration of the authority, the FAA will terminate the designation.

5.    Renewal Duration. The duration of a renewed designation must not exceed 36 calendar-months. Duration of specific designations can be found in the designee type-specific volumes.

Chapter 9.  Termination of a Designation

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the termination of a designation. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the policy for termination of a designee.

2.    General. There are two methods used to terminate a designation: voluntary surrender and FAA-initiated termination.

3.    Voluntary Surrender.

a.    Voluntarily Surrendering a Designation. A designee may voluntarily surrender a designation.
(1)    Designees must surrender each designation separately. The voluntary surrender process applies only to a single designation at a time.
(2)    A voluntary surrender of a designation does not preclude the individual from applying to be a designee in the future.
(3)    Once DMS notifies the designee of the suspension based on a pending termination for cause action, the designee may not submit a voluntary surrender request in DMS.
b.    Voluntary Surrender Process.
(1)    To begin the voluntary surrender process, a designee must submit a voluntary surrender request in DMS.
(2)    For a company designee, a company representative may contact the designee’s managing specialist to request voluntary surrender in DMS.
(3)    The FAA must document the voluntary surrender in DMS and include the specific reason(s) provided by the designee.
(4)    If the designee is voluntarily surrendering a designation, the managing specialist will indicate whether or not the designee is considered “in good standing.” This determination is helpful should the designee choose to reapply at a later date.
(5)    DMS will turn off access to DMS functionality as appropriate for the designation being terminated. The designee is no longer authorized to perform any duties related to the designation.
c.    Possible Reasons for Voluntary Surrender of a Designation.
(1)    Retirement;
(2)    Lack of business activity;
(3)    Difficulty in meeting requirements;
(4)    Dissatisfied with being a designee;
(5)    Personal reasons;
(6)    Employment termination; and
(7)    Any other reasons.

4.    FAA-Initiated Termination. Designees are selected, appointed, and trained to serve the needs of the FAA in fulfilling its safety mission, allowing the FAA to leverage its resources. Therefore, the FAA can rescind a designation at any time for any reason considered appropriate by the Administrator. Designees who are performing poorly or require excessive resources to manage must have their designations terminated to ensure continued effectiveness of the designee system.

a.    Terminating a Designation.
(1)    The FAA must document termination decisions in DMS and include the specific reason(s) for the termination.
(2)    When applicable, the FAA should consider feedback from individuals involved in reviewing work performed outside the designee’s managing office.
(3)    Only managing specialists assigned to the designee can initiate the termination process in DMS.
b.    Termination Process.
(1)    When it has been determined that termination is warranted, the managing specialist should begin the process immediately. Termination decisions must be formally documented in DMS, to include the specific reason. The appointing official must approve the termination recommendation through DMS.
(2)    DMS will then immediately prevent access to perform new work for the designation being terminated. The status of the designee’s authority will change to “suspended” during the termination process. The designee must immediately cease exercising designee privileges for the designation being terminated.
(3)    Upon completion of the termination process, the designee’s status will be changed to “terminated.” DMS will generate and send an electronic termination notice to the designee.
(4)    Depending on the reasons for termination, the designee may request an appeal. (See Chapter 11, Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause, for more information.)
c.    Types of Termination. There are two types of termination: “for cause” and “not-for-cause.” Anyone terminated for cause cannot reapply for designation.
(1)    For cause. For cause reasons include:

(a)    Performance deficiencies found during oversight activities or identified by other sources;

(b)    Lack of integrity (for example, making false statements, misrepresenting information, failing to disclose pertinent information, etc.);

(c)    Misconduct (for example, purposefully not following prescribed procedures for gain, etc.);

(d)    Inability to work constructively with the FAA or public (for example, failure to return phone calls, follow guidance, exhibit a cooperative attitude, etc.); and

(e)    Improper representation of the FAA (for example, using designee number for inappropriate purposes, etc.).

Note:  DMS sends termination notifications to all managing specialists assigned responsibilities for a given designee. Managing specialists must review the “for cause” termination notices and consider termination of other designations held by the same designee (if applicable).

(2)    Not-for-Cause. Anyone terminated for a reason other than for cause may reapply for designation. Reasons for termination other than for cause include:

(a)    Lack of FAA Need.

1.    Activity in the office decreased, or is forecasted to decrease, eliminating the need for the designee.

2.    The FAA plan for delegated work changed, eliminating the need for the designee.

3.    The FAA can support the certification work or need with other existing designees.

(b)    FAA is Unable to Manage.

1.    The existing and projected office workload does not allow the office to effectively manage the designee.

2.    The FAA does not have the ability to provide authorization, testing, and/or additional training needed for its employees to oversee the designee. Adequate funds (for example, travel allocation) are not available to oversee the designee.

3.    FAA staff does not have the technical skills and knowledge to oversee the designee.

(c)    Other.

1.    Designee no longer meets minimum qualifications;

2.    Designee does not meet training requirements;

3.    Designee is deceased;

4.    Designee is physically unable to perform designee duties;

5.    Designee did not renew designation before expiration;

6.    Designee’s authority expired while suspended; or

7.    Designee did not update DMS profile at least annually.

Chapter 10.  Suspension of a Designation

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the suspension of a designation. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the policy for suspension of a designation.

2.    General. Suspension is a management process that allows the FAA to temporarily remove a designee’s privileges without terminating the delegation. If an individual holds multiple designations, suspension of one designation may or may not impact other designations held. The impact of the suspension on other designations, if held, is determined by the respective managing specialist.

a.    DMS Actions. During the suspension process, DMS will change the designee’s status to “suspended.” In suspended status, DMS:
(1)    Notifies the designee of suspension and denies access to initiate new work for the designation being suspended;
(2)    Cancels all previously-approved activities, as applicable; and
(3)    Allows the designee to submit post-activity entries for up to 5 calendar-days after the date of suspension.
b.    Designee Action While Suspended. The designee must promptly stop exercising authorized duties for the designation being suspended.
c.    Suspension Release. If suspended designees think that they have met all of the requirements to be reinstated, they may submit a suspension release request in DMS.
d.    Length of Suspension. Designees will remain in a suspended status until they have corrected the deficiency or until the designation expires. If the deficiency has not been corrected within 180 calendar-days, DMS will notify the managing specialist to remove the suspension and initiate termination.
e.    Types of Suspension. There are two types of suspension: FAA-initiated and automatic.

3.    FAA-Initiated Suspension. The FAA may suspend a designation for the following reasons:

a.    Lapse in Minimum Qualifications. The designee no longer meets the minimum qualifications.
(1)    Deadline Passes for Required Training. The designee fails to successfully complete required training within the specified timeframe.
(2)    Failed Test for Required Training. The designee fails a test that is part of a required training, regardless of the due date of that training.
b.    Failure to Attend a Required Meeting. The designee fails to attend a required meeting.
c.    Poor Performance. The designee demonstrates an unsatisfactory level of performance for the designation.
d.    Under Investigation. The FAA investigates allegations or findings that the designee has been acting contrary to regulations or policy.
e.    Other. Any other reason that the Administrator considers appropriate.

4.    Automatic Suspension. DMS will automatically suspend the designation for the following reasons:

a.    Termination for Cause. The FAA initiates the termination process on a designation. DMS changes the designee’s status to “suspended.” When the termination process is complete, DMS changes the designee’s status to “terminated.”
b.    Failure to Update Profile Annually. The designee fails to update the profile on an annual basis.

5.    Follow-Up Actions. The FAA may require the designee to complete follow-up actions to lift the suspension. FAA follow-up actions may include additional training, counseling, and requalification. The managing specialist should follow-up with the designee to ensure that any requirements are completed. Based on the results of the follow-up actions, the managing specialist will remove the suspension or initiate termination. The managing specialist should consider the following scenarios as possible follow-up actions for different suspension reasons:

a.    Lapse of Minimum Qualification. The designee should propose a corrective action plan and timeline to meet the minimum qualifications that is acceptable to the managing specialist.
b.    Deadline Passes for Required Training. The designee must provide the managing specialist with a plan of action for attending training to meet requirements. If training lapses are a recurring event and without good cause, such as medical inability to attend, the managing specialist may consider termination of the designee.
c.    Fail Test for Required Training. The designee must retake and successfully pass the test. The designee may also be required to complete additional training or be terminated.
d.    Poor Performance. The designee should propose a plan of action that is acceptable to the managing specialist as well as a corrective action plan to improve poor performance.

Chapter 11.  Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy by which an applicant or designee may appeal a ban or termination for cause decision. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the policy for appealing a ban or termination for cause.

2.    General. The FAA only allows appeals if the FAA banned the designee or terminated the designee for cause. All appeal activities are processed and recorded in DMS.

a.    Appeal Initiation. To appeal a ban or for-cause termination, the applicant or designee must initiate an appeal in DMS within 15 calendar-days of banning or for-cause termination. As part of the appeal request, designees should provide any evidence to support their case at the time the appeal is initiated.
b.    Scope of Appeal. The appeal is intended to be a review of the ban or termination for-cause process (see Chapter 3, Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant, and Chapter 9, Termination of a Designation).
c.    Appeal Panel Outcomes. The appeal panel may choose one of the following results:
(1)    Uphold the original termination or ban decision whereby the original decision stands and no further appeals are accepted.
(2)    Overturn the ban or termination decision whereby the FAA reinstates the designee or applicant.
d.    Timeframe for the Appeal Process. The appeal panel must complete the appeal process within 45 calendar-days of receiving the appeal request.
e.    Notification of Decision. DMS will notify the designee or applicant of the appeal panel's decision within 15 calendar-days of a decision.

3.    Official Responsibilities of the Appointing or Selecting Official During Appeal. Once the applicant or designee has submitted an appeal in DMS, DMS will automatically notify the appropriate appointing or selecting official who is required to complete the following:

a.    Review Appeal Information in DMS. Review the applicant or designee’s appeal information and make comments, if desired.
b.    Establish Appeal Panel. The appeal panel must consist of two or three individuals. The panel is comprised of any combination of FAA managing specialists, selecting officials, or appointing officials who were not involved in the original decision.
c.    Appoint a POC. Appoint a point of contact (POC) for the panel from someone on the panel.
d.    Communicate Responsibilities. Contact panel members and discuss appeal panel responsibilities, as needed.

4.    Appeal Panel Responsibilities. The POC for the appeal panel will ensure that the panel completes the following tasks:

a.    Review File. Review the appealing applicant or designee file stored in DMS.
b.    Request Additional Information. Contact the managing specialist, evaluating specialist, appointing official, and/or selecting official for additional information or clarification.
c.    Document Outcomes. Document deliberations and outcomes in DMS.

Chapter 12.  Other Designee Management Functions

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with other designee management functions in DMS. This chapter and the corresponding designation type-specific volumes constitute the policy for other designee management functions in DMS.

2.    Assign DMS Roles.

a.    General. The primary purpose of this process is to authorize a qualified FAA employee to have appropriate access to functionality within DMS.
(1)    DMS roles allow users the ability to access DMS and perform functions within each process, including apply, select, appoint, etc., as described in this order. DMS roles control specific user access within DMS. The FAA may assign users more than one role within DMS.
(2)    DMS roles are assigned when the individual meets all the qualifications as described in the designation type-specific volumes of this order.
(3)    The term “DMS role” does not convey an official position or title.
b.    Master Role Assigner. The master role assigner makes the initial assignment or assigns an existing user to a role in DMS.
(1)    “Designee” is a role but is not assigned via the master role assigner process. DMS automatically assigns the designee role during appointment.
(2)    The master role assigner function may be given at different levels within each service or office.

3.    Send Message to Managing Specialist. DMS provides a method to send messages between the managing specialist and the designee.

4.    Update Profile. The FAA requires designees to update their DMS profile when changes occur and to validate their profile at least annually.

a.    Notifications.
(1)    Designees will be notified by DMS to update their profile information 30 calendar-days prior to the annual update requirement.
(2)    If designees have not updated their profile, the managing specialist will be notified by DMS 15 calendar-days prior to the annual update requirement.
b.    Automatic Suspension. If designees do not update their profile by the due date, DMS will automatically suspend them (see Chapter 10, Suspension of a Designation).
c.    Impact of Updates to Information. Depending on the designation type, updates to certain information in the designee record, such as change in physical address or qualifications, may affect the designation.
(1)    Change of Physical Address. A change of physical address may cause the FAA to review need and ability to manage considerations. DMS will notify the current managing specialist if there has been a change of physical address, and the managing specialist will determine if the new address will initiate a change in the managing office. If so, the appointing official at the gaining office must determine need for the designee and/or the ability to manage the designee.
(2)    The FAA is under no obligation to transfer the designee to a new overseeing office.
(3)    Additional information can be found in the appropriate type-specific volumes for guidance on the types of changes and their impact.
d.    Change of Name. The managing specialist should verify a name change through reviewing government-issued forms of identification.

5.    Retention of Existing Designee Management Files.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    Maintain Existing Designee Records. The FAA must continue to maintain existing designee records located in the managing office in accordance with FAA Order 1350.14. Once the designee becomes an active DMS user, all future documentation will be maintained electronically in DMS.
b.    Access to Electronic Files by Newly Appointed Designees. DMS will store the records electronically for newly appointed designees.
c.    Uploading Capabilities. DMS has uploading capabilities to maintain supporting documents. This function should be used for any documentation that supports designee management. This function should not be used to upload existing designee file information that existed prior to the designee becoming an active DMS user.

Chapter 13.  Administrative Information

1.    Distribution. This order will be available for general access by FAA staff or the public on the FAA website at https://employees.faa.gov/tools_resources/orders_notices/. This order will be distributed to:

a.    The division level in Flight Standards; all Flight Standards District Offices (FSDO), Certificate Management Offices (CMO), and International Field Offices (IFO); and all air carrier and General Aviation (GA) airman designees.
Indicates new/changed information.
b.    The Washington headquarters (HQ) branch levels of AIR; branch levels in the AIR directorates; all Aircraft Certification Offices (ACO); all Manufacturing Inspection Office (MIO) Branches and Manufacturing Inspection District Office (MIDO) Section offices; Aircraft Certification Branch, and Operations and Airworthiness branches at the FAA Academy; Brussels International Policy Branch and all IFOs.
c.    The division level within AAM, including the Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI), Regional Flight Surgeons (RFS), and AMEs.
d.    Office of the Chief Counsel (AGC).
Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.

2.    Deviations. It is necessary to adhere to procedures in this order to achieve uniform administration of this directive material. If a selecting official thinks that a deviation is necessary, request the deviation in writing from the policy-owning office as outlined in Table 1-1, Offices Responsible for Designee Policy. You must follow the procedures in this order to ensure uniform administration of this directive. To deviate from this material, you must coordinate with—and get approval from—the Policy and Innovation Division (AIR-600), Aerospace Medical Education Division (AAM-400), or Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600), as applicable. If deviation is necessary, be sure to substantiate and document the deviations and get approval from your supervisor and the Delegation and Organizational Procedures Branch (AIR-6F0), AAM-400, or AFS-600, as applicable. When a deviation is to Chapter 1 of this order, it will be signed by all three divisions before being approved. All deviations to chapters that cover specific designee types must be coordinated with the other services before being approved.

3.    Suggestions or Comments.

a.    Send via Email. Suggestions or comments should be sent to 9-AWA-AVS-designee-directives@faa.gov where they will be reviewed and sent to the respective policy holder(s). AQS–200 welcomes and considers all of your suggestions or comments regarding this order.
b.    Use FAA Form 1320-19. For your convenience, use FAA Form 1320-19, Directive Feedback Information (found in Appendix C), to submit suggestions or comments. Please use the “Other Comments” block on FAA Form 1320-19 to provide a complete explanation of why the suggested change is necessary. You may correct, as necessary, a copy of the pertinent information, or provide a handwritten note for consideration.

VOLUME 2.  AME DESIGNEE POLICY

Chapter 1.  Introduction

1.    Purpose. This volume supplements the common designee policy by providing specific guidance for the administration of the Aviation Medical Examiner (AME) Designee Management program not otherwise given in detail in the common designee policy.

2.    Audience. The primary audience of this volume is all Regional Flight Surgeons (RFS), AME program analysts, AME surveillance program analysts, and AMEs.

Chapter 2.  Application Process

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the application of AME designees. This designation type‑specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for an individual applying for designation authority.

2.    General.

a.    Application Information.
(1)    All potential AME applicants are advised to contact the appropriate RFS for a preliminary determination of the need for an AME in the location of interest.
(2)    Contact information for RFSs is located on the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) website at http://www.faa.gov/licenses_certificates/medical_certification/rfs/.
(3)    If the appropriate RFS determines that there is a need for an AME in the applicant’s location, the applicant will be directed to Designee Management System (DMS) to submit an application.
(4)    Candidates for initial designation as an AME must submit an application through DMS.
(5)    The FAA advises all AME applicants to read the selection information in this chapter to ensure that they meet all of the selection criteria before contacting a region.
b.    Multiple Designations. The RFS or manager of the Aerospace Medical Education Division (AMED) may approve, upon request, multiple site designations within reasonable proximity of one another and within the same region as appropriate.
c.    Special Considerations.
(1)    The RFS may give special consideration for designation to those applicants who are pilots, who have been military flight surgeons, who have special training expertise in aviation medicine, or who were previously designated but have relocated to a new geographical area.
(2)    No special consideration will be given to those former FAA employees seeking designation as an AME outside the FAA, other than what has been stated in the previous paragraph.

3.    Minimum Qualifications.

a.    Minimum Qualifications. Applicants for designation as an AME must:
(1)    Possess an unrestricted license, or an equivalent clearance for international applicants, to fully practice medicine in the state, foreign country, or area in which the designation is sought; or meet the medical licensing requirements of the applicable military or Federal service to which they belong.
(2)    Demonstrate past professional performance and personal conduct suitable for a position of responsibility and trust.
(3)    Be a qualified physician in good standing in their community.
(4)    Be able to read, write, speak, and understand the English language.
(5)    Be knowledgeable of the principles of aerospace medicine.
(6)    Be thoroughly familiar with instructions as to techniques of examination, medical assessment, and certification of airmen.
(7)    Abide by the policies, rules, and regulations of the FAA.
b.    Methods for Seeking Designees. The FAA expects that all Office of Aerospace Medicine (AAM) physicians will proactively seek qualified AME applicants using all available forums to advertise needs, requirements, and the application process, including:
(1)    Aerospace Medical Association meetings;
(2)    Briefings to military flight surgeons and Aerospace Medicine residency groups; and
(3)    The AAM website.
c.    Credentials. At the time of initial application for designation, the physician shall submit to DMS the following documents or copies (translated into English if in another language):
(1)    Medical school diploma.
(2)    Certificate of any postgraduate professional training (e.g., internship, residency, fellowship).
(3)    Certificate of Good Standing by all medical licensing bodies from which the applicant has active medical licenses, proving there are no restrictions or limitations to practice medicine.

(a)    These may be obtained by the region in written form or electronically, or the regional office may request the applicant instruct the licensing body to send certifications to the regional office.

(b)    Under no circumstances should a Certificate in Good Standing be accepted directly from the applicant.

(4)    Notice of certification by an American specialty board, if applicable.
(5)    A current curriculum vitae.

4.    Disqualifiers. The FAA will disqualify an AME applicant for certain personal or professional deficiencies and intentional misrepresentations, including:

a.    False Statements. In connection with completion of FAA Form 8500-8, Application for Airman Medical Certificate or Airman Medical & Student Pilot Certificate, AMEs are subject to Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C.) §§ 1001 and 3571, which indicate that whoever in any matter within the jurisdiction of any department or agency of the U.S. knowingly and willfully falsifies, conceals, or covers up by any trick, scheme, or device a material fact, or who makes any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statements or representations, or entry, may be fined up to $250,000 or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both.
b.    Medical License History. Any past or present adverse action against the medical license of the AME is subject to review by the RFS for suitability or selection.

5.    Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.

6.    Post Application. See Volume 1.

7.    Maintaining an Active Designee Application. All AMEs or prospective AMEs must immediately update their record in DMS when there is a change in status of licensure to practice medicine or adverse action or warning issued by a state licensing authority.

Chapter 3.  Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of an AME designee applicant. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the selection and evaluation of an AME applicant.

2.    General.

a.    Selection Process. The general process of selection consists of three steps: DMS determines if system‑defined minimum qualifications are met; the selecting official determines if need and ability requirements are met; and an evaluation specialist is then assigned to further review the applicant’s qualifications and abilities.
b.    Selection Considerations.
(1)    DMS is the sole source from which to obtain a list of qualified applicants.
(2)    An evaluation panel, determined by the selecting official, will then be established to review and evaluate the list of viable applicants identified through DMS.

3.    Need and Ability to Manage. The RFS shall determine whether a need exists for an AME in a particular geographic area based on adequacy of coverage related to the pilot population or other factors. The RFS will consider other variables, such as rural versus urban geographic locations and aviation activity levels, when assessing the local needs for designation of additional AMEs.

4.    Requesting Qualified Applicant. See Volume 1.

5.    Evaluation.

a.    Evaluation Process. Once DMS provides a list of applicant(s) based on the search criteria, each applicant for consideration must be further evaluated.
(1)    The evaluating specialist must review the application for completeness and ensure that minimum qualifications are met for each applicant.
(2)    The evaluating specialist must complete the evaluation checklist in DMS for each applicant being evaluated.
(3)    The evaluating specialist must determine what training a prospective AME will require prior to appointment, which is a key part of the selection process. The regional office will follow the guidance in the training section to determine the initial training requirement and notify the applicant of these requirements.
b.    Evaluation Panel. The evaluation panel consists of an RFS or appointing official and a program analyst or evaluating specialist.
c.    Evaluation Criteria.
(1)    The regional office must conduct a review of the applicant’s qualifications and supporting documentation.
(2)    The program analyst or evaluating specialist may contact the applicant for more information regarding the application, if needed.
d.    Additional Considerations.
(1)    The FAA will not consider for designation an applicant that has been previously terminated for cause.
(2)    International applicants must obtain certification from the nearest embassy indicating that the applicant has a valid medical license.
e.    Record Results. The program analyst or evaluating specialist must record results of the evaluation in DMS.
f.    Make Recommendation. The program analyst or evaluating specialist submits the findings and recommendations in accordance with this order.
(1)    The program analyst or evaluating specialist will make one of the following recommendations:

(a)    Recommend appointment.

(b)    Do not recommend appointment.

(2)    The DMS provides the recommendation information to the RFS/appointing official on each prospective qualified applicant, including:

(a)    The designee candidate’s application form;

(b)    Information regarding equipment and facilities; and

(c)    Any other pertinent information, references, or recommendations.

g.    Selection Notification. DMS will:
(1)    Notify all applicants of their application status;
(2)    Notify applicants that are not selected; and
(3)    Maintain the data for the Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA).

Chapter 4.  Designee Appointment

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the appointment of AMEs.

2.    General.

a.    Procedures for Initial Designation. Prior to designation, each AME applicant will provide a signed statement confirming that:
(1)    Designation is a privilege, not a right.
(2)    Designations may be terminated any time the FAA determines it is in the agency’s best interest.
(3)    There are no past or current restrictions of medical practice, and there are no adverse actions proposed or pending that would limit medical practice by any state licensing board, the Drug Enforcement Administration, any medical society, any hospital staff, or by any other local, state, or Federal organization that may have licensing or certification authority.
(4)    There are no known investigations, charged indictments, or pending actions in any local, state, or Federal court.
b.    Training Requirement Prior to Appointment. All applicants must have satisfactorily completed the initial training specified in Chapter 7, Training, prior to being appointed as an AME.
c.    Notification. The FAA will notify all applicants of the status of their designations by email or in writing. DMS will hold their certificate of designation, AME ID card, and all necessary forms and supplies.
d.    RFSs. RFSs act as the selecting or appointing official for AMEs who conduct FAA medical examinations within the geographical boundaries of their regions. The RFS may delegate selecting official responsibilities to the program analyst(s) or managing specialist(s). This delegation only authorizes the selecting official to make a recommendation.
e.    The Manager, AMED. The manager, AMED, acts as the selecting or appointing official for AMEs who are U.S. military flight surgeons, medical officers at Federal agencies, and who are located in foreign countries or areas not under the jurisdiction of one of the domestic regional medical offices. In this capacity, the individual functions as the RFS for the international, military, Federal, or official AMEs. The manager may delegate selecting official responsibilities to the international, military, Federal, or official AME program analyst or managing specialist. This delegation only authorizes the selecting official to make a recommendation.
f.    Designation of Military Flight Surgeons. Management of military flight surgeon AMEs is the same as for any other designee with a few exceptions. The military surgeon general requested that military AMEs perform only second- and third-class examinations; however, limited authority to perform first-class examinations may be granted to certain military or other Federal operations after coordination with the appropriate surgeon general’s office. All administrative functions pertaining to active military AMEs will be handled by the manager, AMED.
g.    Procedures for Dual AME Designations in Civilian and Governmental Capacities. Civilian AMEs who function as reserve component flight surgeons (Air Force, Navy, and Army) may request permission from the appropriate civilian RFS to perform AME duties at their military location
(1)    Civilian AMEs are most likely to perform more examinations in their civilian practice than in a military setting; therefore, the civilian RFS will perform all oversight activity, and performance information from both practices will be combined for reporting purposes.
(2)    If a guard or reserve AME is seeking civilian designation and is approved by the civilian RFS, oversight of their activity will be transferred from the military RFS to the gaining civilian region.
(3)    AMEs who have been designated to function with civilian and military capacity shall only be assigned a single AME number, normally retaining the number from their initial designation.
(4)    The same principle of single regional management shall apply if an AME seeks dual designation as a civilian and Federal (i.e., other than the military or FAA) AME.
(5)    At the request of the military surgeon general, no military AME will be designated as a senior AME for performance of FAA examinations while in a military status; however, dually designated AMEs may hold a senior AME rating in their capacity as a civilian AME.
h.    Designations of Physicians in Foreign Countries. Many foreign countries do not have a medical licensing system similar to that of the United States, so it is often difficult to obtain reliable information about an applicant’s status as a physician. If a country does not have a “Certificate of Good Standing” or equivalent, like those of Canada and the United Kingdom, the international managing specialist must request the appropriate U.S. embassy or consulate complete a professional background check.
i.    Authority to Perform First-Class Examinations.
(1)    To obtain designation as a senior AME, the physician shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements for continued service as an AME and have an acceptable record performing second- and third‑class examinations for at least three years.

Note:  Only senior AMEs have the authority to perform first-class examinations.

(2)    Exceptions to the 3-year requirement may be granted by the RFS and are based on the AME’s prior military experience as a flight surgeon, residency training in aerospace medicine, previous AME experience, or an immediate exceptional need in particular locality.
(3)    International AMEs are always immediately designated as senior AMEs, given that their designation is in response to the need for AMEs to be conveniently located to examine U.S.-certified pilots who are based overseas and who require first-class certificates.

3.    CLOA and AME ID Card. The certificate of designation and AME ID card are combined and represented by the CLOA.

a.    Affirm Statement. Each AME applicant will affirm in DMS that there are no past or current restrictions of medical practice, and no adverse actions proposed or pending that would limit medical practice by any state licensing board, the Drug Enforcement Administration, any medical society, any hospital staff, or by any other local, state, or Federal organization that may have licensing or certification authority.
b.    Authorizing Officials. In order to prevent possible fraudulent issuance of an AME ID card, the Federal Air Surgeon (FAS) will designate, by letter, personnel authorized to sign FAA Form 8520-4, Aviation Medical Examiner Identification Card, as “Authorizing Official.”

4.    Appointment Duration. Designations of physicians as AMEs are effective for 3 years, as recorded in DMS, unless terminated by the FAA prior to the end of the 3-year term or resignation.

Chapter 5.  Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the responsibilities and obligations of AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the responsibilities and obligations of an AME.

2.    Designee Responsibilities.

a.    AMEs must:
(1)    Serve as aviation safety experts within their communities, advising on aero medical issues;
(2)    Ensure that medical certificates are issued only to applicants who meet the FAA`s standards for medical certification;
(3)    Use acceptable equipment and adequate facilities in order to carry out the prescribed examinations; and
(4)    Conduct the entire examination for an Airman Medical Certificate in English in order to assess the English language proficiency of applicants.
b.    AMEs should:
(1)    Maintain familiarity with general medical certification;
(2)    Maintain familiarity with general medical knowledge applicable to aviation in order to properly discharge the duties associated with these responsibilities;
(3)    Have detailed knowledge and understanding of FAA rules, regulations, policies, and procedures related to the medical certification of airmen;
(4)    Charge reasonable fees that are customary for a comparable medical examination service in the geographical area where the AME is located; and
(5)    Refrain from performing tests that are not required by the Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners or not medically indicated by history or physical findings.
c.    Facilities and Equipment.
(1)    The applicant must be engaged in the practice of medicine at an established office address that the RFS or manager, AMED, has approved.
(2)    The AME applicant must have adequate facilities in order to perform the required examinations and possess the following equipment prior to conducting any FAA examinations:

(a)    Vision testing equipment. The required equipment is listed in the current Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners. This online guide may be viewed from the FAA website, www.faa.gov, by typing Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners in the search box and selecting the appropriate link.

(b)    Medical diagnostic instruments. Equipment and aids necessary to conduct a physical examination, including strips to test urine for sugar and protein.

(c)    Electrocardiograph equipment. Senior AMEs, except international AMEs, and AMEs authorized by regions to perform FAA air traffic controller (ATC) examinations, must have access to electrocardiographic equipment to perform an electrocardiograph and be able to send a PDF of the test to the Aerospace Medical Certification Division (AMCD) using the Aerospace Medical Certification Subsystem (AMCS).

(d)    Audiometric equipment. All AMEs must have access to audiometric testing equipment or the capability of referring airmen and ATC applicants and ATC employees for audiometric testing. Audiometer must be calibrated to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards.

d.    AMCS Requirements. All AMEs are required to use AMCS to record, validate, and transmit airman medical certification data.
(1)    Regions may consider corrective action for AMEs unable to consistently transmit examination information within the 14 calendar-days following the date the examination was initiated by the AME.
(2)    The RFS will consider the termination of designation of an AME who transmits more than 60 days after the examination date.
(3)    The AME is responsible for notifying the AMCS Online Support Desk if staff changes have occurred for an individual with AMCS privileges and if the employment status no longer requires AMCS access.
(4)    The FAA will take an adverse action against an AME’s designation if the individual fails to comply with the staff validation requirements.
e.    Privileges. An AME is delegated the authority, in accordance with 14 CFR part 67, to:
(1)    Accept applications for physical examinations necessary for issuing medical certificates.
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    Issue or deny FAA Airman Medical Certificates, following the policies and procedures in the Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners, subject to reconsideration by responsible FAA official(s).
(3)    Defer a medical certification decision to the FAA when the AME does not have sufficient information, is unsure of whether the individual should issue a medical certificate, or if deferral is recommended by agency policy or the Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners.

3.    Ongoing Requirements of a Designee. In addition to maintaining minimum qualifications in DMS and ongoing requirements as outlined in Volume 1, a designee must meet the following obligations:

a.    Proficiency Standards. All designees must meet proficiency standards of performing at least ten FAA examinations per year.
b.    Need. If there is a need for a given AME, despite an expectation of low performance examinations, the RFS must sufficiently document the FAA need.
c.    Examination Requirements.
(1)    AMEs must personally perform medical examinations at the established office address approved by the appropriate RFS or manager, AMED.
(2)    Paraprofessional medical personnel (e.g., nurses, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants) may perform limited parts of the examinations (measure visual acuity, hearing, phorias, blood pressure, pulse, weight, urine testing, and electrocardiography) under the supervision of the AME. These individuals are permitted to review the clinical history; however, they may not perform the physical examination required by the FAA.
(3)    When completing FAA Form 8500-8, either on paper or electronically, the AME shall personally review and provide definitive comments in Item 60 on all positive entries and all physical findings (i.e., provide more than “no change” or “previously reported” notations). The AME must sign the FAA forms in ink or electronically, as appropriate.
(4)    In all cases, the AME shall review and assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the total examination report, even if data entry was performed by someone else.
(5)    All examinations must be electronically transmitted to the agency within 2 calendar-weeks, and is subject to the 2-calendar-week requirement. Mailing examinations may be permitted for a very limited time to cover some extenuating circumstance that does not permit electronic transmission.
(6)    AMEs may not perform self-examinations for issuance of a medical certificate to themselves or issue a medical certificate to themselves or to an immediate family member.
d.    Other. Designees must meet other requirements deemed necessary by the Administrator.

4.    Forms and Supplies. The FAA will provide the following forms and supplies:

a.    Aeronautical Center (AC) Forms and Supplies. FAA and FAA AC forms and supplies may be obtained from the manager, AMED. Only those forms authorized by the FAA are permitted. The use of any locally designed forms or certificates in lieu of official FAA forms and certificates is prohibited.
Indicates new/changed information.
b.    FAA Form 8520-4. The Aviation Medical Examiner Identification Card is a controlled document governed by FAA Order 1600.25, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Official Credentials. The need to ensure the integrity of the AME ID card necessitates that the FAA institute strict controls to prevent fraudulent issuance, improper use, or alteration of the AME ID cards. FAA Order 1600.25 governs safe-guarding the AME ID card.

Chapter 6.  Oversight and Management of a Designee

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the oversight and management of an AME.

2.    General Oversight and Management Considerations.

a.    Oversight Principles.
(1)    The FAA continually evaluates the performance of each AME. Risk management principles will be used by RFSs to determine which AMEs deserve a higher level of monitoring or counseling following an analysis of all performance factors.
(2)    The AAM is the organizational element within the FAA responsible for oversight and management of the AME system. The director of the office, the FAS, develops and establishes policies, plans, procedures, standards, and regulations governing the AME designee.
b.    Oversight Responsibilities. The FAS delegates to the manager, AMED, the following responsibilities:
(1)    Monitor the AME system; oversee AME performance by developing and administering evaluation procedures to supply RFSs with data to assist them in renewing only those physicians who have demonstrated satisfactory performance; and continue to show an interest in the AME program.
(2)    Plan, develop, administer, and evaluate medical education programs for training AMEs.
(3)    Determine standards for initial and refresher training and develop special courses to meet training needs on a case-by-case basis. The RFS assists in the planning, development, administration, and evaluation of medical education programs for training of AMEs.
(4)    Prepare appropriate reports for the FAS and RFSs to evaluate the performance of their AMEs.
c.    Oversight and DMS. Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. In addition to an oversight plan developed by the regional office and/or the managing specialist, the objective of an oversight program is to assure that the designee performs to the standards and expectations set forth by the FAA in its policies and regulations.
(1)    Oversight feedback is considered in total to provide a high-level perspective of a designee’s performance over a specific period. (See Volume 1, Chapter 6, paragraph 2c.)
(2)    The managing specialist must conduct regular performance evaluations predicated on the outcome of oversight activities. The results of individual oversight activities should be recorded in DMS. However, a formal evaluation must be recorded in DMS at least once every 12 calendar-months, generally completed during the designee’s annual anniversary month. A formal performance evaluation is required prior to the renewal of a designee’s authority.
d.    Performance Measures. There are three categories of performance measures. The FAA uses these criteria to gain insight into the designee’s performance. DMS provides appropriate fields to record the details for performance measures.
(1)    Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.

(a)    Knowledge and Understanding. Does the designee understand the terminology contained in FAA orders and other reference material used in conducting the certification activity?

(b)    Interpretation and Application. Does the designee correctly interpret and apply the technical performance standards defined by the order or regulation?

(c)    Equipment and Materials. Does the designee possess, select, and/or use the appropriate equipment, reference material, etc., when conducting certifications?

(2)    Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and directives.

(a)    Qualifying Applicants. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when accepting applications and determining applicant eligibility?

(b)    Submittal of Information and Data to FAA. Does the designee properly submit information, documents, and/or data to the FAA as required by FAA orders?

(c)    Conducting Evaluations, Tests, and Certifications. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when conducting certifications?

(d)    Issuing Certificate, Approval, Authorization, or Results to Applicant. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates and approvals, authorizations, or results to the applicant upon completion of the certification activity?

(3)    Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude, and demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally and written.

(a)    Oral and Written Communication. Does the designee effectively communicate either in writing or in conversation with the FAA or general public? Does the designee provide feedback to the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?

(b)    Professional Representation of FAA with Public Sector. Does the designee demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy and managing office instruction?

(c)    Cooperative Attitude with the FAA. Is the designee easy to work with and present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive to the FAA and reasonably accessible to the FAA as required?

(d)    Ethics and Judgment. Does the designee maintain high ethical standards and demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?

e.    Regional Role in AME Oversight.
(1)    The FAS delegates responsibility to the RFSs to:

(a)    Monitor. Monitor the AME system within their geographical areas of responsibility and oversee the AME’s performance to ensure that the individual properly performs all duties and meets all requirements and conditions of the designations held.

(b)    Establish Mentoring Program. Establish a mentoring program for all newly designated AMEs in their region. Under this program, the RFS will provide certification review and direct mentorship for each new AME for up to 2 years, based on the judgment of performance by the RFS.

(c)    Update AME Information. Update AME information contained in the DMS and take appropriate disciplinary action against AMEs who do not provide timely notification of any changes to the regions.

(d)    Establish Quality Management System (QMS) Program. The senior RFS, through the Regional Flight Surgeon Working Group (RFSWG), ensures the establishment of an appropriate QMS program for the regions to use when monitoring an AME’s performance.

(2)    New AME offices shall be evaluated by regional surveillance program analysts within 1 year of designation. Problem AME offices will also be visited as soon as practical after a deficiency necessitating a site visit has been determined. The goal of the national site visit is to survey every AME’s office at least once every 5 years. Virtual site visits (VSV) using remote means are acceptable to inspect the office site and may be followed by standard live site visits if determined by the RFS. Regional site visit outcomes will be provided in detail to manager, AMED, for analysis and reporting.
(3)    Surveillance program analysts in the FAA AAM divisions are required to review “issued rejected medical examinations” to judge the adequacy of the documentation and the decision of the AME to issue a medical certificate.
(4)    Any airman medical examination that the surveillance program analyst determines has a questionable medical history and/or a medical condition may require an additional administrative medical review by the AMCD reviewer, surveillance physician, or RFS.
(5)    The determination by the surveillance program analyst to forward medical examinations to the AMCD reviewer should be made as they relate to the issuance of the current medical examination being reviewed, not on documentation existing in past examinations. If evidence of poor decision-making or inadequate documentation on past examinations is uncovered while reviewing the current issued rejected examination, the surveillance program analyst should send these findings to the appropriate certification program analyst in AMCD or the regional airman medical certification analyst in the appropriate RFS’s office for resolution.
(6)    The certification program analyst in AMCD may refer the case back to a region for further AME corrective or disciplinary action.
(7)    The manager, AMCD, shall identify AMEs committing serious certification errors and notify the appropriate RFS or the manager, AMED, to ensure that appropriate action is taken.

3.    Oversight Actions.

a.    Planning an Oversight Activity. Managing specialists will contact AME offices before performing a site visit.
b.    Oversight Activities.
(1)    Direct Observation. Direct observation does not apply to AME designees.
(2)    Review of Documentation.

(a)    The AMED QMS will detail the information to be collected for AME performance reports for use by each RFS to monitor the performance of all AMEs. The content of these reports will be determined by the manager, AMED, in consultation with the RFSs, as part of the AMED and RFS QMSs.

(b)    DMS will generate a consolidated AME summary performance report to compare regional oversight performance. In addition, AMED staff will provide the appropriate RFS with any reports from the aviation community concerning the AME’s professional performance and personal conduct, as it may reflect on the FAA, and any information from local, state, and Federal law enforcement agencies and court systems.

(c)    The AMED staff will request that all AMEs’ medical licenses be investigated by the Federation of State Medical Boards each year and the results reported to the RFSs.

(d)    Periodic metrics will be provided to regional offices by manager, AMED on the outcomes of surveillance program analysts’ reviews of issued rejected medical examinations.

(e)    The senior RFS will provide quarterly site visit results to AMED staff for central review to assist in policy development.

c.    Outcomes of Oversight Activities.
(1)    The FAA uses various oversight methods to manage designees and all oversight results should be recorded in DMS. The results of many, but not all, of the oversight activities are determined primarily by the overall assessment of the three performance measures described above. The managing specialist identifies deficiencies as detailed in the performance measures and then reviews the findings and determines the outcome of the oversight activity. The managing specialist can select from:

(a)    Satisfactory;

(b)    Needs Improvement;

(c)    Unsatisfactory—Suspend; and

(d)    Unsatisfactory—Terminate.

(2)    If the managing specialist determines that the designee falls into the category of “Needs Improvement,” “Unsatisfactory—Terminate,” or “Unsatisfactory—Suspended,” then appropriate follow-up activity must be determined and recorded in DMS.

4.    Follow-Up Actions. A deficiency can often be remedied with FAA guidance provided either formally or informally. In such cases, a designee’s authorization may be continued depending on circumstances and the judgment of the managing specialist.

a.    Counseling. In certain egregious situations, the designee may be suspended from conducting authorized activities until formal counseling has been completed and the managing specialist is assured that the issue has been corrected. In any event, the counseling must lead to a satisfactory performance rating.
b.    Additional Training. The managing specialist may determine that appropriate follow-up action could be conducted in the form of additional training. This is a rare event since AMEs receive a significant amount of training prior to designation and through recurrent training events. If additional training is needed, validation of the effectiveness of the training is required. Typically, events that may be appropriate for the use of additional training as a follow-up action include:
(1)    Performance deficiency found during oversight evaluation, and
(2)    Training to prevent a deficiency after an extended absence.

5.    Management Functions.

a.    Expand Authorities or Change Limitations.
(1)    After 3 years, a designee can request to perform first-class examinations.
(2)    Change of limitations is not applicable to AME designees.
b.    Reduce Authority. Reduction of authority is not applicable to AME designees.
c.    Record Note. The managing specialist may insert a “note” into the designee’s DMS record as a reminder of an upcoming event or an action to be taken.
d.    Send Message to Designee. The managing specialist may use this tool to document an event or an action required on the part of the designee. This function provides a permanent record of the correspondence with the designee.
e.    Record Feedback or Interaction with a Designee. Important written correspondence and memoranda, PDF files of FAA orders, and other hard copy documents can be uploaded into DMS and transmitted to designees.

Chapter 7.  Training

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the training for AMEs.

2.    General. Designees and FAA personnel must develop and maintain the technical skills, knowledge, ability, and proficiency to effectively perform their duties and roles. The Aerospace Medical Education Division (AAM‑400) will document training in DMS.

3.    AME Training Requirements.

a.    Applicant Initial Training.
(1)    An AME applicant must complete the distance learning courses: Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Training (MCSPT) and Clinical Aerospace Physiology Review for AMEs (CAPAME) before initial designation, and prior to attending a Basic AME Seminar.
(2)    An AME applicant must also attend a Basic AME Seminar, unless the applicant has had prior aerospace medicine training and has received approval from the appropriate selecting official to substitute a refresher AME seminar instead.
(3)    Authorization to attend a Basic AME Seminar will not be given until MCSPT and CAPAME have been completed and passed with a score of at least 70 percent or better on each.
(4)    If the applicant successfully completes the seminar, the RFS may proceed with the designation unless there are other concerns regarding the suitability of the applicant. If the applicant fails both courses, the RFS should stop the designation process and determine if the applicant is suitable.
(5)    After initial designation, the AME is not required to repeat the MCSPT or attend another Basic AME Seminar unless an RFS determines a need for remedial training or the AME chooses to attend a Basic AME Seminar again.
b.    AME Staff Member Training. The AME is responsible for ensuring that staff members processing FAA forms are knowledgeable of FAA policies and procedures related to the use of these materials. The FAA recommends that any staff member who assists with the electronic transmission of FAA examinations into AMCS complete MCSPT.
(1)    AMEs are accountable for the quality and content of any examination transmitted on their behalf, regardless of who actually transmits the examination.
(2)    Just like the AME, any staff member who will be transmitting examinations is required to first obtain a unique username and password. AMEs or staff members must never allow anyone else to use their username and password to transmit examinations, since these are the equivalent of an electronic signature.
c.    AME Refresher Training.
(1)    An AME must attend an AME refresher seminar, or equivalent training as determined by the manager, AMED, every 3 years as a requirement for continued designation. As an option, an AME may alternate Multimedia Aviation Medical Examiner Refresher Course (MAMERC) in lieu of attending an FAA seminar, but under no circumstances should more than 6 years (72 calendar-months) elapse between AME seminar attendance, or more than 3 years (36 calendar-months) between seminar attendance and MAMERC completion.
(2)    If an AME fails to comply with training requirements, suspension of the AME’s designation will be automatically imposed and no examinations performed will be accepted until the suspension is lifted. Exceptions to the seminar attendance policy when MAMERC is not an option shall be based on an AME’s individual circumstances.
(3)    The managing specialist must ensure that all training extensions and suspension actions are fully documented in DMS. All AME seminar sessions defined as required by AMED must be attended in their entirety, and seminar tests must be completed and passed for seminar credit to be given.
(4)    Continuing Medical Education (CME) credit may be given, when appropriate, at the discretion of the manager, AMED, on an hour-per-hour basis for classes attended at a seminar, irrespective of whether or not sufficient sessions were attended to receive seminar credit.
(5)    The AME is responsible for ensuring that all travel arrangements permit complete seminar attendance.

4.    AAM Employee Training.

a.    Medical Assessors. Medical assessors, which include RFSs (appointing officials or selecting officials) and AAM medical officers, are technically not AMEs because they are not designees. However, they are still expected to maintain familiarization with current aeromedical certification practices.
b.    AME Program Analysts (Managing Specialists). It is recommended that AME program analysts (managing specialists) attend a basic AME seminar to familiarize themselves with the AME program, as soon as possible after their employment has begun.
c.    Surveillance Program Analysts. In addition to the AME program analysts’ training, surveillance program analysts must attend a one-week familiarization course at Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI) to learn the fundamentals and processing procedures necessary to do issued rejected examination reviews before beginning to conduct these reviews. Surveillance program analysts will also receive annual refresher training conducted by AMCD. The regional offices are responsible for training surveillance program analysts to do site visits before having them visit AMEs’ offices.

Chapter 8.  Renewal of Designee Appointment

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the renewal of AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the renewal of an AME appointment.

2.    General.

a.    AME Renewal Considerations. The renewal process is automatically handled electronically unless the designation has lapsed or an AME’s designation has been terminated. Lapses in designation of more than one year will require reapplication.
b.    Requirements. The AME must satisfactorily respond to statements required for electronic renewal when prompted to do so by AMCS, and electronically affirm answers before designation can be renewed. Failure to complete this task prior to expiration of the current designation will result in an automatic suspension of AME privileges.
(1)    The AME must maintain all necessary medical credentials, including the appropriate state medical license.
(2)    In the event of an office relocation or change in practice, the AME must obtain written approval from the RFS or the manager, AMED, authorizing the change of the location to perform FAA physical examinations. If a relocation results in a move to a different region, the present designation will end and the designation may be renewed by the gaining regional office, if it has been determined that there is a need for an AME at the new location. New statements from the physician’s local or state medical society, osteopathic association or state, Federal, and foreign licensing authority may be required following practice relocation.

3.    Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.

4.    Renewal Timeframe. See Volume 1.

5.    Renewal Duration. The normal interval between AME designations is 3 years.

6.    Declination of AME Renewal. AMEs who do not wish to remain designated shall notify the appropriate regional office or decline renewal when given the opportunity in DMS.

Chapter 9.  Termination of a Designation

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the termination of AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the termination of an AME designation.

2.    General. Managing specialists and appointing officials should ensure that documentation relating to designee deficiencies substantiate the termination, and that those documents are included in the designee’s DMS file.

3.    AME Voluntary Surrender of Designation.

a.    Reasons for Voluntary Surrender. AMEs may voluntarily resign their designation. The AME who has decided to “voluntarily surrender” a designation must use DMS.
b.    In Lieu of Termination. An RFS or the manager, AMED, must never permit voluntary surrender in lieu of an “FAA Decision to Terminate a Designation,” if a termination decision has already been made.

4.    FAA-Initiated Termination of AME.

a.    Terminating a Designation. An RFS or the manager, AMED, can make a decision to involuntarily terminate an AME’s designation either “for cause” or “not for cause.”
(1)    As soon as a proposed action to terminate or not renew has been made, the AME will be notified promptly to suspend exercising all AME privileges and discontinue performing FAA medical certification examinations.
(2)    The AME must be notified electronically within 15 calendar-days of the reason(s) for the termination or nonrenewal action.

(a)    The reason(s) shall be specific and shall cite applicable regulations, policies, and orders. The AME should be informed that they have appeal rights and that such an appeal must be made within 60 calendar‑days of receipt of notification of a termination decision; however, if the termination action is the result of the loss of a credential, failure to train, or lack of FAA need or ability to manage the AME, the notification must state that there is no right to appeal.

(b)    If notification of termination or suspension by electronic means fails, no further attempts to contact the AME are needed and the FAA may begin termination.

(3)    The investigation shall be conducted expeditiously and termination action or removal of suspension will be done immediately, as indicated by the results of the investigation.
b.    For Cause Termination. The following substandard performance reasons are “for cause”:
(1)    Disregard of or failure to demonstrate knowledge of FAA rules, regulations, policies, and procedures.
(2)    Careless or incomplete reporting of the results of medical certification examinations.
(3)    Unprofessional performance of examinations.
(4)    Failure to promptly mail medical examination reports to the FAA.
(5)    Failure to promptly transmit FAA examinations using AMCS.
(6)    Failure by a senior AME to transmit electrocardiograms for first-class medical certification examinations to AMCD, by means approved by AMCD, unless approval has first been obtained from the AMCD or the responsible regional office.
(7)    Any other performance-based reason the FAA deems appropriate.
(8)    Unprofessional office maintenance and appearance.
(9)    Movement of the location of practice and/or an addition of a practice location without prior approval in writing from the regional office.
(10)    Failure to personally perform FAA physical examinations.
(11)    Failure to notify the RFS of a substantial change in practice availability.
(12)    Performance of FAA physical examinations at an unapproved or nondesignated location.
(13)    Failure to respond to RFS or AMCD communications within 15 calendar-days.
(14)    Integrity, misconduct, or inability to work constructively with the FAA or the public, including:

(a)    Arrest, indictment, or conviction for violation of a law;

(b)    Misrepresentation of the information submitted in a medical certification examination; and

(c)    Any action that compromises public trust or interferes with the AME’s ability to carry out the designation responsibilities.

c.    Not For Cause Termination. The following reasons are “not for cause”:
(1)    Lack of FAA need for an AME in the requested location.
(2)    No longer meets minimum qualifications, including:

(a)    No examinations performed within 12 calendar-months of initial designation.

(b)    Performance of an insufficient number of examinations to maintain proficiency.

Note:  The number of examinations considered sufficient is ten per year; however, an RFS may accept fewer examinations as evidence of proficiency for experienced AMEs or when geographic coverage dictates.

Note:  Any decision by a regional office to permit an AME performing fewer than ten examinations per year to remain designated must be fully documented in DMS.

Note:  The documentation in DMS is unnecessary if the AME has been classified as “Official” by the manager, AMED; the Official category is to be reserved for those AMEs whose value to the FAA is determined to supersede a need to demonstrate proficiency by the number of examinations performed.

(c)    Loss, restriction, or limitation of a license or equivalent to practice medicine.

(d)    Failure to comply with the mandatory AME training requirements.

(e)    Any illness, medical condition, or other disability that may affect the physician’s sound professional judgment or ability to adequately perform examinations.

Chapter 10.  Suspension of a Designation

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the suspension of AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the suspension of an AME designation.

2.    General. The suspension of a designee is a significant change in status and occurs because DMS or the managing specialist identifies an elevated level of risk in managing the designee.

a.    AME Suspension Considerations.
(1)    An AME can be suspended if there is a lapse in minimum qualifications and it is anticipated that the condition can be rectified in a reasonable period of time, such as a lapse in state medical license or overdue training.
(2)    Circumstances in which an AME is under investigation for criminal activity, fraud, or any other activity for which immediate action is necessary, but where there is not enough evidence to base an outright termination action.

(a)    In these cases, the FAA will notify the AMEs electronically as we would for termination actions, informing them of the reason(s) for the suspension and instructing them to cease all examinations pending an FAA investigation.

(b)    The investigation shall be conducted expeditiously and termination action or removal of suspension will be done immediately, as indicated by the results of the investigation.

Chapter 11.  Appealing A Ban or Termination for Cause

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to appealing a ban of or termination for cause of AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for appealing a ban or termination for cause for AMEs.

2.    General.

a.    Final Decision. The appeal panel’s decision is final.
b.    Documentation. All documentation associated with the appeal (e.g., outcome, members of the appeal panel, communication with the designee or the regional office) should be included in the designee’s DMS file.
c.    Appeal Panel. Upon receipt of the appeal request, the FAS must promptly convene a three-physician panel to consider and make a recommendation on the merits of the appeal.
(1)    The panel will consist of the Deputy Federal Air Surgeon (DFAS), an RFS from a region other than the region of residence of the AME, and one additional FAA physician selected by the FAS.
(2)    In the absence of the DFAS, the manager, medical specialties, will serve on the panel. In the absence of the FAS, the DFAS will convene the panel and make the determination.
d.    Appeal Process.
(1)    Within 45 days of the FAS having received the appeal, the panel must render their recommendation to the FAS. However, the final decision on the appeal rests with the FAS, and said decision must be conveyed to the AME within 15 calendar-days of determination.
(2)    A decision by the RFS based on the loss or restriction of a state medical license, failure to attend training at the required frequency, or the determination of a lack of need for an AME, is not subject to review on appeal.

Chapter 12.  Other Designee Management Functions

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other designee management functions of AME designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for other designee management functions for AMEs.

2.    Assign DMS Roles. A role within DMS is not a position description of an employee. A role as it relates to DMS defines the functions that an individual will have available in the DMS system.

3.    Send Message to Managing Specialist. The designee may use this tool to communicate with managing specialists. The message will remain a permanent record within the designee’s file.

4.    Update Profile. Designees must update their profile on an annual basis. DMS will notify the managing specialist when the AME profile is edited. DMS will require the managing specialist input for DMS to accept the change for the following updates:

a.    Change in name, gender, nationality, or date of birth.
b.    Change of address.
c.    Change results in designee no longer meeting minimum qualifications. At that time, DMS will suggest that the managing specialist initiate suspension of the designee.

VOLUME 3.  DPE, ADMIN PE, AND SAE DESIGNEE POLICY

Chapter 1.  General Information

Section 1.  Overview

1.    Purpose of This Volume. This volume supplements Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, by providing specific guidance for the designee management program of Designated Pilot Examiners (DPE), Administrative Pilot Examiners (Admin PE), and Specialty Aircraft Examiners (SAE) not otherwise provided in detail in Volume 1.

2.    Audience. The primary audience for this volume is DPEs, Admin PEs, SAEs, their FAA managing specialists, and FAA personnel with oversight responsibilities of designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and administrative employees, as appropriate.

3.    Implementation. Compliance with this order will be achieved in accordance with the implementation plans established by each service/office for their respective designee types. Implementation will involve transition from existing management and information systems and designee management polices to the Designee Management System (DMS) IT tool and policy. Affected employees and designees will be notified through directive/memo when each implementation will begin and end, as well as when full compliance with this policy is required. FAA employee and designee login credentials and instructions will be provided at the beginning of each implementation. Timing for release and completion of each implementation plan will depend upon:

a.    Availability of the DMS IT tool for the respective designee type.
b.    Completion of transition training in the electronic Learning Management System (eLMS) by the managing specialist and their respective management officials.

Section 2.  Designee Types

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Types of DPE Designees. Most designees will be issued authorizations that are based on the type of designee, certificate level they are authorized testing/checking, and category/class or privileges that they are authorized to conduct. For example, a DPE with airline transport pilot (ATP) testing privileges in a multiengine land airplane would get the following authorization: DPE-ATPE-AMEL. The privileges associated with each part of each authorization are explained in the tables below. Administrative authorizations, Vintage Flight Engineer Examiner (VFEE) authorizations, and Vintage Aircraft Examiner (VAE) group authorizations may be a two-part authorization (e.g., VFEE-TJET).

2.    Temporary Authorization. If a designee is qualified and current in a specific make and model of aircraft for which designee services are rarely requested and the designee holds a current DPE authorization for a comparable aircraft, the managing FAA office may issue the designee a temporary authorization for testing privileges in that aircraft. The request is made by a designee through the preapproval process. The managing specialist approves the request through manual approval of the preapproval. Each request must be made and approved for each individual testing/checking event. If an office finds that they are approving numerous temporary authorizations for a specific authorization, every attempt should be made to appoint a designee that is qualified for that specific authorization.

Table 3-1.  Types of Designees

DPE

Designated Pilot Examiner

A DPE is an individual, appointed in accordance with 14 CFR part 183, § 183.23, who meets the general and DPE-specific qualification requirements in Chapter 2. A DPE may be authorized to test/check in airplanes and/or rotorcraft helicopters (not listed as vintage or requiring an experimental authorization), gliders, or lighter-than-air balloons at the SPE, PE, CE, ATPE, or FIE certificate levels as authorized on their Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA). They may also be authorized administrative functions. DPEs are designated for specific testing functions and may perform only the functions authorized by their CLOA.

SAE

Specialty Aircraft Examiner

SAEs are authorized to conduct tests and checks leading to certificates and/or ratings or operating privileges in aircraft that require specialized experience. Listed below are the sub-types of SAEs that exist as of the current date of this order. Should the need arise for an additional type of SAE, the Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600) has the authority to define the new type of SAE, eligibility requirements, as well as privileges and limitations of the new SAE sub-type. SAEs may issue pilot certificates at the certificate levels authorized.

*VAE

Vintage Aircraft Examiner

A VAE may conduct practical tests for type ratings or conduct 14 CFR part 61, § 61.58 proficiency checks in specifically authorized makes and models of aircraft, or authorized groups of aircraft, as shown in the Vintage Aircraft Examiner Groups and Type Rating Designations document at https://www.faa.gov/licenses_certificates/vintage_experimental/.

*EAE

Experimental Aircraft Examiner

An EAE may conduct practical tests for the issuance of an FAA authorization, and conduct 14 CFR § 61.58 proficiency checks, in specifically authorized makes and models of experimental aircraft that require an FAA-issued authorization to act as pilot in command (PIC), as listed at https://www.faa.gov/licenses_certificates/vintage_experimental/.

*VFEE

Vintage Flight Engineer Examiner

A VFEE conducts tests and/or checks in large, vintage aircraft requiring a flight engineer, which are no longer in significant commercial service. These examiners may be authorized to conduct flight engineer certification tests, flight engineer recurrent checks required by 14 CFR part 91, § 91.529, or the VFEE may be authorized for both.

*SPE

Sport Pilot Examiner

An SPE conducts testing only in aircraft that meet the definition of light-sport aircraft (LSA). An SPE may issue a sport pilot certificate, as authorized. An SPE may also issue private pilot certificates for powered parachute, weight shift control, rotorcraft gyroplane, and lighter-than-air airships, as authorized. Additionally, an SPE may issue a Commercial Pilot Certificate for rotorcraft gyroplane and lighter-than-air balloon when authorized.

*LAE

Limited Aircraft Examiner

An LAE conducts practical tests and 14 CFR § 61.58 proficiency checks in limited production (including new production) type certificated aircraft, to reduce demands on the Flight Standards Inspector Resource Program (FSIRP).

Admin PE

Administrative Pilot Examiner

Admin PEs review applicant records, knowledge test reports, and logbooks, as applicable, and issue pilot certificates at various certificate levels as authorized. Currently, Admin PEs may be issued only the ACR-141 or ACR-FIRC authorizations. Admin PEs do not conduct certification practical tests.

*SAE sub-type.

Table 3-2.  Certificate Level Testing/Checking Authorizations

SPE

Sport Pilot Examiner

An SPE conducts sport pilot certification tests and additional aircraft rating test as specifically authorized.

PE

Private Pilot Examiner

A PE conducts private and recreational pilot certification tests and additional aircraft rating tests as specifically authorized.

CE

Commercial Pilot Examiner

A CE conducts commercial pilot certification tests in rotorcraft, gliders, and lighter-than-air aircraft and additional aircraft rating tests, as specifically authorized.

CIRE

Commercial and Instrument Rating Examiner

A CIRE conducts commercial pilot certification tests, instrument rating practical tests, and additional aircraft rating tests as specifically authorized for airplanes, powered lift, and rotorcraft helicopters.

ATPE

Airline Transport Pilot Examiner

An ATPE conducts ATP practical tests for the original issuance of an ATP certificate and additional ratings as authorized. ATPEs must hold category, class, and, if appropriate, type ratings on their pilot certificates pertinent to the tests to be conducted.

SFIE

Sport Pilot Flight Instructor Examiner

An SFIE conducts testing for sport pilot flight instructor certificates, only in aircraft that meet the definition of LSA. An SFIE may issue a flight instructor certificate with a sport pilot rating.

FIE

Flight Instructor Examiner

An FIE conducts practical tests for the renewal and reinstatement of flight instructor certificates and additional ratings. An FIE is authorized to issue flight instructor renewals, reinstatements, and additional ratings on the basis of practical tests only. An FIE does not conduct practical tests for initial issuance of flight instructor certificates.

FIEI

Flight Instructor Examiner Initial

An FIEI conducts practical tests for the initial issuance, renewal, and reinstatement of flight instructor certificates and additional ratings. An FIEI is authorized to issue flight instructor renewals, reinstatements, and additional ratings on the basis of practical tests only.

PPE

Pilot Proficiency Examiner

A PPE conducts the PIC proficiency checks required by 14 CFR § 61.58 for airmen who act as PIC of an aircraft that is type certificated for more than one required pilot flight crewmember or is turbojet-powered, and operated under regulations other than 14 CFR parts 121, 125, 133, 135, or 137. A PPE does not conduct certification practical tests. The make and model of authorized aircraft will be included in the designee’s authorization (e.g., DPE‑PPE‑GIV).

For PPEs limited to checking in flight simulation training devices (FSTD) for any make and model of aircraft, the CLOA will contain the limitation “limited to FSTD” for that make and model of aircraft.

TYPE

Type Rating Examiner

A type rating examiner conducts practical tests in aircraft that require the PIC to hold a type rating for a specific make and model of aircraft, as authorized, at all certificate levels. The designee must hold the type rating(s) on their pilot certificates pertinent to the tests to be conducted. The make and model of authorized aircraft will be a part of the designee’s authorization (e.g., DPE-TYPE-LRJET).

To be authorized for a particular make and model of aircraft, the examiner must have logged at least 50 hours of PIC flight time in that aircraft type (25 hours for each additional aircraft type).

However, in the case of an SAE, when authorized a group of aircraft, the designee needs only to hold authorization in the group of aircraft shown on his or her CLOA (no minimum PIC experience requirement).

Examiners who are authorized to administer practical tests in an FSTD that is representative of an aircraft that requires the PIC to hold a pilot type rating, the examiner’s CLOA must list the phrase “[Aircraft type]-FSTD only”.

Indicates new/changed information.

Table 3-3.  Aircraft Category/Class/Privileges Testing/Checking Authorizations

ASEL

Airplane Single-Engine Land

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in small piston-powered single-engine land airplanes or small turbopropeller single-engine land airplanes that do not require the PIC to hold a pilot type rating. Prior to administering practical tests in a single-engine airplane that is turbine powered, the DPE must have logged at least 5 hours of PIC flight time in that single-engine make and model (emphasis added: turbine-powered single-engine airplane).

AMEL

Airplane Multiengine Land

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in small piston-powered multiengine land airplanes or small turbopropeller multiengine land airplanes that do not require the PIC to hold a pilot type rating. Prior to administering a practical test in a small multiengine land airplane, the DPE must have logged at least 5 hours of PIC flight time in that multiengine airplane make and model.

ASES

Airplane Single-Engine Sea

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in small piston-powered single-engine sea airplanes or small turbopropeller single-engine sea airplanes that do not require the PIC to hold a pilot type rating. Prior to administering practical tests in a single-engine airplane that is turbine powered, the DPE must have logged at least 5 hours of PIC flight time in that single-engine sea airplane make and model (emphasis added: turbine-powered single-engine airplane).

AMES

Airplane Multiengine Sea

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in small piston-powered multiengine sea airplanes or small turbopropeller multiengine sea airplanes that do not require the PIC to hold a pilot type rating. Prior to administering a practical test in a small multiengine sea airplane, the DPE must have logged at least 5 hours of PIC flight time in that multiengine sea airplane make and model.

RH

Rotorcraft Helicopter

This authorizes a designee to conduct practical tests in helicopters. For testing in multiengine helicopters, the specific make and model of helicopter must be listed on his or her CLOA. For testing in single-engine helicopters, “single-engine reciprocating” or “single‑engine turbine” must be listed on the CLOA. The designee must have logged at least 5 hours of PIC flight time in each specific make and model of helicopter in which that examiner conducts tests.

RG

Rotorcraft Gyroplane

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in rotorcraft gyroplanes.

GL

Glider

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in gliders. Designees must show experience and demonstrate skill in at least one of the following launch procedures, for which they have a logbook endorsement: aero tow, ground tow, and self-launch. The designee is then authorized to conduct examining activity for all launch procedures for which they have a logbook endorsement.

LTAB

Lighter-than-Air Balloon

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in balloons. Designees may have flight time in gas balloons, hot air balloons, or a combination of the two in order to meet the flight time requirements for designation. If the examiner’s pilot certificate is restricted to balloons with airborne heater or gas balloons only, the examiner may conduct practical tests only in that kind of balloon (e.g., hot air or gas balloon). This limitation must be listed on the designee’s CLOA.

LTAA

Lighter-than-Air Airship

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in airships.

WSCL

Weight-Shift-Control Land

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in weight‑shift-control land aircraft.

WSCS

Weight-Shift-Control Sea

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in weight‑shift-control sea aircraft.

PPCL

Powered Parachute Land

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in powered parachute land aircraft.

PPCS

Powered Parachute Sea

This authorizes a designee to administer practical tests in powered parachute sea aircraft.

TPRP

Turboprop

This authorizes a VFEE to conduct tests or checks in turboprop powered aircraft.

TJET

Turbojet

This authorizes a VFEE to conduct tests or checks in turbojet‑powered aircraft.

RECP

Reciprocating

This authorizes a VFEE to conduct tests or checks in reciprocating engine powered aircraft.

Indicates new/changed information.

Table 3-4.  Administrative Authorizations

FPE

Foreign Pilot Examiner

An FPE reviews applicants’ records, verifies computer test reports for the foreign pilot instrument knowledge tests, and may issue private pilot certificates and ratings at the private pilot certification level on the basis of the applicant’s foreign license qualification in accordance with 14 CFR § 61.75. An FPE may also issue a private pilot, commercial pilot, or airline transport pilot certificate on the basis of a Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) and Implementing Procedures for Licensing (IPL) in accordance with 14 CFR § 61.71(c).

MCE

Military Competency Examiner

The MCE reviews a military pilot’s records, verifies computer test reports of the military competency knowledge test, and issues Commercial Pilot Certificates and ratings to qualified military pilot applicants as authorized (e.g., 14 CFR § 61.73). The MCE may issue or upgrade pilot certificates bearing type ratings based on the applicant’s military pilot qualifications. The MCE may accept applications for a flight instructor certificate and appropriate ratings from current and former U.S. military instructor pilots or U.S. military pilot examiners who meet the eligibility requirements as set forth in 14 CFR § 61.73(g).

GIE

Ground Instructor Examiner

A GIE reviews applications and knowledge test results, and issues ground instructor certificates for the basic, advanced, or instrument ratings, as specifically authorized (as per 14 CFR § 61.213).

FIRE

Flight Instructor Renewal Examiner

A FIRE is authorized by the managing Flight Standards office to accept applications for renewal of a flight instructor certificate that is still current and for which the renewal process is merely administrative (i.e., a practical test is not required for renewal of the applicant’s flight instructor certificates). The FIRE must identify himself/herself as a FIRE on FAA Form 8710-1, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application, when processing flight instructor renewals.

RPE

Remote Pilot Examiner

An RPE reviews an applicant’s knowledge test report, training course completion certificate, pilot certificate, and logbook, as applicable, for the issuance of a Remote Pilot Certificate, as specifically authorized (as per 14 CFR §§ 107.61 and 107.63).

ACR-141

Airman Certification Representative—141

An ACR-141 accepts applications for airman certificates and/or ratings from the graduates of a pilot school that holds examining authority under 14 CFR part 141.

ACR-FIRC

Airman Certification Representative—Flight Instructor Refresher Course

An ACR-FIRC reviews applicants’ attendance/training records and determines applicants’ eligibility for the renewal of a current flight instructor certificate based on attendance of a flight instructor refresher course (FIRC).

3.    Designated Examiners Abroad.

a.    FAA Airman Certificate Exams. A DPE, Admin PE, or SAE may be authorized to serve at locations outside of the United States, provided the testing activities serve U.S. citizens abroad that were trained under 14 CFR part 61 or 141 only for an FAA airman certificate.
Indicates new/changed information.
b.    Managing Office. A designee serving internationally will generally be managed by an International Field Office (IFO) but may be assigned to a Flight Standards District Office (FSDO).
c.    Citizenship. An individual who is not a U.S. citizen may be authorized as a DPE, Admin PE, or SAE abroad only when the need cannot be filled by a U.S. citizen and the individual has met the U.S. certification requirements for the examining authority requested.
Indicates new/changed information.

Section 3.  Roles and Responsibilities

1.    FAA Personnel Roles and Responsibilities.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    The National Policy Office (NPO). The NPO for each designee type is responsible for the development of national policy regarding the particular designee type.
b.    Flight Standards Office Managers.
(1)    Flight Standards office managers are responsible for the personnel, training, and budget resources necessary to accomplish the management and oversight of designees.
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    Flight Standards office managers should anticipate changes in personnel requirements as a result of the “need and ability” standard.
Indicates new/changed information.
(3)    Flight Standards office managers are responsible for continually evaluating the effectiveness of the designee program and managing specialists.
Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    Flight Standards office managers are required to ensure that aviation safety inspectors (ASI) and office management are assigned appropriate roles within DMS to carry out their assigned duties.
c.    Appointing Official. Appointing officials are typically office managers, but may be Front Line Managers (FLM).
d.    Selecting Official. Selecting officials are typically FLMs, but may be office managers.
e.    Managing Specialists. The managing specialist is an ASI primarily responsible for the management of a specific designee(s).
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    Managing specialists must ensure that designees are prepared to perform their duties, including the completion of required training and the maintenance of the minimum qualifications for designation as prescribed in Chapter 2, Application Process.
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    Designee management must consider potential risks and hazards to safety. Managing specialists should remain constantly vigilant for such risks and hazards. These ASIs should review data and other resources, such as Safety Performance Analysis Systems (SPAS), to focus oversight on potential problem areas.
f.    Geographic Expansion Coordinator (GEC). The GEC is a role assigned to at least one Airworthiness ASI and one Operations ASI in each Flight Standards managing office to receive and approve or deny geographic expansion requests contained within a DMS preapproval. Any requests received will be routed to all GECs assigned to the managing office. The appropriate specialty GEC must approve or deny the request. Coordination may be required outside of DMS such as telephone calls or emails; however, all actions to approve or deny the request will be documented in DMS.
g.    Aviation Safety Inspectors (ASI). This role allows any ASI access into DMS to record specific oversight and other activities, as well as accessing information on any designee in DMS.

Chapter 2.  Application Process

1.    Purpose. This chapter and the corresponding chapter in Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, describe the policy related to the application process for individuals applying for the authority to function as a DPE, Admin PE, and/or SAE designee. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1 constitute the overall policy for the application process for a DPE, Admin PE, and/or SAE applicants.

2.    General.

a.    Application Information. Candidates for initial designation as a DPE, Admin PE, or SAE must submit an application through DMS.
Indicates new/changed information.

3.    Reinstatement. A former designee whose privileges were terminated “not for cause” may be reinstated only at the managing office where last assigned. This provision may only be exercised at the discretion of the previous managing office, and only when the following provisions are met:

a.    The former designee meets the requirements and procedures for an original issuance of designation and was previously authorized in DMS.
b.    The designation was terminated not more than 12 calendar-months prior to application for reinstatement.
c.    The applicant meets the recurrent training requirement for the designee type.
Indicates new/changed information.
d.    The managing office determines that the former designee is still competent to perform the authorized activities.

Note:  If the provisions are met, the CLOA is reissued with the original designation number used for reinstatement.

Indicates new/changed information.

4.    Former Designee Appointment. Except as stated in paragraph 3 above, former designees who wish to reapply for previously held authorizations that have been terminated “not for cause” must reapply through DMS as an initial applicant.

5.    Relocation. Designees may relocate to a different geographical area if the receiving FAA office agrees to the transfer. Any change in location, change of managing office, or change of managing specialist is conducted through DMS. This change is effected through DMS by the receiving managing specialist.

6.    Minimum Qualifications.

a.    Minimum Qualifications for DPE, Admin PE, and SAE Applicants.
(1)    In addition to the general minimum qualifications and disqualifiers depicted in this chapter, candidates for designation as a DPE must be technically qualified and must hold all pertinent category, class, and type ratings for each aircraft for which designation is sought. All DPEs must meet the requirements of 14 CFR §§ 61.56 and 61.57. If applying to administer tests in an aircraft that requires a type rating, the DPE must also be current in accordance with 14 CFR § 61.58.
(2)    For designations requiring a medical certificate, the examiner must maintain at least a third class medical certificate throughout the duration of the designation. Examples of designees not requiring a medical certificate are those whose authorizations are limited to examinations in balloons, gliders, or FSTDs for which no medical certificate is required. An SPE must maintain a current FAA flight instructor certificate and a valid U.S. driver’s license or an Airman Medical Certificate.
(3)    Any required flight instructor certificate must be kept current for the duration of the designation.
b.    Minimum Qualifications for DPE Applicants. Except for SAEs and Admin PEs, all DPE applicants must meet the following minimum requirements in addition to the specific eligibility requirements listed in this chapter. Within the three years prior to application, the DPE applicant must have met at least one of the following:
(1)    Served as a chief instructor, assistant chief instructor, or check instructor in a school certificated under 14 CFR part 141, for a minimum of 12 calendar-months;
(2)    Served as a check airman authorized under 14 CFR part 121 and/or part 135, for a minimum of 12 calendar-months;
(3)    Served as an Aircrew Program Designee (APD) authorized under 14 CFR part 121, for a minimum of 12 calendar-months;
(4)    Served as a Training Center Evaluator (TCE) authorized under 14 CFR part 142, for a minimum of 12 calendar-months;
(5)    Served as an FAA ASI with checking/testing responsibilities in aircraft, for a minimum of 12 calendar-months;
(6)    Held an FAA pilot examiner designation (that was not terminated for cause) with authorization to conduct practical tests and/or proficiency checks in flight; or
(7)    Provided at least the following hours of flight instruction to airmen which led to the issuance of a pilot certificate or rating as applicable to the categories sought.

For Authorization In:

Hours in Category

Airplanes

500

Rotorcraft

200

Gliders

100

Airship

100

Balloons

50

Weight Shift Control

100

Powered Parachute

50

c.    Specialty Aircraft Examiner (SAE). An SAE must meet the requirements of all applicable regulations, including 14 CFR § 61.58, to conduct a practical test from the pilot seat of a vintage airplane.
Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.
d.    Former ASIs (Operations). Former ASIs (Operations) applying for DPE or SAE authority are required to successfully complete the same application procedures, training, and evaluations as required for all other examiner candidates. However, when referring to the tables which outline the specific eligibility requirements for each designation type, in the “Hours as PIC” row, you may substitute the hour requirement in the past 12 calendar-months with the hour requirement in the past 12 calendar-months listed in Table 3-9, PIC Experience Requirements, for the appropriate category of aircraft, provided the following requirements are met:
(1)    FAA Flight Program. Within the last 12 calendar-months, the former ASI has been current and qualified in the FAA’s flight program.
(2)    General Activity. Within the preceding 12 calendar-months, a former ASI (Operations) must have conducted a combination of at least 10 tests or checks of any of the following:

(a)    Pilot certification/additional aircraft rating practical tests administered under 14 CFR part 61.

(b)    Proficiency checks administered under 14 CFR part 121, 125, or 135.

Indicates new/changed information.

(c)    Proficiency tests administered to a chief instructor, assistant chief instructor, or check instructor under 14 CFR part 141.

Indicates new/changed information.

(d)    Stage checks and end-of-course tests administered under 14 CFR part 141.

Note:  A former ASI that has been out of FAA service for more than 12 calendar-months must meet all requirements for initial designation.

Indicates new/changed information.

7.    Specific Eligibility Requirements. Designee applicants must meet all specific eligibility and experience requirements for the specific designation sought. If a designee applicant does not meet all of the appropriate eligibility and experience requirements in this order, he or she must obtain a written recommendation from the managers of both the managing FAA office and the NPO. The designee applicant may contact the managing Flight Standards office for additional information.

a.    Eligibility. A designee applicant must hold the appropriate level of certificate(s) and ratings that would allow the individual to provide flight instruction in that category, class, and type (if applicable) of aircraft. For example, an applicant who was applying for designation in helicopters would be required to hold at least a Commercial Pilot Certificate with rotorcraft and helicopter ratings as well as a flight instructor certificate with rotorcraft and helicopter ratings. An applicant who was applying for designation in balloons would be required to hold a Commercial Pilot Certificate with lighter-than-air and balloon ratings. A designee must not administer a test for a higher grade of certificate than he/she holds or for a rating that is not held by the designee. For example, a designee who holds a Commercial Pilot Certificate with rotorcraft category and helicopter class ratings would not be eligible to be designated as an ATPE in helicopters, but may be designated as a CE.
Indicates new/changed information.
b.    Specific Eligibility Requirements for PPEs. If the Flight Standards office determines need at a specific location, the FAA designates a PPE to conduct 14 CFR § 61.58 PIC proficiency checks in aircraft and/or FSTDs.
(1)    PPE Limitations.
Indicates new/changed information.

(a)    Serve the Public. A PPE must be willing to serve the public outside the examiner’s organization upon reasonable request by an applicant.

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    Certificates and Type Ratings. A PPE must hold an ATP certificate or a Commercial Pilot Certificate with an instrument rating and, for PPEs authorized in aircraft, a type rating for the type of aircraft authorized.

Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    PPE Privileges.

(a)    Official Capacity. A PPE must hold PIC privileges for the type of aircraft authorized while acting in an official capacity as a PPE.

(b)    Turbojet FSTD Authorization. PPEs who hold a turbojet FSTD authorization must hold a turbojet rating on their pilot certificate. However, the rating does not need to be in the same type aircraft that the FSTD represents.

(c)    Turboprop Airplanes in FSTDs. PPEs who hold an authorization for turboprop airplanes in FSTDs only do not need to hold a turboprop type rating on their pilot certificate.

Indicates new/changed information.

(d)    Geographic Authority. A PPE’s testing privileges are not limited to the examiner’s base of operations or the managing Flight Standards office’s geographical area of responsibility.

(e)    Additional Designations. An additional designation may be issued to an examiner by completing the same procedures used for original designation.

Indicates new/changed information.

Table 3-5.  Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as a PE and/or a CE

 

ROTORCRAFT (VFR ONLY)

GLIDERS

LTA
AIRSHIP

LTA
BALLOON

HOURS AS PIC

2,000 Total; 500 in rotorcraft, of which at least 250 were in helicopters or 150 were in gyroplanes, as appropriate, AND in the past 12 months: 100 hours in rotorcraft.

If applying for large helicopters to be listed on COA, the additional requirement is 100 hours acting as PIC in large helicopters, including at least 50 hours in the type sought. (25 hours required for each additional type sought.)

500 Total; 250 in gliders AND in the past 12 months: 20 hours in gliders, which included at least 50 flights

2,000 Total; 500 in airships, of which at least 50 were at night AND in the past 12 months: At least 200 hours in airships

200 Total; 100 in balloons, AND in the past 12 months: 20 hours in balloons, which included at least 10 flights of at least 30 minute duration. AND airman must have held a Commercial Pilot Certificate with Lighter‑than-Air Category and Balloon Rating for at least one year

HOURS AS A FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR

200 in helicopters or gyroplanes, as appropriate. AND 50 in helicopters or gyroplanes, as appropriate, preparing an airman for a Commercial Pilot Certificate.

100 in gliders

100 in airships

50 in balloons

Indicates new/changed information.

Table 3-6.  Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as a CIRE, an ATPE, and/or a PPE

 

AIRPLANE

ROTORCRAFT HELICOPTER

HOURS ACTING AS PIC

2,000 Total; which includes:

1,500 in airplanes, 500 in class, 100 at night, 200 in complex, 100 instrument flight (actual or simulated); AND in the past 12 months: 300 hours in airplanes.

If applying for designation in large, turbine‑powered aircraft to be listed on COA, the additional requirement is 300 hours acting as PIC in large, turbine-powered aircraft, of which at least 50 hours were in the type sought. (25 hours required for each additional type sought.)

2,000 Total, 1,200 in helicopters, which includes: 100 instrument flight (actual or simulated) AND in the past 12 months: 100 hours in helicopters.

If applying for large helicopters to be listed on COA, the additional requirement is 100 hours acting as PIC in large helicopters, of which at least 50 hours were in the type sought. (25 hours required for each additional type sought.)

HOURS AS A FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR

500 in airplanes, of which 100 are in the class of airplane for designation sought, AND 250 hours of instrument flight instruction, of which at least 200 hours were in airplanes, and 150 hours preparing airmen for Commercial or ATP Certificates with Airplane Categories OR airplane type ratings or instrument airplane ratings.

250 in helicopters, 50 hours instrument instruction in helicopters and at least 100 hours preparing pilots in helicopters for the Commercial or ATP Certificates, or instrument helicopter ratings or type ratings.

Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.
c.    Specific Eligibility Requirements for SPEs. DPEs who are authorized by a managing office to conduct airman testing at the private, commercial, or ATP level may be authorized by that office to conduct additional airman testing at the sport pilot level. In this instance, the managing office assumes the authorization and management responsibility.
d.    Specific Eligibility Requirements for SFIEs.
(1)    The SFIE must already possess an active DPE authorization for airman testing to the sport pilot certificate level in a specific category and class of LSA. An SFIE may issue a sport pilot certificate or flight instructor certificate with a sport rating, as applicable.
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    If a designee possesses an authorization for airman testing at the recreational pilot level or above and is managed by a Flight Standards office other than the Specialty Aircraft Examiner Branch (AFS-610), the Flight Standards office with direct oversight grants the SFIE authorization. Otherwise, AFS-610 directly grants the SFIE authorization.

Table 3-7.  Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as an SPE

 

BALLOON

WEIGHT SHIFT CONTROL

POWERED PARACHUTE

AIRSHIP

AIRPLANE

GYROPLANE

GLIDER

HOURS ACTING AS PIC

200 Total, 100 in balloons AND in the past 12 months: 20 hours in balloons which included at least 10 flights that were of at least a 30 minute duration

500 Total, 250 in weight shift control AND in the past 12 months: 50 hours in weight shift aircraft

250 Total, 100 in powered parachutes AND in the past 12 months: 25 hours in powered parachutes

200 Total, 100 in airships AND in the past 12 months: 20 hours in airships

500 Total, 250 in light‑sport airplanes AND in the past 12 months: 50 hours in airplanes.

500 Total, 250 in gyroplanes AND in the past 12 months: 50 hours in gyroplanes

250 Total, 100 in gliders AND in the past 12 months: 10 hours in gliders, which involved at least 10 flights

HOURS AS A FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR

100 in balloons

200; at least 100 in weight shift control

100; at least 50 in powered parachutes

100 in airships

200; at least 100 in light‑sport airplanes

200 in gyroplanes

100; at least 50 in gliders

Note:  If adding SPE or SFIE authority in a category of aircraft for which the designee already holds PE privileges, the designee need not meet the requirements listed above.

Indicates new/changed information.
e.    Specific Eligibility Requirements for VAEs, VFEEs, and EAEs.
(1)    The FAA NPO determines the need for an SAE. If there is a need for a new SAE, and the NPO has the ability to manage the additional examiner, a selection will be made following the normal DMS process.
(2)    VAE, VFEE, and EAE applicants must apply through DMS, but must also include a letter of recommendation from a recognized community-based organization (CBO), such as Experimental Aircraft Association (EAA), Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA), etc.
(3)    After selection but prior to designation, the NPO will contact the CBO to verify the qualifications of the proposed SAE.
(4)    When there are no qualified and/or current examiners available for a vintage aircraft, the best qualified SAE (qualified in an aircraft within the same group) may conduct the test from the jump seat of a vintage airplane as long as a current and qualified pilot occupies a pilot seat.
(5)    There is no specific limit to the number of vintage airplanes for which a VAE, VFEE, or EAE may receive authorization. An SAE will be designated to conduct practical tests in one or more of the SAE authorizations based on their qualifications and the needs of the program.
(6)    An SAE must meet the requirements of all applicable regulations including 14 CFR § 61.58 to conduct a practical test while serving as a required flightcrew member. When conducting the evaluation from other than a crewmember station, they are not required to be current in accordance with 14 CFR § 61.58.
(7)    Each additional designation requires a demonstration of competency appropriate to the aircraft or simulator and the designation sought.
(8)    When a designation is added, a new CLOA demonstrating all designations held will be issued to the examiner. The examiner’s current designation number will be used.
Indicates new/changed information.

Table 3-8.  Specific Eligibility Requirements for Designation as a VAE, VFEE, and EAE

Note:  The final decision as to eligibility to serve as an SAE is determined by the NPO for Vintage and Experimental Aircraft, AFS-600, with input from a CBO, if necessary.

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

VINTAGE AIRPLANES

VINTAGE GROUP

EXPERIMENTAL AIRCRAFT

EXPERIMENTAL GROUP

FLIGHT ENGINEER

GLIDERS

CERTIFICATES REQUIRED

Commercial and Instrument or Airline Transport

Flight Instructor

Airplane

Commercial Pilot and Instrument or Airline Transport

Flight Instructor

Commercial and Instrument or Airline Transport

Flight Instructor

Airplane or Helicopter, as appropriate

Commercial and Instrument or Airline Transport

Flight Instructor

Airplane or Helicopter, as appropriate

Flight Engineer

Commercial Pilot

Flight instructor

CERTIFICATE CATEGORIES

Both with Airplane category

Both with Airplane category

Both with Airplane or Helicopter category, as appropriate

Both with Airplane or Helicopter category, as appropriate

Flight Engineer

Both with Glider category

RATINGS AND AUTHORIZATIONS

Type Rating in the Subject Airplane

Type Ratings in at least 3 vintage airplanes

Experimental Aircraft Authorization in aircraft

Experimental Aircraft Authorizations in 3 aircraft

Reciprocating, Turbopropeller, or Turbojet, as appropriate

 

HOURS AS PIC

5,000

1,000 in airplanes, which includes at least 100 in past 12 months

100 in large vintage aircraft

10 hours in type

5,000

1,000 in airplanes

100 in large vintage airplanes, which includes 100 in large vintage aircraft.

Must be current in more than one vintage aircraft

5,000

1,000 in airplanes, which includes at least 50 in past 12 months

If applicable, 100 in large aircraft.

10 hours in type

5,000

1,000 in airplanes, which includes at least 50 in past 12 months

If applicable, 100 in large aircraft

N/A

5000

25 in gliders

HOURS AS FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR (as CFI—Certificated Flight Instructor, AAI—Authorized Aircraft Instructor, or MFI—Military Flight Instructor)

100

100

100

100

N/A

100

f.    Specific Eligibility Requirements for Admin PEs.
(1)    Specific Eligibility Requirements for ACRs.

(a)    ACR-141.

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    The holder of a pilot school certification who has been issued examining authority under 14 CFR part 141 subpart D for at least one of its courses may request ACR designation for an employee or representative of that company. The pilot school makes the request for an ACR by submitting a letter to the school’s responsible FSDO.

2.    The pilot school requesting the designation of an ACR must hold examining authority for both flight and knowledge test privileges or flight test privileges only. Pilot schools holding examining authority for knowledge testing only are not eligible for ACR designation. ACR candidates:

(i)     Must be currently employed by, or hold a position in, a pilot school organization.

(ii)    Must have been employed by, or held a position in, the pilot school for at least 12 calendar-months immediately preceding the application for designation.

(iii)   Must hold a valid pilot certificate, valid flight instructor certificate, or valid ground instructor certificate.

3.    Any DPE who holds a current CLOA is authorized to perform ACR duties and responsibilities (for any airman certificate or rating) without further need for approval or authorization from the managing Flight Standards office, provided the DPE is also current with regards to the ACR training requirements.

(b)    ACR–FIRC.

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    An FAA-approved FIRC provider may request the designation of an ACR. These individuals are authorized to renew flight instructor certificates to eligible course graduates of the approved FIRC.

2.    Only an authorized FIRC provider holding an FAA-approved FIRC training course outline (TCO) may make a request for the designation of an ACR applicant. Final approval of the FIRC provider’s TCO is a prerequisite for an ACR designation. An authorized FIRC provider may request ACR designation for one or more responsible members or employees of that organization by submitting a letter to the managing FAA office where the applicant’s principal business office is located.

3.    A FIRC provider requesting an ACR designation will provide the following information in a letter to the jurisdictional Flight Standards office:

(i)     The original date of FAA approval of the sponsor to conduct the FIRC;

Indicates new/changed information.

(ii)    The number of courses delivered in the 12-month period immediately preceding the request for an ACR designation;

(iii)   The number of attendees issued graduation certificates, the number of graduation certificates denied, including the reasons for the denials; and

Indicates new/changed information.

(iv)   The number and location of courses scheduled to be delivered, along with the expected number of attendees for the 12-month period immediately following the date of request for designation.

Indicates new/changed information.

4.    ACR candidates:

(i)     Must be currently employed by, or hold a position as, a chief instructor, assistant chief instructor, ground instructor, or presenter of the FAA-approved FIRC.

(ii)    Must have been employed as, or held the position of, chief instructor, assistant chief instructor, ground instructor, or presenter with the FIRC for at least 12 calendar-months immediately preceding application for designation as an ACR.

(iii)   Must hold a valid pilot certificate, valid flight instructor certificate, or valid ground instructor certificate.

5.    Any DPE or SAE who holds a current CLOA is authorized to perform ACR duties and responsibilities for the FIRC without further need for approval or authorization from the managing Flight Standards office, provided the DPE is also current with regards to the ACR training requirements.

8.    Disqualifiers—Special Considerations. Any applicant that has been previously terminated for cause must not be considered for designation (see Volume 1, Chapter 2, Application Process, for disqualifying criteria).

9.    Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.

10.    Post Application. See Volume 1.

11.    Maintaining an Active Designee Application. See Volume 1.

Chapter 3.  Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of DPE, Admin PE, and SAE applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the selection and evaluation of DPE, Admin PE, or SAE applicants.

2.    General.

a.    Selection Process. The general process of selection can be broken down into three parts: DMS determines if the designee meets system-defined minimum qualifications; the selecting official determines if need and ability requirements are met; and then assigns an evaluation panel to further review the applicant’s qualifications and abilities. (See Figure 3-1, High-Level Selection Process Flow, for a high-level representation of the selection flow.)

Figure 3-1.  High-Level Selection Process Flow

Figure 3-1. High Level Selection Process Flow

b.    Selection Considerations.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    When a decision is made to appoint a designee to fulfill identified needs, the managing office must query DMS for a listing of applicants. Candidates must submit applications exclusively through DMS.
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    The evaluation panel assesses each designee candidate’s background knowledge and experience through:

(a)    A thorough review of the application;

(b)    Consultation with others who are familiar with the applicant; and

(c)    Review and contact references provided by the applicant and comments that may influence the decision to recommend or deny appointment.

Indicates new/changed information.

3.    Need and Ability to Manage. See Volume 1.

4.    Requesting Qualified Applicants.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    General. Once the FAA establishes need and ability to manage, the selecting official can request a list of applicants through DMS, which searches active applications to identify candidates that most closely match the specified criteria.
Indicates new/changed information.
b.    Initial Request. DMS will return all applicants per the request.
c.    Additional Requests. If no qualified candidates are available within DMS, an appointing official may request a deviation from minimum qualification requirements if:
(1)    The FAA demonstrates a significant need for the appointment, and
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    The managing office can justify that the designee candidate meets an equivalent qualification.
d.    Minimum Qualification Deviation Request Process. When there are no qualified applicants in DMS for the specific need of the office, the Flight Standards office may request that the selecting official petition the NPO for a deviation from the minimum qualifications.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    Documentation. The selecting official will document and communicate the circumstances and justification for the deviation in a memo to the NPO outside of DMS.
(2)    Coordination. If in agreement with the Flight Standards office recommendation, the NPO will document the circumstances and justification in DMS and complete the required DMS process (deviation allowed).

Note:  The purpose of a deviation is to fill a specific need that the managing office has for which there are no qualified applicants in DMS. The expectation is that the office would appoint the applicant within 30 days of granting the deviation. If the applicant has not been appointed after 30 days, the process ends.

5.    Evaluation.

a.    Evaluation Process. It is the goal of the FAA to establish a uniform designee candidate assessment process (as much as practicable) for all designee types.
b.    Evaluation Panel. At such time that one or more viable applicants have been identified through DMS, an evaluation panel is convened to consider the merits of each applicant. The panel is generally comprised of three FAA staff that should include:
(1)    The managing specialist expected to be assigned to the designee. The presumed managing specialist will assume a lead role during the evaluation process, and will coordinate the evaluation panel results within DMS.
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    An ASI from AFS-600 (required).
(3)    At least one additional General Aviation (GA) ASI, which may include an FLM.
c.    Evaluation Panel Tasks. The evaluation panel assesses each applicant’s background, knowledge, and experience by conducting a thorough review of the designee application. To support this process, the following tasks must be accomplished:
(1)    Review the applicant’s application and supporting documentation in DMS.
(2)    Contact references as necessary.
(3)    Conduct an interview with the designee candidate. The interview should determine whether the applicant has the general and specific qualifications, as well as the qualities necessary to be successful as a designee. Interview responses should be consistent with the information contained on the candidate’s application.
Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    Verify that minimum qualifications have been met.
(5)    Review the applicant’s experience on the DMS application to determine what authorizations they may qualify for. This should be done in advance of an applicant interview.
(6)    Verify that the applicant possesses the appropriate airman certificate, category and class rating, and type rating for the authorities sought.
Indicates new/changed information.
(7)    Review relevant information from each of the following FAA databases to determine the candidate’s aviation background and any issues which may have an adverse effect on the candidate’s application:

(a)    Accident/Incident Data System (AIDS);

(b)    SPAS;

(c)    Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (PTRS); and

(d)    Enforcement Information System (EIS).

(8)    For Admin PEs, inspect facilities and equipment (if applicable) to be used in the conduct of their duties.
Indicates new/changed information.
(9)    Ensure, based on research found in the databases above, that the requirements of Volume 1, Chapter 4, Designee Appointment, are met.
d.    Examiner Proficiency Check Prior to Appointment. The evaluation panel will consider the results of a pre-appointment pilot proficiency check, if applicable. While not required, the appointing office may wish to conduct a pre-appointment proficiency check of the designee applicant. The purpose of the proficiency check is to evaluate the designee applicant’s piloting skills as they relate to the maneuvers and procedures in the applicable practical test standards (PTS) or Airman Certification Standards (ACS). The content of the proficiency check may include a demonstration of part or all of the following:
(1)    The knowledge and skill areas required for the original issuance of the certificate for which the DPE will hold authority.
(2)    Maneuvers and procedures listed in the PTS/ACS for the applicable certificate and rating.

Note:  ACRs will be expected to successfully complete an oral examination on the applicable regulations contained in 14 CFR parts 61 and 141, as applicable.

e.    Evaluation Panel Outcomes.
(1)    When the evaluation panel determines that an applicant meets the requirements for designation, the results are documented in DMS and a recommendation is provided to the appointing official through the selecting official. If the appointing official is in agreement with the recommendation, the appointment process will ensue. See Chapter 4 for information relating to the appointment process.
(2)    If the evaluation panel, with concurrence from the selecting official, rejects all applications provided by DMS for good cause, the managing office should encourage suitable applicants to apply through DMS so that they can be considered.

6.    Banning. See Volume 1.

Chapter 4.  Designee Appointment

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the appointment process for a DPE, Admin PE, and SAE.

2.    General.

a.    Appointment Process. Below is a high-level representation of the appointment process.

Figure 3-2.  High-Level Appointment Process Flow

Figure 3-2. High Level Appointment Process Flow

b.    Appointment Checklist.
(1)    The managing specialist should issue appropriate privileges and limitations in the CLOA based on the applicant’s:

(a)    Background experience;

(b)    Personal and professional qualifications; and

(c)    Needs of the appointing office.

Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    Prior to appointment, the managing specialist will verify that the following events are completed and recorded in DMS:

(a)    Successful completion of the initial designee specific training conducted by the FAA’s Designee Standardization Branch (AFS-640) in Oklahoma City, OK. For a list of the training, visit https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx.

(b)    Applicant has attended an orientation conducted by their managing office, which includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1.    Caution the designee that any irregularities or deficiencies related to the delegated work may result in the termination of the designation under the provisions of 14 CFR part 183, § 183.15(b)(4).

2.    Remind the designee to perform only authorized functions within the limits of his or her authority.

3.    Remind the designee to request preapproval through DMS before accepting any applicant requests for testing or checking activities.

(c)    Remind the designees, except when using the Integrated Airman Certification and Rating Application (IACRA), to submit applicable original or duplicate documents within 7 calendar-days of completion to the managing office for review.

3.    Designee Number. See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

4.    CLOA. The CLOA will identify the designee type and the specific authorizations, or limitations.

5.    Appointment Duration. The initial duration of a designee’s appointment is up to 12 calendar-months.

Chapter 5.  Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the responsibilities and obligations of the DPE, Admin PE, and SAE, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and the Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the responsibilities and obligations of DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs.

2.    General Responsibilities.

a.    Expectations. DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs are expected to:
(1)    Attend and take part in FAA Safety Team (FAASTeam) seminars and events. The FAA values the participation of FAASTeam representatives in providing support for safety meetings.
(2)    Provide FAA testing and certification activities without prejudice or discrimination in a fair and unbiased manner.
(3)    Maintain a high level of knowledge, skill, and expertise commensurate with their authorizations.
(4)    Charge no more than a reasonable fee for services.
(5)    Keep abreast of current aviation trends and technologies.
(6)    Serve as a willing resource to the aviation community on matters of FAA airman certification regulations and policy.
(7)    Set a high standard of airmanship and safety through personal example.
(8)    Exercise diligence and care in the preparation of airman certification documentation and files.
(9)    Always represent the FAA and its workforce to the public in a positive manner.
Indicates new/changed information.
(10)    Work constructively with the managing FAA office.
b.    DPE Limitations. DPEs and SAEs must not:
(1)    Conduct the flight portion of a practical test prior to the ground portion.
(2)    A designee conducting an oral and/or practical test must not test more than one applicant at a time. To clarify “at a time”: when a designee begins a test with an applicant, prior to accepting an application from another airman, the designee will terminate the first test with the issuance of a Temporary Airman Certificate, a notice of disapproval, or a letter of discontinuance. In cases where the test aircraft requires a flight crew of two, such as in the case of a type rating examination in an aircraft requiring two pilots, it is permissible to evaluate both applicants together.
(3)    Conduct or monitor any portion of computer knowledge tests.
(4)    Reissue or amend any expired Temporary Airman Certificate.
(5)    Endorse, amend, alter, or issue any permanent airman certificate.
(6)    Exempt any applicant from the testing requirements in the applicable PTS/ACS.
(7)    Combine teaching with testing during the testing of an applicant.
(8)    Conduct tests unless an applicant presents proof of eligibility as prescribed in the applicable 14 CFR part 61.
(9)    Conduct practical tests unless the applicant has passed the required airman knowledge test, if a knowledge test is required.
(10)    Temporarily suspend a test to allow the applicant further study, and then continue the same test later.
(11)    Conduct tests in any language other than English.
Indicates new/changed information.
(12)    Conduct more than two practical tests in a single day or one practical test in a single day if the test is for the original issuance of a flight instructor certificate, without manual approval from the managing specialist.
(13)    Test applicants trained by the examiner. A designee who trains an applicant for a certificate or rating may only test that applicant under the following conditions:

(a)    If another instructor has given the applicant at least 3 hours of flight instruction in the 2 calendar-months prior to the test, in preparation for the test, and is the recommending instructor. (For sport pilot privileges, the hours are reduced to 1.5 hours if the test is in a glider or balloon; 1.0 hours if the test is in a powered parachute; 2.0 hours if the test is in all other light-sport aircraft categories.)

(b)    A designee may also test an applicant trained by that designee for an additional aircraft class rating if the applicant has obtained the written recommendation of another certificated flight instructor (CFI) who has personally checked the applicant and found the applicant prepared for the practical test.

(c)    An FIE may test an applicant that he or she trained for a flight instructor certificate or rating if the designee obtains written permission from the managing FAA office.

Indicates new/changed information.

(d)    An ATPE may test an applicant that he or she trained for an ATP certificate or rating if the designee obtains the permission of the managing FAA office.

(e)    In cases where a VAE, VFEE, or EAE is the only readily available instructor qualified in a rare airplane, the VAE, VFEE, or EAE may conduct a certification practical test for an applicant that he or she trained if the designee obtains permission from the managing office.

(14)    Except for SAEs, test an applicant outside the authorized geographical area without specific approval.
Indicates new/changed information.

(a)    If a designee wants to administer tests outside the geographical area of the managing Flight Standards office or IFO, the designee must receive authorization from the managing Flight Standards office or IFO, as well as from the receiving office.

(b)    This is processed and authorized through the preapproval process in DMS.

Indicates new/changed information.

3.    Ongoing Requirements of a Designee. In order to complement the general requirements established in Volume 1 of this order, a DPE, SAE, or Admin PE will:

a.    Maintain Minimum Requirements. Maintain the minimum qualifications established for appointment as specified in this order including certification, currency, initial, and recurrent training, and attendance at the required annual meetings.
b.    Use Current Regulations and Policies. Maintain and use the most current versions of the CFR, the PTS/ACS, FAA Order 8900.1, and this order. Storage and retrieval of these documents may be electronic.
Indicates new/changed information.
c.    Attend Annual Meeting. Designees must attend the annual designee meeting each fiscal year conducted by the managing FAA office.
(1)    The FAA office should attempt to schedule the annual meeting to allow for all designees of the same type to meet together in a location at the same time to discuss, at a minimum, the following subject areas:

(a)    Local issues;

(b)    Local problem areas;

(c)    Local procedures;

(d)    Standardization issues; and

(e)    Designee performance.

(2)    A record of attendance by each designee must be documented in DMS by the managing specialist.
(3)    In cases where, beyond the designee’s control, it is not possible for a designee to attend the annual meeting, the designee must meet with that managing specialist to discuss the same subject material that was presented at the meeting. The managing office may opt to record their meetings on video and use the media for make‑up meetings. This allows the designees who miss the meeting to also benefit from the dialogue between designees during the meeting. A designee who misses this annual meeting must still satisfy the annual meeting requirement before renewal.
Indicates new/changed information.
d.    IACRA.
(1)    For airman testing and certification, the designee is expected to use the Integrated Airman Certification and Rating Application (IACRA) online processing system accessible through https://iacra.faa.gov.
(2)    If IACRA is unavailable when the DPE is beginning the test, the applicant must submit a paper application (FAA Form 8710-1). The entire certification process must then be completed using the paper application and the certification file must be sent to the managing FAA office. The DPE cannot, under any circumstances, complete the certification in IACRA at the conclusion of the test, even if it is available. If the test is started with paper, it must be completed with paper. The DPE must also notify the managing FAA office of the reason for using paper instead of IACRA.
Indicates new/changed information.
e.    PTS/ACS. Designees with airman testing and checking privileges must use the appropriate PTS or ACS in accordance with their authorizations. The PTS or ACS is available through a number of commercial sources or through the FAA website at www.faa.gov.

Chapter 6.  Oversight and Management of a Designee

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the oversight and management of DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs.

2.    General.

a.    General Considerations.
(1)    Effective oversight of designees is founded on a strategy of risk management. A robust oversight policy includes a continual process of weighing the potential for harm from any apparent hazard against the likelihood of its occurrence. When safety risks and hazards are identified, appropriate preventive action is imperative.
(2)    Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. Managing specialists are also responsible for ensuring that DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs are thoroughly coached in the importance of their role of administering ground (knowledge) and flight (skill) tests to the applicants in accordance with FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5, and the PTS/ACS.
(3)    Oversight will include oversight activities at varying intervals, as well as an overall performance evaluation of each designee at least each 12 calendar-months. The outcome of each oversight activity provides data to be used in completing each designee’s overall performance evaluation.
(4)    Designees can expect that the managing office will assign to each DPE, Admin PE, and SAE a managing specialist that is a qualified ASI (Operations). The ASI will develop oversight plans to ensure quality, the highest degree of integrity, and compliance with current policy, regulations, and the PTS or ACS, as appropriate. The oversight plan will also identify potential hazards and risks to aviation safety. If and when the FAA discovers deficiencies, the managing specialist will respond in a manner prescribed by the common designee policy in this order and other relevant FAA guidance.
(5)    DPEs and SAEs should expect the FAA to observe them conducting their first complete test, and Admin PEs should expect the FAA to observe their first certification actions. Thereafter, the designees may be inspected or observed by FAA personnel at any time with or without prior notice.
Indicates new/changed information.
(6)    The managing specialist documents oversight activities and results in DMS. Such reporting is not only crucial for managing individual designees, but also for implementing risk-based decision-making to the management of Flight Standards designees.
b.    Managing Office and Managing Specialist. See Volume 1.
c.    Oversight and DMS.
(1)    Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. DMS establishes the minimum required oversight activities for each designee based on their authorized activities and risk-based data. Additional oversight may be conducted as deemed necessary by the managing specialist or managing office. Oversight activities are the responsibility of the designee’s managing specialist and the managing specialist is expected to conduct the oversight activities. However, other ASIs can enter oversight activities on the designee, and there are provisions in DMS for the managing specialist to “take credit” for an oversight activity of the same type conducted by another ASI if it’s in the required timeframe. Additional instructions are included in the DMS job aids for oversight activities.
(2)    The managing specialist must conduct designee performance evaluations on an ongoing basis predicated on the outcome of oversight activities. The managing specialist should record in DMS the results of individual oversight activities. However, the managing specialist must record in DMS a formal evaluation at least once every 12 calendar-months, generally completed during the designee’s anniversary month.
d.    Performance Measures. The managing specialist will render an overall rating for the period according to the following classifications:
(1)    Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
Indicates new/changed information.

(a)    Equipment and Materials. Does the designee possess relevant and current FAA publications, either electronically or in paper form, such as the CFR, the PTS/ACS, Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM), Chart Supplement U.S. (CS), and this order? Does the designee have access to technology in order to effectively use the IACRA system in the processing of airman certification files?

(b)    Knowledge and Understanding. Does the designee understand the technical terminology contained in FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and other reference material used in planning, describing, or conducting authorized activities? Does the designee demonstrate an expert level of knowledge about the aircraft operation and systems?

(c)    Interpret and Apply. Does the designee correctly interpret and apply the technical performance standards required by the authorization?

(2)    Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and directives.

(a)    Screening Applicants. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when accepting applications and determining applicant eligibility?

(b)    Submittal of Information and Data to FAA. Does the designee properly submit information, documents, and data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific instructions provided by the FAA managing office?

(c)    Conducting Evaluations and Tests. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when conducting, grading, and providing feedback to applicants during testing?

(d)    Issuing Certificates and Testing Results to Applicant. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing airman certificates, test results, or other findings to the applicant upon completion of the testing activity?

(3)    Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude and demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally and written.

(a)    Oral and Written Communication. Does the designee effectively communicate either in writing or in conversation with the FAA and the general public? Does the designee provide feedback to the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?

(b)    Professional Representation of the FAA to the Public and Stakeholders. Does the designee demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy and managing office instruction?

(c)    Cooperative Attitude with the FAA. Is the designee easy to work with and present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive to the FAA and reasonably accessible to the FAA when required?

(d)    Ethics and Judgment. Does the designee maintain high ethical standards and demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?

(4)    Key DPE and SAE Performance Measures. Additional performance measures for DPEs and SAEs include, but are not limited to the following:

(a)    Develops and uses a written plan of action in accordance with FAA Order 8900.1 and the applicable PTS or ACS.

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    When using PTS, evaluates “Special Emphasis Items” throughout the test.

(c)    Employs “scenario-based” questioning and flight tasks liberally throughout the test to assess the applicant’s decision-making and resource management abilities.

(d)    Completes pretest, preflight, and postflight briefings as appropriate

(e)    Makes an accurate “pass/fail” determination.

Indicates new/changed information.

(f)    Properly completes the Temporary Airman Certificate, letter of discontinuance, or notice of disapproval, as appropriate, through the use of IACRA unless extenuating circumstances preclude IACRA use. In such cases, paper documents will be evaluated for completeness, accuracy, and legibility.

3.    Oversight Actions.

a.    Planning an Oversight Activity.
(1)    In addition to guidance provided in Volume 1 of this order, the managing specialists should use a risk‑based analysis to determine when an inspection is necessary. Circumstances that warrant an oversight activity include, but are not limited to:

(a)    Oversight from DMS generated oversight activities. The managing specialist also determines if additional oversight may be necessary.

(b)    Complaints received about a designee’s conduct during certifications.

(c)    Persons newly designated (inspections can occur at a higher level of frequency to ensure compliance).

(d)    Review of designee’s certification files or reports produced through DMS indicate one or more of the following:

1.    Overall problems with the certification files;

2.    A “no failure” or “high pass rate” that seems unusual;

3.    A high activity rate;

4.    Applicants are traveling long distances; or

5.    A high rate of activities outside the designee’s geographic boundaries.

(2)    Prepare for the Inspection.

(a)    Review the following documents prior to the inspection:

1.    Designee’s file;

2.    Previous inspection reports and historic PTRS and DMS entries;

Indicates new/changed information.

3.    Any correspondence between the managing office and the designee since the last inspection; and

4.    For an announced direct observation, the DPEs or SAEs plan of action for the test.

(b)    If appropriate, review the designee’s preapproval within DMS and arrange the inspection to coincide with the scheduled certification event.

(3)    Additionally:

(a)    Consider the habits and availability of designees and schedule activities so as not to inconvenience or create an unwarranted imposition on the individual.

(b)    When planning an observation of a flight portion of a practical test being conducted by a DPE or SAE, communicate this intent in advance as much as practicable so that the aircraft is configured in such a manner (e.g., Weight and Balance (W&B), fuel load, etc.) to accommodate the FAA as well as the applicant and designee.

(c)    It is noted that, when the FAA plans an observation of any portion of a practical test (either examination ground or flight), an applicant’s permission is not required. Further, advance notice to either the designee or applicant is not essential.

b.    Oversight Activities. Designee oversight includes the comprehensive management, monitoring, and tracking of a designee and related activities. All of these actions are considered oversight activities in DMS. A complete surveillance of a DPE, Admin PE, or SAE involves a group of oversight activities performed to observe the designee’s performance. These oversight activities may be completed independently within a set timeframe, or any number of them may be completed in conjunction with one another. This approach to oversight was adopted to allow the managing specialists flexibility in completing oversight activities as the opportunity arises, and to encourage focus on the specific element being evaluated. Designee oversight is most effective when it occurs throughout the year rather than an all-at-once, infrequent approach. The frequency of each of these activities will be determined by DMS.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    Direct Observations. A direct observation is a managing specialist observing the designee performing work authorized by the designee’s CLOA. The purpose is to determine that the designee has the knowledge and skill to properly administer a practical test or check, or in the case of an Admin PE, to properly conduct the certification function. Direct observations provides the managing specialist the opportunity to determine if the designee is performing the work within the guidelines. It allows the managing specialist to gain insight into the designee’s technical, professional, and procedural attributes. It also provides the designee with feedback from his/her managing specialist. In DMS, the direct observation for DPEs and SAEs is split into two parts; the observation of the ground portion of the test and the observation of the flight portion of the test. These observations may be conducted independently of each other, or both may be accomplished with the observation of a complete (ground and flight) test administered to a single applicant. The goal of the inspector during a direct observation is to observe the designee test all required areas of operations and tasks for the test that is being administered. However, in the case that the test does not proceed far enough to include all areas (i.e., letter of discontinuance or notice of disapproval) the direct observation can be considered complete if the inspector has witnessed enough tasks that he/she is satisfied that the designee is testing in accordance with PTS/ACS and current policy. In the case of a test that ends in a notice of disapproval or letter of discontinuance, the inspector should use the questions below to determine if the observation is complete, or another direct observation will be required. In order for the direct observation of the flight portion to be considered complete, at a minimum, the applicant must have taken flight and departed the airport environment. A minimum number of direct observations will be required to be completed by a managing specialist (see DMS to determine frequency). The number of observations determined by DMS is based on all indications that the examiner is conducting the test in accordance with current policy and standards. If there is any indication of unsatisfactory performance (e.g., interviews, complaints, etc.) the managing office must investigate and conduct additional surveillance in order to determine the actual performance of the designee. The managing specialists may increase the number of direct observations if deemed appropriate due to various risk indicators that may be established, such as when a “Needs Improvement” event has been identified, or any other reason deemed appropriate. The managing specialist must conduct a complete direct observation (ground and flight) of the first practical test for a newly designated DPE or SAE. For the direct observation of an Admin PE, the managing specialist would observe an entire certification event, from the applicant presenting the application to the designee completing the paperwork and presenting the applicant with the appropriate certificate. This would be recorded as a Direct Observation—Administrative PE.
Indicates new/changed information.

(a)    While exercising the privileges of their designation, designees must continue to maintain their currency and proficiency. During the direct observation, the managing specialist or ASI must verify that the designee is maintaining currency and PIC requirements. Currency requirements are outlined in 14 CFR §§ 61.56 and 61.57, and PIC requirements are outlined in Table 3-9. For designees (other than SAEs) who administer tests in large, turbine-powered aircraft, currency in accordance with 14 CFR § 61.58 must also be maintained, regardless of which seat the designee occupies.

Table 3-9.  PIC Experience Requirements

AIRCRAFT TYPE

PIC EXPERIENCE IN THE PRECEDING 12 MONTHS

Airplane

60 hours (10 hours in each class authorized)

Airplane—Light-Sport

12 hours

Rotorcraft

25 hours (5 hours in each class authorized)

Gliders

3 hours, which included at least 3 flights

Lighter-than-Air—Airship

40 hours

Lighter-than-Air—Balloon

5 hours, which included at least 3 flights

Weight Shift Control

12 hours

Powered Parachute

5 hours

Note:  PIC experience obtained while administering practical tests will not be considered for the purposes of the recent PIC experience required of the designation (listed below).

Indicates new/changed information.

Note:  For designees who hold authorization to conduct tests in more than one category of aircraft, the DPE must have obtained the total PIC experience for the authorized category that requires the greatest number of hours. In addition, the number of PIC experience hours required for each additional category must be met. For instance, a DPE authorized to test in both airplanes and rotorcraft helicopter would be required to obtain a total of 60 hours of PIC (because 60 hours is the greatest total required of all authorized categories). Of those hours, at least 10 hours must be in each class of airplane authorized (i.e., ASEL or AMEL) and 25 must be in rotorcraft, with at least 5 of that in helicopters. In this case, the DPE may have accrued 25 hours in rotorcraft plus 10 in AMEL plus 10 in ASEL totaling 45. The remaining hours could be in any category or class. Another example: a DPE authorized to conduct tests in airplanes, gyroplanes, and gliders would be required to obtain a total of 60 hours PIC (because 60 hours is the greatest total required of all authorized categories). Of those 60 hours, 10 hours must be in the class of airplane authorized (i.e., ASEL or AMEL), 25 hours must be in rotorcraft, with at least 5 hours in gyroplanes, and 3 hours must be in gliders (which included at least 3 flights).

(b)    During a direct observation for a DPE, Admin PE, or SAE, the managing specialist should assure the applicant that the observation is focused on the designee and not the applicant. Although this may not alleviate the heightened level of anxiety, the managing specialist should make the applicant as relaxed as possible.

(c)    If the managing specialist observes a designee that is not following proper certification policy, the managing specialist has the responsibility to stop the certification and discuss the concern with the designee without the applicant being present. Under no circumstances will the managing specialist allow the certification to be issued until the discrepancy(ies) are corrected.

(d)    If during the testing/checking event a DPE or SAE omits required items from the PTS or ACS, managing specialists may, at their discretion, allow the test to continue. The managing specialist must not allow the airman certificate to be issued or check to be satisfactorily completed when required items were not tested or the applicant unsatisfactorily performed the tasks. Because the PTS/ACS specifically states that the tasks can be accomplished in any order, this discretion is necessary to allow the managing specialist to watch the entire test in the event that the designee completes the omitted items at the end of the test/check.

Note:  This type of discrepancy would be noted in DMS as a procedural issue, and might require additional observations by the managing specialist to ensure the problem does not continue.

(e)    Observe the DPE or SAE conducting the ground portion of an exam as described below:

1.    Review the plan of action to determine the following:

(i)     Does the plan of action include all the areas of operation and tasks required by the appropriate PTS or ACS?

(ii)    Does the plan of action contain a scenario that allows the evaluation of most of the areas of operation and tasks required in the practical tests with minimum disruptions?

(iii)   Does the plan of action contain the required pretest, preflight, and postflight briefings?

Note:  In the event of an announced direct observation, the inspector should request a copy of the plan of action for the specific test being observed in advance of the test in order to avoid interruption. The inspector should direct any questions regarding the plan of action or adequacy of the test to the DPE or SAE in private before the beginning of the test.

2.    Ensure the DPE or SAE utilizes the plan of action to conduct the test.

3.    Ensure the DPE or SAE conducts the required pretest briefing.

4.    Ensure that the DPE or SAE requests appropriate identification from the applicant and verifies the applicant’s identity. The DPE/SAE must also review the applicant’s logbook/training record and compare aeronautical experience with what is reported on the application. The designee must properly ensure that the applicant is eligible for the test or check.

5.    Ensure the DPE or SAE does not intend to administer the practical test to more than one applicant at a time.

6.    Ensure the applicant is informed that the inspector is principally observing the DPE or SAE’s performance and that at the conclusion of the tests, unless circumstances otherwise warrant, the DPE or SAE will issue a temporary certificate if the applicant passes the test.

7.    Ensure that the DPE or SAE receives a completed and signed application prior to beginning the test. In the case of IACRA, the applicant must log in to IACRA and sign the application prior to beginning the test.

8.    Ensure the DPE or SAE conducts the ground portion of the exam in accordance with the procedures in the applicable section(s) of FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 2.

(f)    Observe the DPE or SAE conducting the flight portion of an exam as described below:

1.    Ensure the DPE or SAE conducts the required preflight briefing.

2.    Ensure the DPE or SAE observes the applicant preflight the aircraft.

3.    Ensure the DPE or SAE conducts the flight portion of the exam in accordance with the procedures in the applicable section(s) of FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 2.

4.    Ensure the DPE or SAE does not allow the applicant to repeat any maneuvers or procedures that have been determined to be unsatisfactory.

5.    Ensure the DPE or SAE conducts the required posttest briefing.

6.    Ensure the DPE or SAE completes the required paperwork based on the following outcomes:

(i)     If the DPE or SAE and the applicant perform satisfactorily, observe the designee properly completing FAA Form 8710-1 and issuing FAA Form 8060-4 (this may be accomplished in IACRA, but FAA Form 8060-4 must still be issued to the applicant).

(ii)    If the DPE or SAE performs satisfactorily but the applicant is unsatisfactory, observe the DPE or SAE properly completing FAA Form 8710-1 and issuing Form 8060-5, properly identifying the area(s) of operation or task(s) failed or not tested in the block for remarks.

(iii)   If the DPE or SAE performs unsatisfactorily but the applicant performs satisfactorily, allow the DPE or SAE to complete FAA Form 8710-1 and issue FAA Form 8060-4. This is only possible if the inspector determines that an adequate test was given. If the DPE or SAE’s performance was inadequate, resulting in an incomplete test, then the airman applicant was not properly evaluated and the inspector should observe the DPE or SAE issue a letter of discontinuance.

(iv)   If the DPE or SAE and the applicant perform unsatisfactorily, allow the DPE or SAE to properly complete FAA Form 8710-1 and FAA Form 8060-5, properly identifying the area(s) of operation or task(s) failed or not tested in the block for remarks.

Indicates new/changed information.

7.    Ensure the DPE or SAE completes and submits the certification file in accordance with FAA Order 8900.1. When using IACRA, the certification file is submitted to the Airman Certification Branch (AFB‑720) automatically and it is not necessary to submit a paper file.

8.    Conduct a debriefing with the DPE or SAE separate from the applicant. Discuss the performance of the applicant and the DPE or SAE, and recommend areas of improvement needed by the DPE or SAE.

Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.

Note:  It is not necessary for the ASI to be current and qualified in the aircraft to conduct the flight portion of the direct observation, nor to be a participant in the Flight Standards flight program, provided that the ASI does not serve as a required crewmember. If the ASI is to serve as a required crewmember, however, then the ASI must also be current to serve as PIC in that aircraft, as well as being a participant in the Flight Standards flight program. Serving as a required crewmember is not recommended.

Indicates new/changed information.

Note:  For ASIs conducting evaluations for designees that conduct the majority of their tests in two-place aircraft with the ASI acting as the applicant for the flight portion of the evaluation, the ASI must be current with and qualified in the aircraft, as well as a participant in the Flight Standards flight program.

Note:  The purpose of evaluating a DPE’s or SAE’s conduct of the direct observation is to ensure that the DPE or SAE follows testing procedures.

(g)    Observe the Admin PE conducting the certification functions as described below:

1.    Ensure the Admin PE requests appropriate identification from the applicant, validates the applicant’s identity, and reviews the applicant’s application for accuracy. This is required even when using IACRA.

2.    Ensure the Admin PE conducts the certification function in accordance with the procedures in the applicable section(s) of FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 2.

Indicates new/changed information.

3.    Ensure the Admin PE completes and submits the certification file in accordance with FAA Order 8900.1. When using IACRA, the certification file is submitted to AFB-720 automatically and it is not necessary to submit a paper file.

Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    Interviews of Recently Tested Airmen. Each managing specialist will conduct interviews of recently tested airmen. These interviews are to ensure that the examiner is properly following the PTS/ACS when the FAA is not in attendance. Inform interviewees that the questions are to evaluate the testing procedure and are not a reexamination of their certificates. Conduct a sufficient number of interviews each four quarters (at least five randomly selected airmen or 50 percent of the airmen newly certificated by the designee, whichever is fewer) to provide confidence that the designee is properly conducting the test. If the interviews indicate satisfactory performance by the designee, the schedule for direct observations developed by DMS may be followed. However, if the interviews of recently tested applicants indicate a deficiency with designee performance, the managing office must conduct additional direct observations.
(3)    DPE or SAE Proficiency Check. This is not a required activity; however, each managing specialist may, at their discretion, ask the designee to demonstrate and explain maneuvers or evaluate maneuvers performed by the managing specialist or an ASI. The purpose of a proficiency check is not to evaluate the piloting skills of the designee, but to assess the designee’s understanding of the elements of the maneuvers and to determine that they are able to evaluate the applicant’s performance in accordance with the PTS/ACS.
Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    Review Designee Certification Packages. Each managing specialist will review all certification packages submitted to the managing office to ensure that the designee has completed the documentation as required by the applicable section(s) of FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5, Chapter 2. Package reviews as a result of correction notices received from the Civil Aviation Registry Division (AFB-700) will also be recorded in DMS using this record.
(5)    Provide Technical Assistance. Each managing specialist will document in DMS when they spend time providing technical assistance to one of their designees. This does not include answering a quick phone call or email, but only when research or training is involved in the assistance.
Indicates new/changed information.
(6)    Review DMS Activity Log. Each managing specialist will review the activity log of each of the designees they manage for the previous 4 quarters. The managing specialist will look for possible actions contrary to policy (e.g., more than two tests in a day, test taking an unreasonable amount of time, etc.). This may also include comparing activity reported in the log to actual aircraft or training records.
(7)    Review of Proper Guidance Materials. Each managing specialist will review the applicable guidance and reference materials that the designee used to conduct a practical test or proficiency check. The managing specialist will look to see that the designee is using the most current and correct documents for the specific test or check conducted. This includes, but is not limited to:

    Practical Test Standards (PTS)/ Airman Certification Standards (ACS);

    FAA Order 8000.95, Designee Management Policy;

    FAA Order 8900.1, Flight Standards Information Management System (FSIMS);

    FAA Handbooks; and

    Advisory Circulars (AC).

(8)    Evaluate the Plan of Action. Each managing specialist will evaluate the designee’s plan of action. The managing specialist will look to see that it meets the requirements outlined in FAA Order 8900.1, as well as to see that the designee alters their plan of action and is not using the same plan of action for each test or check that they administer.
(9)    Record Feedback. Each managing specialist will record in DMS any information that has been received from outside sources regarding the performance of their designee. This may be positive or negative feedback, and may come from another FAA employee, or may come from someone outside the FAA. If any follow-up action is required, and what that action should be, will be determined by the managing specialist.
(10)    Annual Meeting. Each managing specialist will record the attendance at the annual meeting of each of their designees.
(11)    Special Emphasis Items. Each managing specialist will record in DMS the completion of any special emphasis item(s). These activities are not routine surveillance or management of designees, but will be directed by the NPO. Specific instructions for recording this activity will be provided.
c.    Additional Inspections.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    In addition to the required activity listed above, the managing office may conduct additional inspections as they deem necessary. The objectives of the inspections may include:

(a)    To conduct additional direct observations.

(b)    Confirmation that the designee has appropriate FAA references available.

(c)    Evaluation of adequacy of facilities.

(d)    Verification of maintenance of minimum qualifications.

(e)    Analysis of pass/fail rates.

(f)    Verification of access to technology for IACRA processing.

(g)    Identification of risks or hazards.

(h)    Other areas deemed necessary by the managing specialist.

(2)    Certain designee performance factors may prompt additional inspections. These issues may be indicative of underlying safety risks that require timely FAA attention. The performance factors include:

(a)    A pass rate of 90 percent or higher.

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    Discovery that the designee tested a student trained by the designee without written approval from the managing office.

(c)    Ten percent or more of airman files were returned to the designee for correction.

(d)    Valid public complaints about the designee or designees involved in an accident, incident, or violation.

(e)    Have more than 25 percent of the applicants who reside outside the DPE’s home district.

Indicates new/changed information.

Note:  Managing specialists, in consultation with their management, may use their discretion and judgment in the kind and frequency of monitoring and inspections of their individual examiners. For example, a managing specialist should consider the difference between a pass rate exceeding 90 percent for a designee that has conducted very few practical tests, and a pass rate exceeding 90 percent for a high activity designee. Similarly, if a designee’s error rate is above 10 percent, the managing specialist should consider whether the designee has conducted very few practical tests or is considered high activity. Also, in a case where a designee may have an excellent record for serving the public, and one applicant files a complaint, the managing specialist may want to discuss the complaint with the designee, but the depth and detail of the monitoring, inspection, and oversight may not have to be significant. Again, we expect managing specialists to use their discretion and judgment and be professional.

d.    Outcomes of Oversight Activities. For all oversight activities, the managing specialist selects from three performance measure categories: Satisfactory, Needs Improvement, or Unsatisfactory. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” the managing specialist must enter descriptive text in the appropriate performance measure category(ies).
(1)    Follow-Up Action. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” then appropriate follow-up action(s) must be determined and recorded in DMS. These actions may include any of the following:

(a)    Counseling. As conditions warrant, the FAA will provide direct guidance and counseling to designees.

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    Additional training. It may be necessary for the designee to receive additional training. This may include taking the initial designee course, going to a refresher course, or training provided by the managing specialist or another ASI.

(c)    Suspension. The most common reason for a suspension is when the designee has not been following certification policy as described in FAA policy.

(d)    Termination. If counseling or suspension does not correct a deficiency in designee performance, termination of the designation must be initiated. Immediate termination may also be appropriate when a designee knowingly acts contrary to and/or deliberately disregards FAA policy.

Note:  A result of unsatisfactory for an oversight activity does not require suspension or termination provided that the issue is immediately corrected. If the unsatisfactory event cannot be corrected, then suspension or termination may be warranted.

(2)    FAA Enforcement Action. In the event that actions require enforcement action, the managing specialist should refer to FAA Order 2150.3, FAA Compliance and Enforcement Program, for correct procedures. Actions taken under the Compliance and Enforcement Program may include revocation of airman or operation certificates, or civil penalties, necessitated, in most cases, by fraudulent certifications performed by the designee. In the most egregious cases, criminal charges may be levied under Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C.) § 1001, which may lead to imprisonment.
Indicates new/changed information.
e.    Performance Evaluations. The performance evaluation is a consolidated review of oversight activities and other data available outside of DMS (e.g., SPAS, EIS, AIDS, etc.) on a reoccurring basis. The performance evaluation results in an overall rating for the performance period and considers risk-based elements.
(1)    The objectives of the performance evaluation are for the managing specialist to:

(a)    Identify performance trends that are:

    Specific to the designee;

    Local in nature as compared to designees similar in authority locally; and

    National in nature as compared to designees similar in authority nationwide.

(b)    Determine if corrective action is needed.

(c)    Conduct a risk assessment of the designee.

(d)    Review all data for the current performance evaluation period.

Indicates new/changed information.

(e)    Determine performance result. See Volume 1.

(f)    Counseling. See Volume 1.

(g)    Additional Training. See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

4.    Designee Management Functions.

a.    Expand Authorities and/or Change Limitations. See Volume 1.
Indicates new/changed information.
b.    Reduce Authority. See Volume 1.
c.    Record Note. See Volume 1.
d.    Send Message to Designee. The managing specialist is able to transmit messages and notifications through DMS, such as changes in the PTS/ACS, regulations, upcoming meetings, and other communications, as may be necessary.
e.    Record Feedback of Interaction with a Designee. See Volume 1.
f.    Preapproval.
(1)    Ensure designees understand that they must obtain preapproval in order to perform functions on behalf of the FAA. The managing specialist will issue any special instructions to the designee during the preapproval process. Preapproval requires the designee to request and receive approval to conduct authorized activity prior to commencing that activity on behalf of the FAA. Preapprovals may be authorized through two methods: manual and automatic.

(a)    Manual Preapproval. Manual preapproval requires the managing specialist to review the designee’s request for activity and approve it in DMS. This allows the managing specialist to stay informed of the designee’s activities and the nature of the certification activity involved. It provides a means of managing a designee’s activity and ensuring only those activities that the managing office chooses to delegate are accomplished by the designee.

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    Automatic Preapproval. Automatic preapproval allows the managing specialist to set the DMS function to automatically approve an activity request by a specific designee. This feature provides the managing specialist with a flexible option to provide preapproval and continue to manage a designee’s activity. Automatic preapproval will only be used when the designee’s performance remains acceptable and analysis indicates that the type of certification activity requested presents an acceptable risk. Automatic preapprovals must not be granted:

1.    To a designee the first 90 days of appointment.

2.    At any time for geographic expansion activities.

3.    When the request is submitted less than 24 hours prior to the start date/time of the activity.

(2)    DMS allows the designee to change or cancel a preapproval request.
(3)    For DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs, each certification activity must be approved before the designee can perform any function for the FAA.
Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    Geographic Expansion. It is the FAA’s intention that designees perform their authorized function(s) within the managing office’s geographic boundaries. However, a managing office may authorize a designee to perform activities outside the geographic boundaries (including other countries) on a case-by-case basis as long as the FAA need and ability to adequately monitor and oversee the designee is maintained. The designee shall utilize DMS preapproval process to process any requests using the following guidance:
Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.

(a)    Geographic Expansion—Domestic. Designees may request a geographic expansion to perform an activity outside their assigned office but within the United States. The request must be made in DMS at least 7 calendar-days in advance of the activity, to allow the FAA sufficient time to evaluate and coordinate the request.

Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    Geographic Expansion—Outside the United States. Designees may request a geographic expansion to perform an activity outside their assigned office that is outside the United States when the FAA has determined that the activity should be supported by the FAA, and is consistent with Title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C.) § 44702 and pertinent international agreements. The request must be entered in DMS at least 10 calendar-days in advance of the activity to allow the FAA sufficient time to evaluate the request, coordinate the activity, and provide any notification that may be required to other Civil Aviation Authorities (CAA).

(c)    Evaluating the Request for Geographic Expansions. Managing specialists and other DMS users that are required to evaluate any element of a geographic expansion request must use the factors below before entering their individual approval or denial of the request. The list is not all-inclusive, but provides minimum items that should be reviewed for a geographic expansion request:

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    The Flight Standards office having responsibility for the district where the activity will be performed must complete a determination of need and ability to manage before authorizing a designee not assigned to that office to perform certification work within their area of responsibility.

2.    The FAA’s ability to provide oversight does not exceed available resources, and oversight is possible.

3.    For airman certifications outside the United States, the applicant is a U.S. citizen, or the activity is in support of a government-to-government initiative (e.g., support of Safe Skies for Africa).

Indicates new/changed information.

4.    The work cannot be accomplished using ASIs or DPEs currently assigned to the geographically responsible Flight Standards office.

5.    The designee has adequately identified the specific reasons for this activity to be performed outside their geographic area.

Indicates new/changed information.

Note:  Completed certification files and other documentation required for certification activity will be submitted to the designee’s managing office. The Flight Standards office having responsibility for where the activity will be performed may, however, request to review any certification work performed by a DPE in their district by contacting the managing office.

Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.

(d)    When designees work outside their geographic area in excess of 6 calendar-months, the managing specialist should temporarily transfer supervisory and monitoring responsibilities to the appropriate geographic office where the activity is located. This transfer will require coordination and concurrence between both managing offices. The office handing off the designee to the temporary geographic office will reassign the designee in DMS to the new managing specialist at the temporary geographic location. The new managing office will be responsible for all oversight responsibilities while the designee is temporarily under their supervision.

Indicates new/changed information.
(5)    Memorandums of Understanding (MOU). Long-term MOUs can be used in order to accommodate unique situations, such as a need for a shared designee resource between two Flight Standards offices. MOUs must be coordinated and approved by the specific Flight Standards office and the Delegation Program Branch (AFS-650). Copies of MOUs must be uploaded in DMS. MOUs must be maintained in DMS for the designee affected by the MOU.
g.    Post-Activity Reports. DPE, Admin PEs, and SAEs are required to complete post-activity reports in DMS after performing certification functions.
(1)    Post-activity reports provide the managing specialist with a record of the activity for that designee. These reports can aid in planning an appropriate level of oversight of the designee.
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    If the designees have post-activity reports that have passed the requisite 7 calendar-day submission deadline, DMS will not grant another preapproval number until all outstanding post-activity reports have been submitted.
(3)    If a designee is terminated or suspended, data can still be entered into a post-activity report in DMS.

Chapter 7.  Training

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This chapter also provides training policy for FAA personnel with designee-related responsibilities. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the training of designees and FAA personnel.

2.    General. This section prescribes the initial and recurrent training requirements for DPEs, Admin PEs, SAEs, and FAA personnel, including managing specialists, with designee management and oversight responsibilities. Applicants and designees register for training through the Designee Registration System (DRS). Information regarding designee standardization training is available at the DRS website https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx. Successful completion of the training is documented in DMS.

3.    Designee Training Requirements.

a.    Initial Training.
(1)    Before appointment, designee applicants must satisfactorily complete the initial training program for the designee type and authority for which they are being considered for appointment. The initial training will be conducted by online web-based training, face-to-face classroom training, or both depending on the authorized functions the prospective designees are seeking. Prospective designees can register for training through the DRS. Training requirements for each designee type are listed at: https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_delegations/individual_designees/dpe/information/.
(2)    Each designee must successfully complete the initial standardization seminar requirement within 1 year before initial designation. In order to not exceed this 1 year limit, DPE and SAE applicants should not plan to attend initial training until they have been notified by the appointing FAA office that they have been selected for appointment.
b.    Recurrent Training.
Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    Once a designee is appointed, attendance and successful completion of a recurrent training seminar is due on an established seminar interval based on the completion date of the initial standardization seminar or the most recent recurrent seminar, required of that specific designation type or authorization. Recurrent training requirements and the maximum recurrent completion interval in calendar months are available at: https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_delegations/individual_designees/dpe/information/. Completion of recurrent training is mandatory and must not exceed the maximum interval listed for each designee type and authorization held. For DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs, it should be noted that different authorizations may require different recurrent training, and those recurrent training intervals are not required to be on the same schedule.
(2)    Designees must schedule themselves for a recurrent training seminar as required and notify the managing FAA office. The designee must forward a copy of the Certificate of Completion to the managing FAA office.
c.    Comprehensive Post-Course Test.
(1)    Following training, the applicant/designee will take a comprehensive post-course test that will test the applicant/designee on any or all subjects in which the class received instruction. Some of the test questions will require knowledge beyond that encompassed by the authorizations indicated on an individual applicant/designee’s current or proposed CLOA. The designee candidate will receive a completion certificate only after achieving at least a 70 percent on the post-course test.
(2)    Should an applicant/designee fail to pass the post-course test after completing the training curriculum, the Designee Standardization Branch (AFS-640) will notify the manager of the applicant/designee’s assigned FAA office. After a review of the circumstances related to the failure, the FAA office may:

(a)    For initial training, elect not to appoint the applicant, or to allow the applicant to retake the training course. If appropriate, the FAA office will allow the applicant only one additional attempt at successfully completing the training.

(b)    For recurrent training, elect to terminate the designee for failure to complete training requirements, or if justification is provided, allow the designee to repeat the training. If appropriate, the FAA office will allow the designee only one additional attempt at successfully completing the training. The designee may not exercise the privileges of his/her designation until training has been successfully completed.

(c)    Successful completion of all required training is a prerequisite for holding a designation. Under most circumstances, if an applicant/designee is more than 1 hour late, the course manager will not permit that applicant/designee to complete the training. If they arrive in the first hour of training, the course manager will require the applicant/designee to make up the missed instruction with instructor personnel outside of normal class hours. Once the applicant/designee has accomplished this, he or she will take the final examination with the class. Designees or applicants will be marked as absent after 15 minutes has elapsed from the announced start time at the beginning of each day, or after the announced start time following a scheduled break. An applicant/designee marked as absent twice in the same class will not receive credit for the training, and will not be allowed to complete the final examination with the class.

d.    Specialized Training. DPE/SAE/Admin PEs who perform one or more specialized function must complete the associated specialized training course prior to initial appointment, adding the authority, and at the recurrent interval specified regardless of any other initial or recurrent training requirement. A complete list of DPE/Admin PE specialized functions and the associated training requirements, is available at: https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/aviation_industry/designees_delegations/individual_designees/dpe/information/.
e.    Training Limitations.
(1)    DMS will suspend designees who fail to meet recurrent training requirements.
(2)    A designee will not exercise designation privileges unless all required training is current.
(3)    DMS will automatically provide notices of training due dates.

4.    FAA Personnel Training.

a.    Initial and Recurrent Training Requirements. Initial training requirements for ASIs with managing specialist responsibilities for DPE, Admin PE, and SAE include:
(1)    Completion of the GA operations ASI indoctrination courses, or equivalent.
(2)    Training courses summarized in the training matrix that apply to the type of designee that they are assigned (https://avssp.faa.gov/avs/afs500/TNA/SitePages/Home.aspx).
Indicates new/changed information.

Chapter 8.  Termination of a Designation

See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

Chapter 9.  Suspension of a Designation

See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

Chapter 10.  Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to appealing a ban or termination for cause of DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for appealing a ban or termination for cause by DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs.

2.    General.

a.    Appeal Considerations.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    The FAA office manager will convene an appeal panel comprised of three members:

(a)    A Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600) representative;

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    An General Aviation and Commercial Division (AFS-800) representative; and

(c)    A Flight Standards office manager or FLM not associated with the office that terminated the designee.

(2)    The panel will review the termination decision and make a final decision within 45 calendar-days of the appeal.
Indicates new/changed information.
(3)    The appeal panel’s decision is final.
Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    All documentation associated with the appeal (e.g., outcome, members of the appeal panel, and communication with the designee or the managing office) should be included in the designee’s DMS file.

3.    Ban or Terminate Appeal Process. See Volume 1.

4.    Appointing and Selecting Official Responsibilities During Appeal. See Volume 1.

5.    Appeal Panel Responsibilities. See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

Chapter 11.  Other Designee Management Functions

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other designee management functions of DPEs, Admin PEs, and SAEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and volume constitute the policy for other designee management functions.

Indicates new/changed information.

2.    Assign DMS Roles—Master Role Assigner. For Flight Standards Service GA designees, the master role assigner is typically the office manager or FLM.

3.    Send Message to Managing Specialist. See Volume 1, Common Designee Policy.

4.    Update Profile.

a.    General. Updates to certain information in the designee record, such as change in physical address or qualifications, may affect the designation.
b.    Change of Physical Address. A change of physical address may cause the FAA to review need and ability to manage considerations. If the requested address change is in a different managing office’s area, that office will make the determination if there is a need for the designation in that area. The designee should not expect that the designation will automatically be re-designated in the new area.

VOLUME 4.  DADE DESIGNEE POLICY

Chapter 1.  General Information

Section 1.  Introduction

1.    Purpose. This volume supplements the common designee policy by providing specific guidance for the administration of the Designated Aircraft Dispatcher Examiner (DADE) designee management program not otherwise provided in detail in Volume 1, Common Designee Policy.

2.    Audience. The primary audience for this order is DADEs, their FAA managing specialists, and FAA personnel with oversight responsibilities of designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and administrative employees as appropriate.

Section 2.  Overview of Designee Functions

1.    Types and Roles of DADE Designees.

a.    Selecting Official. The selecting official is typically the office manager but must be at least a front-line supervisor within the local office.
b.    Evaluating Specialist. The evaluating specialist must meet the minimum qualifications of a managing specialist.
c.    Appointing Official. The appointing official is typically the office manager.
d.    Managing Specialist. The managing specialist must be an aviation safety inspector—aircraft dispatch (ASI-AD) or an ASI (Operations) who holds an aircraft dispatcher airman’s certificate and has completed FAA course Aircraft Dispatcher Functions for ASIs.
e.    Certificate-Holding District Office (CHDO). The FAA office responsible for appointing and managing the DADE. A CHDO includes a certificate management office (CMO) and Flight Standards District Office (FSDO).

Section 3.  Minimum Qualifications

1.    Minimum Qualifications for Managing Specialists.

a.    ASI-ADs. ASI-ADs, commonly referred to as dispatch safety inspectors (DSI), meet the minimum qualification requirements to be the managing specialist of a DADE if:
(1)    They are an FAA-certificated aircraft dispatcher and have completed String and FAA course, Aircraft Dispatch Functions for ASIs, and have completed required training.
(2)    They have an official Office of Personnel Management (OPM) Performance Description (PD) with the title of Aviation Safety Inspector-Aircraft Dispatcher. The PD for an ASI-AD is contained in Human Resource Policy Manual (HRPM) Supplement, Volume 1, and is listed as an “1825AD”.
(3)    The local office that does not include a qualified ASI-AD must do the following:

(a)    The manager of the local office must contact the regional Flight Standards division (RFSD) for assistance in locating an ASI-AD within the region.

(b)    If the RFSD is unable to locate an ASI-AD within the region, the RFSD must make a request to the Air Transportation Division (AFS-200) for assistance in locating an ASI-AD within the region who is available to be the managing specialist of the DADE.

(c)    If no ASI-AD is available within the region, the local office may request a temporary waiver from AFS-200, to assign an ASI–Air Carrier Operations (ASI-AC-OP) who meets the criteria below, to temporarily manage and conduct oversight of a DADE. If granted, the waiver would allow the assignment of ASI-AC-OPs to manage a DADE until such time as an ASI-AD becomes available, but for no longer than 24 calendar-months. This time period is equivalent to two DADE authorization renewal cycles. The assigned ASI-AC-OP must:

    Be an FAA-certificated aircraft dispatcher;

    Have successfully completed the FAA course Aircraft Dispatcher Functions for ASIs; and

    Have at least 1 year of experience in oversight responsibilities of a 14 CFR part 121 domestic or flag air carrier’s dispatch center.

(4)    A DADE will not be appointed by the local office if, after all attempts have proven unsuccessful and a qualified inspector is not available, the local office determines it does not have the resources to manage a DADE.
(5)    DSIs and ASIs serving as managing specialists must complete FAA web-based course 27100091 (as amended), Personnel Certification Designee Management, and must have completed FAA Academy course 21400001 (as amended), AFS Designee Management for Personnel Certification.
(6)    DSIs and ASIs serving as managing specialists for a designee must also attend the applicable designee management recurrent training course when appropriate.

Chapter 2.  Application Process

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the policy related to the application process for an individual applying to be a DADE designee. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the application process for a DADE.

2.    General Application Considerations. There are two levels of qualifications that are considered: minimum qualifications and competitive differentiators (CD).

a.    Minimum Qualifications. Minimum qualifications are qualification requirements that must be met. Certain deviations may be acceptable with approval by AFS-200.
b.    CDs. CDs may affect the competitiveness of the applicant. These competitive differentiators are not mandatory for selection or appointment; however, selection of the best qualified applicant for the position is the goal.

3.    Minimum Qualifications.

a.    The applicant must be in possession of an aircraft dispatcher certificate that the candidate has held for at least 3 years, and meet any one of the following criteria:
(1)    Have a total of at least 2 of the last 3 years’ experience as a current and qualified as an aircraft dispatcher for a certificate holder who is authorized to conduct 14 CFR part 121 domestic and/or flag operations.
(2)    Have a total of at least 3 of the last 4 years’ experience having responsibility for operational control for a certificate holder who is authorized to conduct 14 CFR part 121 supplemental operations.
(3)    Have at least 2 of the last 5 years’ experience as an ASI-AD.
(4)    Have at least 5 years’ experience, without recency, as a current and qualified dispatcher for a certificate holder who is authorized to conduct 14 CFR part 121 domestic and/or flag operations, and is currently performing technical functions in a dispatch or operational control-related field that supports 14 CFR part 121 operations. Dispatch or operational control functions include the following:

(a)    Actively employed by a 14 CFR part 121 certificate holder as an air traffic coordinator in a dispatch or operational control center;

(b)    Actively employed by a 14 CFR part 121 certificate holder in a dispatch or operational control management position;

(c)    Actively working in technical support for a flight planning operational control system provider who provides systems to certificate holders who conduct 14 CFR part 121 operations;

(d)    Actively working as an instructor who administers 14 CFR part 121 regulatory training to aircraft dispatchers; and

(e)    Actively employed by a 14 CFR part 121 certificate holder, as a dispatch SME for the purposes of developing dispatch and operational control software and/or procedures.

b.    The common attribute is that all candidates must work in an operational control environment and must be in a position to stay up-to-date with FAA-approved industry practices and the evolving regulatory environment. A DADE must maintain this knowledge as a condition of continued authorization (renewal).

4.    Disqualifiers.

a.    See List in Volume 1, Chapter 1, General Information.
b.    Unsuitable Military Background. If the applicant has been discharged from the military with a characterization listed as “General Discharge,” the applicant will not normally be considered. If the applicant is able to provide additional information that clearly indicates that the conditions of the discharge would not impose on public trust, then the applicant may be considered for designation if additional security screening is requested through AFS-200 and the security office.

5.    CDs. Practical experience that enhances the applicant’s competitiveness for the DADE appointments is referred to as CDs. The manner in which the applicant responds to each CD question will affect the applicant’s competitiveness for the appointment but will not automatically ensure appointment or result in nonappointment. The CDs are listed generally (but not necessarily) in order of general relevance. Actual relevance will be determined by the managing specialist and selecting official, depending on the requirements of the local office. During the application process, the applicant must support each “yes” response with details or documentation as appropriate, including:

a.    Served as a DADE?
b.    Served as an FAA designee other than a DADE?
c.    Served as an FAA ASI-AD (DSI) at least 2 of the last 5 years?
d.    Served as an FAA ASI (other than as a DSI)?
e.    Served as an air transportation supervisor (competency check dispatcher)?
f.    Currently working as an aircraft dispatcher for a 14 CFR part 121 flag or domestic operator?
g.    Currently working at a 14 CFR part 121 supplemental as a dispatcher in a flight following system?
h.    Served as a dispatch supervisor in a 14 CFR part 121 operations control center?
i.    Served as a dispatch manager in a 14 CFR part 121 operations control center?
j.    Served as a dispatch instructor at a 14 CFR part 121 operator?
k.    Served as an ATC coordinator in a 14 CFR part 121 operations control center?
l.     Recent (last 5 years) experience in extended overwater operations or Extended Operations (ETOPS)?
m.   Recent (last 5 years) experience in high terrain (driftdown environment) operations?
n.    Currently working in an environment that allows a continuing opportunity to remain professionally current with evolving regulations, technology, and FAA-approved industry practices?
o.    Served as a dispatch standards or procedures developer at a 14 CFR part 121 operator either as an employee or as a contractor?
p.    Held airman’s certificates other than Aircraft Dispatcher?
q.    An active member of a dispatcher professional organization such as ADF or IFALDA?
r.    Worked as an instructor at a 14 CFR part 65 dispatcher certification course?
s.    Served as an Air Force Flight Manager?

6.    Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.

7.    Post Application. See Volume 1.

8.    Maintaining an Active Designee Application. See Volume 1.

Chapter 3.  Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of DADEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the selection and evaluation of a DADE applicant.

2.    General.

a.    Selection Process. The general process of selection can be broken down into three parts: the Designee Management System (DMS) determines if the designee meets system-defined minimum qualifications; the selecting official determines if need and ability requirements are met; and an evaluation specialist is then assigned to further review the applicant’s qualifications and abilities. Below is a high-level representation of the selection flow.

Figure 4-1.  High-Level Selection Process Flow

Figure 4-1. High Level Selection Process Flow

b.    Selection Considerations. When a decision is made to appoint a designee to fulfill identified needs, the field office management will query DMS for a listing of qualified applicants. Candidates must submit applications exclusively through DMS.
c.    Number of Qualified Candidates. DMS will provide a listing of up to three of the most qualified applicants fulfilling the specific requirements set forth by the field office. If the evaluating panel, in consultation with the field office management, rejects the applications provided by DMS for good cause, DMS may be accessed for an additional listing of up to three applicants for review. If the evaluating panel, along with concurrence by the selecting official, rejects the second group of applications, the field office must wait 6 months before requesting additional applications from DMS.
d.    Assessment of Candidates. The evaluating panel assesses each applicant’s background, knowledge, and experience through:
(1)    A thorough review of the application, and
(2)    Consultation with others who are familiar with the applicant.
e.    References. References provided by the applicant will be reviewed and contacted. A consideration of comments will be measured that may influence the decision to recommend or deny appointment.

3.    Need and Ability to Manage. See Volume 1.

4.    Evaluation.

a.    Evaluation Panel. The evaluation panel consists of the following:
(1)    The managing specialist who is expected to be assigned to the designee.
(2)    At least two individuals who are either operations or airworthiness ASIs. These ASI should have experience in managing designees and do not have to be dispatch-qualified ASIs.
(3)    The front-line supervisor if possible.
b.    Evaluation Panel Tasks.
(1)    Contact references as necessary;
(2)    Conduct interview of applicant;
(3)    Validate all provided qualification information with the applicants;
(4)    Record results of evaluation and enter results into DMS; and
(5)    Notify applicants that have not been selected.
c.    Evaluation Criteria.
(1)    In addition to the designee checklist requirements found in DMS, any applicant that has been previously terminated for cause must not be considered for designation.
(2)    The field office must conduct a review of the applicant’s history (including all airman certificates held by the individual). For each prospective DADE candidate, DMS queries the following systems and compiles the report files to the candidate’s application:

(a)    Enforcement Information Subsystem (EIS);

(b)    Accident/Incident Data System (AIDS);

(c)    Safety Performance Analysis System (SPAS);

(d)    Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (PTRS); and

(e)    DMS.

(3)    The regulatory violation history will be reviewed and any 14 CFR enforcement actions against the applicant are cause for denial.
(4)    The evaluating specialist assesses each designee candidate’s knowledge and experience through review of the application and consultation with others who are familiar with the designee program or candidates.
(5)    The evaluating specialist should issue appropriate limitations based on the applicant’s background experience.

5.    Prepare Recommendation. After concluding the evaluation events, the evaluating specialist will make a recommendation in DMS to the appointing official whether to appoint the applicant or not and what limitations or conditions should be included in the Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA).

Chapter 4.  Designee Appointment

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of DADEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the appointment of a DADE.

2.    General.

a.    Appointment Process Flow. Below is a high-level representation of the designee appointment process.

Figure 4-2.  High-Level Appointment Process Flow

Figure 4-2. High Level Appointment Process Flow

b.    Appointment Checklist. The managing specialist will verify that the designee has successfully completed the initial standardization training seminar. (See Chapter 7, Training, for initial training requirements.)
(1)    Upon successful completion of training and validation, the managing specialist must observe and evaluate the DADE candidate administering a practical test to an applicant for an Aircraft Dispatch Certificate.
(2)    During this observation, the DADE candidate does not have the authority to issue the certificate to the applicant; however, the managing specialist may allow the candidate to fill out the appropriate paperwork while the managing specialist observes.
(3)    The managing specialist will approve or disapprove the performance of the applicant taking the test and will sign any temporary certificate or notice of disapproval issued.
c.    Unsatisfactory Performance. If the performance of the DADE candidate does not satisfy the managing specialist, the candidate must either undergo further training and evaluation until the DADE’s performance is satisfactory to the managing specialist; or the managing specialist must reject the candidate and select another candidate. If the latter occurs, the candidate is rejected without recourse to appeal since the managing specialist has not yet appointed the candidate.
d.    Authorization Types. The DADE authority is exclusive to aircraft dispatcher certification activities.

3.    Designee Number. See Volume 1.

4.    CLOA. See Volume 1.

5.    Appointment Duration.

a.    Initial Duration. The initial duration of a DADE’s appointment is 12 calendar-months, ending on the last day of the month.
b.    Renewal Duration. When renewing the designation, the appointment duration is 12 calendar-months, on the last day of the month.

Chapter 5.  Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the responsibilities and obligations of DADEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the responsibilities and obligations of DADEs.

2.    Designee Responsibilities.

a.    Responsibilities.
(1)    Each DADE must represent the Administrator in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA.
(2)    DADEs should honor appointments made as promptly as possible.
(3)    A DADE must develop and use a plan of action for each aircraft dispatcher practical test conducted.
(4)    DADEs must give undivided attention to the applicant during the testing period.
(5)    DADEs must ensure that discussion following any test is private and confidential.
(6)    A DADE must maintain a high degree of knowledge and skill in the subject areas required for airman certification, evaluation, and testing techniques. The DADE must stay current with FAA-approved industry practices and the evolving regulatory environment.
(7)    When exercising the privileges of the appointment, the DADE is subject to all pertinent FAA orders and guidance as a representative of the Administrator.
(8)    It is the responsibility of the DADE to ensure an application remains current.
(9)    A DADE must administer the Aircraft Dispatcher Practical Test entirely in the English Language. The use of a translator during the test is not permitted.
(10)    The DADE is responsible to charge each applicant a reasonable fee. Prior to administering the test, a DADE must explain any fee charged and must ensure each applicant understands the fees, including those incurred for retesting after failure.
b.    Privileges. A DADE is authorized to:
(1)    Accept applicable applications for airman certificates and ratings using FAA Form 8400-3, Application for an Airman Certificate and/or Rating.
(2)    At the discretion of the local managing specialist, issue Temporary Airman Certificates to applicants who have been tested and found qualified for the certificate and are at least 23 years of age. The managing FAA office may retain this privilege. This authorization should be listed in the CLOA. Applicants under the age of 23 who have been tested and found otherwise qualified for the certificate must be sent to the managing specialist who will issue a Letter of Aeronautical Competency.
c.    Limitations. A DADE must not:
(1)    Reissue or amend any expired Temporary Airman Certificate.
(2)    Endorse, amend, alter, or issue any permanent airman certificate.
(3)    Exempt any applicant from the testing requirements in the applicable PTS.
(4)    Combine teaching with testing during the testing of an applicant.
(5)    Conduct tests unless an applicant presents proof of eligibility as prescribed in the applicable 14 CFR part 65, including proficiency in the English language.
(6)    Conduct practical tests unless the applicant has passed the required airman knowledge test.
(7)    Temporarily suspend a test to allow the applicant further study, and then continue the same test later.
(8)    Test more than one applicant at a time when conducting a practical test.
(9)    Administer more than two practical tests per day (excluding retests that may only be conducted with prior coordination with the managing specialist).
(10)    Test an applicant outside the authorized geographical area on the current CLOA unless approved by the CHDO manager who must first coordinate with the manager of the local office in whose geographic area the DADE will be administering the test. Before administering a test outside the geographical area of the CHDO, the designee must obtain written authorization from the CHDO manager. The authorization:

(a)    Must include the date and address of the testing site in writing, and

(b)    Must be received at least 5 business-days prior to the scheduled activity.

Note:  The FSDO with jurisdiction over the test site may evaluate the facilities, equipment, current publications, and test materials required to conduct a test for the certificate and/or rating(s) sought.

(c)    The CHDO will coordinate with the geographical office.

(d)    A designee must not conduct tests in any language other than English.

(e)    A DADE must not conduct more than one practical test at a time.

1.    Dispatcher practical tests are generally done in two phases, in either order depending on the DADE’s plan of action: a question-answer oral phase and a skill and scenario phase in which an applicant works a flight planning scenario, creating an operational flight plan, an ATC flight plan, and a weight and balance sheet based on information provided by the DADE.

2.    The simultaneous testing of any applicants for an aircraft dispatcher certificate is not approved. A DADE may not concurrently allow one or more applicants to complete the skill and scenario portion of the practical test while the DADE administers the oral question-answer phase of the test to another applicant.

(11)    A DADE may not allow observers to be present during the administration of the practical test, with the exception of the FAA managing specialist who may observe the test at any time. The FAA managing specialist may allow an observer to be present, provided both the DADE and the applicant consent. Otherwise, only the applicant and the DADE may be in the testing room during the test.
(12)    A DADE who is an instructor, owner, employee, or otherwise affiliated with an FAA-approved 14 CFR part 65 dispatch certification course, may not administer the aircraft dispatcher practical test to any applicant to whom the DADE has provided instruction in any of the subjects contained in 14 CFR part 65 appendix A.
d.    FAA Certification Policy. DADEs must evaluate the practical test results using PTS to determine if an applicant’s performance is acceptable or unacceptable. In accordance with the PTS, typical areas of unsatisfactory performance and grounds for disqualification are:
(1)    Failure to appropriately apply conditions and limitations of any Minimum Equipment List (MEL)/Configuration Deviation List (CDL) item.
(2)    Actions by the applicant that would constitute a violation of the CFR if the applicant were actually dispatching a flight.
(3)    Exceeding any Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) limitation.
(4)    Failure to comply with operations specifications (OpSpecs).
(5)    Failure to properly interpret weather information.
(6)    Failure to properly interpret any Notice to Airmen (NOTAM).

3.    Forms and Supplies.

a.    Designee Materials. The managing specialist will provide each DADE with an FAA Directives Book.
b.    Security. Each DADE is responsible for establishing and carrying out appropriate security procedures for Temporary Airman Certificates and associated testing materials.
(1)    The DADE must secure the aforementioned material in a manner that will not allow unauthorized access (e.g., a locked drawer, cabinet, or closet). Only authorized representatives of the FAA Administrator will receive access to secured material. The DADE must refer any public request for the secured material to the managing FAA office.
(2)    The DADE must ensure adequate security of all knowledge element questions developed for the tests and all skill element plans of action developed for the tests.

Chapter 6.  Oversight and Management of a Designee

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of DADEs. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the oversight and management of a DADE.

2.    General Oversight and Management Considerations.

a.    General Considerations. Effective oversight of designated examiners is founded on a strategy of risk management in which oversight by the FAA, includes a continual process of weighing the harm potential of any hazard against the likelihood of its occurrence, and taking appropriate preventive action.
b.    Regional Office, CHDO, and Managing Specialist.
(1)    Regional Office.

(a)    Each region is responsible for the performance of its respective field offices in managing the designees authorized. Evaluations and corrective actions should be data-driven based on objective evidence with data and any decisions must be documented in DMS.

(2)    CHDO and Managing Specialist.

(a)    The FAA must allocate resources, including manpower and funds, to ensure effective management and efficient oversight of any designee. CHDO managers continually evaluate the effectiveness of their respective designee processes, and are responsible for prompt response and feedback to designees.

(b)    Maintaining an accurate oversight record in DMS is crucial to managing individual designees. It also allows for the identification of strengths and weaknesses in the entire system as well. Specialists are responsible for ensuring that the designated examiners maintain airman certification standards as prescribed by 14 CFR, practical test standards (PTS), approved training programs, and by applicable handbooks. Specialists must conduct an active program of meetings and oversight to achieve this objective.

(3)    Oversight and DMS.

(a)    In DMS, oversight activities have the following types and characteristics (additional details and frequency are found later in this chapter):

Indicates new/changed information.

Oversight Activity

Characteristic

Direct Observation

Evaluator ability observation. This is an observation by the FAA to determine if the DADE has the ability to test applicant in accordance with FAA policy and regulatory requirements.

Paperwork Review

An administrative function that allows the managing specialist to record the quality of the paperwork submitted by the DADE. 14 CFR § 183.17 requires that designated examiners make reports as prescribed by the Administrator. Designated examiners will forward airman certification paperwork to the CHDO for review, processing, and transmittal to the Airman Certification Branch (AFB-720) when IACRA is not used. This paperwork will only be submitted to, and processed by, the specified office; it may not be accepted by other offices.

Results of Investigation or Inquiry

A record of an investigation that has occurred that was not associated with the designee functions.

Designee Interaction

A record of any interaction that has occurred that the managing specialist has determined to be relevant and appropriate to be included in the designee’s file.

Designee Training

This allows the managing specialist to record required training events in DMS. This tool allows multiple DADEs to be recorded simultaneously.

Applicant Interview Results

This allows the FAA managing specialist to record the results of a formal interview of an applicant.

Performance Evaluation

A comprehensive review of the DADE status.

Record Feedback

This allows external feedback related to a designee to be recorded.

Record Note

This gives the managing specialist the ability to make a personal note in the DADE’s file that only the managing specialist can view. This note does not remain a permanent part of the DADE file.

Message Center

The managing specialist and the DADE have the ability to send a DMS recorded note to each other that will remain a part of the designee’s record.

Document Annual Meeting

This provides the managing specialist the tools needed to record the annual meeting within DMS. This tool allows multiple DADEs to be recorded simultaneously.

c.    Performance Measure and Oversight Results. Performance measures are used to aid in the determination of the oversight activities.
(1)    The three categories of performance measures are technical, procedural, and professional and are detailed below for DADEs. DMS provides appropriate fields to record the details for each of the oversight activities. The type of oversight activities will determine what performance measure attributes should be considered by the managing specialist. For many of the oversight activities, managing specialists will summarize the performance measures and make a final oversight activity decision. The managing specialist can select from:

(a)    Satisfactory;

(b)    Needs Improvement;

(c)    Unsatisfactory—Terminate; and

(d)    Unsatisfactory—Suspend.

(2)    If the managing specialist determines the event results rating of “Needs Improvement,” “Unsatisfactory—Terminate,” or “Unsatisfactory—Suspended,” then appropriate follow-up activity must be determined and recorded in DMS. The general process flow in the determination of an oversight outcome is shown below.

Figure 4-3.  Oversight Outcome Determination Process

Figure 4-3. Oversight Outcome Determination Process

(3)    The following performance measures define the respective attributes required and expected of a designee. With many of the oversight activities, the following performance measures should be used as they apply when determining the outcome of oversight activities and during the performance evaluation.

(a)    Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.

1.    Equipment and Materials. Does the DADE possess, select, and use the appropriate reference material and forms, etc., when planning or conducting tests? (This is most appropriate for the direct observation or site visits.)

2.    Knowledge and Understanding. Does the DADE understand the technical terminology contained in FAA orders, the PTS, and other reference material used in planning, describing, or conducting airman testing? Does the DADE demonstrate an expert level of knowledge about the aircraft operation and systems? (This is appropriate for most types of oversight activities.)

3.    Interpret and Apply. Does the DADE correctly interpret and apply the technical performance standards defined by the appropriate testing standard? (This is most appropriate for the direct observation.)

(b)    Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and directives.

1.    Screening Applicants. Does the DADE follow the correct procedure when accepting applications and determining applicant eligibility?

2.    Submittal of Information and Data to FAA. Does the DADE properly submit information, documents, or data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific instructions provided by the CHDO?

3.    Conducting Evaluations and Tests. Does the DADE follow the correct procedure when conducting, grading, and providing feedback to applicants during testing?

4.    Issuing Certificate, Approval, Authorization, or Results to Applicant. Does the DADE follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates, approvals, test results, or other findings to the applicant upon completion of the testing activity?

5.    Letters of Aeronautical Competency. Does the DADE refer applicants under the age of 23 who have passed the aircraft dispatcher practical exam and are otherwise qualified, except for age, to hold an aircraft dispatcher airman’s certificate to the managing specialist to be issued a Letter of Aeronautical Competency?

(c)    Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude, and demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally and written.

1.    Oral and Written Communication. Does the DADE effectively communicate either in writing or in conversation with the FAA and general public? Does the DADE provide feedback to the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?

2.    Professional Representation of FAA (with the Public). Does the DADE demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy and CHDO instruction?

3.    Cooperative Attitude with the FAA. Is the DADE easy to work with and present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the DADE responsive to the FAA and reasonably accessible to the FAA as required?

4.    Ethics and Judgment. Does the DADE maintain high ethical standards and demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?

3.    Oversight Planning.

a.    Multi-Phase Oversight Plan. When developing an oversight plan, the managing specialist should follow the four phases for planning and executing oversight program guidelines items as a baseline. Events can be planned for the year and amended as necessary to address changes in oversight objectives.
(1)    Phase 1. Develop an oversight plan by determining the types of inspections necessary and the frequency of inspections. An effective oversight plan begins with an evaluation of the designee, original documentation, authorizations and previous oversight events. The managing specialists should evaluate the requirements for an initial designation on a reoccurring basis as part of the comprehensive inspection process. The development of an oversight plan requires planning at the headquarters (HQ), regional, district office, and individual inspector levels. An oversight program may be based on the need to conduct routine and ongoing surveillance, or the need to conduct special emphasis oversight as a result of certain events such as accidents, incidents, violations, and strikes. When planning an oversight program, FAA personnel should identify the program objectives, evaluate the resources available, and determine the specific types and numbers of inspections to support the program. The National Program Guidelines (NPG) provides a base level of oversight data which should be evaluated. The results of the previous oversight plans should be used as a basis for planning future oversight programs. This information, along with other related information such as previous inspection reports, accident and incident information, compliance and enforcement information, and public complaints, should be used to determine the types and frequency of inspections. When developing an oversight program, inspectors should first consider NPG requirements. The NPG requirements only provide a base level of oversight data. Therefore, the inspector should consider a designee’s compliance status and other factors such as ongoing certification activities when developing an oversight program. It may be appropriate to change the emphasis or objectives of oversight programs by changing the types and numbers of inspections.
(2)    Phase 2. Conducting the Oversight Plan Inspections. During the oversight plan inspections, accurate and qualitative inspection reporting is essential. High quality inspection reporting is necessary for the effective accomplishment of the third and fourth phases of an oversight program.
(3)    Phase 3. Analyzing Oversight Data. After reporting the inspection data, conduct an evaluation of the information obtained and related sources. The purpose of this evaluation is to identify the areas of concern and note areas such as:

(a)    Noncompliance with regulations or safe operating practices;

(b)    Positive and negative trends;

(c)    Isolated deficiencies or incidents; and

(d)    Causes of noncompliance, trends, or isolated deficiencies.

(4)    Phase 4. Determining Appropriate Course of Action. Managing specialists must use their professional judgment when deciding on the most effective course of action. The appropriate course of action depends on various factors. Oversight will be accomplished in DMS and automatically incorporate National Program available such as: taking no action, informal discussion, counseling, send a note through DMS, additional training, suspension, or termination of designee authority and initiation of an enforcement investigation. Consider the results of the evaluation of oversight data and the designee’s response to the course of action taken. Part of the fourth phase of an oversight program is for the FAA to determine, as a result of the information gathered from the program, what will become the inspection requirements for subsequent oversight programs. Depending on the situation, it may be appropriate to increase or decrease the rate at which the managing specialist conducts inspections during subsequent oversight plans.
b.    Oversight Planning Considerations and Tools.
(1)    Frequency and Timing. Although unannounced inspections are required and appropriate under some conditions, managing specialists should consider conducting inspections at a time coordinated with the DADE. Whenever practicable, the more encompassing formal inspections should be conducted during normal working hours (0800–1700). Routine daily or weekly inspections or observations should be conducted randomly and at locations and times to ensure compliance with the CHDO’s oversight plan. Oversight plans for designees that operate around or nearly around the clock should include inspections throughout the designee’s operating hours.
(2)    Job Aids. Managing specialists can find job aids to assist with their inspection functions on the designee website. Inspection areas that do not have a job aid available should use the detailed guidance found in this order.

4.    Oversight Actions.

a.    Oversight Activities. Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee and designee activities. The oversight activity types and frequencies of occurrence, divided into the following categories:
(1)    Direct Observation.

(a)    Specialists must ensure that each DADE is observed as required above, a minimum of once a year by an appropriately qualified managing specialist. The responsibility for scheduling oversight is the managing specialist’s. They are responsible to establish procedures by which the DADE provides schedules of proposed activities as far in advance as is practical or required, except for those unscheduled spot observations.

(b)    Results of direct observations must be recorded in DMS and an outcome of the observation result determined. Oversight results are determined by the managing specialist’s assessment of the defined performance measures and the consolidation of those observations in determining the result of the direct observation. Depending on the result, the managing specialist may require a follow-up action.

(c)    Direct observations are required:

    Annually for DADEs.

    When a rating of “needs improvement” is identified.

    When risk indicators warrant.

    As deemed necessary by the managing specialist.

(2)    Document Review. Documents are reviewed as they are received by the designee.
(3)    Applicant or Public Interview. As needed by the managing specialist.
(4)    Counseling. This follow-up action is assigned when a designee receives a “needs improvement” rating or when another event warrants the need for counseling.
(5)    Annual Meeting with the managing specialist.
(6)    Performance Evaluation. Occurs annually and:

(a)    When a deficiency has been identified and corrected; and

(b)    Within 7 days before the renewal of the designee.

b.    Special Emphasis Oversight. Although oversight activities are designed to be implemented on a continuing and as needed basis, focused oversight is appropriate and required by FAA policy in several situations. The managing specialist is expected to conduct special emphasis oversight when there is:
(1)    A DADE who is newly appointed.
(2)    A DADE who conducts 50 or more practical tests during a given 6-month period, which is considered a “high activity designee.” In addition to the required annual inspection, high activity designees will undergo an evaluation at least one additional time during the year. This additional inspection requires that the managing specialist observe the designee administer at least one complete event that is authorized in the designee’s CLOA.
(3)    A practical test passing rate that exceeds 90 percent. Conduct spot check oversight of practical tests.
(4)    A certification file error rate that exceeds 10 percent. Provide additional training and follow-up oversight.
(5)    Observation of a DADE reveals issues that are negative or questionable.
(6)    A DADE who becomes the subject of a valid public complaint. Determine validity of complaint and what action, if any, is warranted.
(7)    A DADE that has been involved in an accident, incident, or any violation of a 14 CFR. Determine impact and relevance to the duties as a designee.
(8)    A DADE who is administering Aircraft Dispatcher Practical Tests to applicants who are graduates of an Aircraft Dispatcher Certification Course of which the DADE is the course owner, operator, or employee. Increased surveillance can help identify whether or not the DADE’s affiliation with an Aircraft Dispatcher Certification Course in any way affects the DADE’s objectivity and overall performance as a representative of the Administrator.
c.    Oversight Activity Types. Direct Observation—Evaluation Observation.
(1)    The purpose of this observation is to evaluate the DADE or DADE applicant’s ability to administer a test. After the designee or applicant has successfully completed and documented all required training, a managing specialist will observe the DADE or DADE applicant conducting a complete FAA aircraft dispatcher practical test in accordance with the current PTS.
(2)    The following method of observation must be used. The methods apply to both candidates and current DADEs:

(a)    The observation of the DADE or DADE applicant conducting an aircraft dispatcher practical test in accordance with the FAA aircraft dispatcher PTS will be conducted with an applicant who has graduated within the past 90 days from an FAA-approved 14 CFR part 65 aircraft dispatcher certification course.

(b)    If the DADE conducting the practical test is a current appointed designee and the observation is satisfactory, the DADE may sign all appropriate applications and forms, including the temporary airman’s certificate. DADEs may not sign Letters of Aeronautical Competency, which must be signed by a managing specialist. If the DADE is not a current appointed designee, the observing managing specialist must sign all appropriate applications and forms, including the temporary airman’s certificate.

d.    Performance Evaluation. The primary purpose of the performance evaluation is to provide an overall look at the designee’s performance on a reoccurring basis.
(1)    The performance evaluation is a consolidated review of oversight activities and other data available outside of DMS on a reoccurring basis. The performance evaluation results in an overall rating for the performance period and considers risk-based elements. Below is a high-level representation of the performance evaluation process.

Figure 4-4.  High-Level Performance Flow

Figure 4-4. High Level Performance Flow

(2)    The objective of the performance evaluation is to:

(a)    Identify performance trends that are:

1.    Specific to the designee;

2.    Local in nature as compared to designees similar in authority locally; and

3.    National in nature as compared to designees similar in authority nationwide.

(b)    Determine if corrective action is needed.

(c)    Conduct a risk assessment of the designee.

(d)    Review all data for the current performance evaluation period.

(e)    Determine a risk value for each performance measure (technical, procedural, professional). The managing specialist should assign a performance rating category based on the safety significance and frequency of the events reviewed. Each performance category is assigned a corresponding risk value. The sum of the three risk values determines the severity of risk. The performance rating categories are shown in Table 4-1 below.

Table 4-1.  Performance Categories for Performance Evaluation

Table 4-1. Performance Categories for Performance Evaluation

*Total Risk Value = Technical + Procedural + Professional risk values

Note:  Select the risk value that is associated with the rating description for each of the three performance categories. Only one number should be listed for each category. Add the three numbers from the performance categories to determine total risk value.

(f)    Determine Causal Factor Classifications.

Unknowingly

The designee was not aware of the error.

Careless

As a result of the lack of action by the designee, an error was made.

Intentional

The designee, with disregard to policy, procedures, or regulatory requirements, inappropriately conducted an evaluation.

(g)    Determine Overall Performance Evaluation Result. Table 4-2, Overall Performance Evaluation Result and Action, provides a matrix that combines the total risk value, as previously determined, and the causal factor, to determine an overall performance evaluation result of: Satisfactory, Needs Improvement, or Unsatisfactory.

Table 4-2.  Overall Performance Evaluation Result and Action

 

Total Risk Value

(Use total value from Performance Categories and Ratings Table)

Causal Factor (Total Risk Value)

>6

5 or 6

1–4

Intentional

Result: Unsatisfactory

Result: Unsatisfactory

Result: Unsatisfactory

Action: Termination

Action: Termination

Action: Termination

 

Careless

Result: Unsatisfactory

Result: Unsatisfactory

Result: Needs Improvement

Action: Termination

Action: Suspension, Reduce Authority, or Termination

Action: Suspension/Reduce Authority

 

Unknowingly

Result: Unsatisfactory

Result: Needs Improvement

Result: Satisfactory

Action: Termination

Action: Suspension/Reduce Authority

Action: None Required

Note: If the total risk value = “0”, no action is required.

(h)    Determine Required Follow-up Actions. If the managing specialist rates the designee’s performance evaluation as “Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” the following actions must be taken:

For “Needs Improvement”

Suspension of the designee until follow-up action is successfully completed as determined by the managing specialist and performance evaluation within six calendar-months, or reduce authority by selecting the reduce authority function in DMS and a performance evaluation within six calendar-months.

For “Unsatisfactory (Requiring Suspension)”

Suspension of the designee until follow-up action is successfully completed as determined by the managing specialist and performance evaluation within six calendar-months, or reduce authority by selecting the reduce authority function in DMS and a performance evaluation within six calendar-months.

For “Unsatisfactory (Requiring Termination)”

The managing specialist must terminate the designee in DMS.

e.    Follow-Up Actions. DMS provides the managing specialist with various tools in oversight of designees in the form of reports and the ability to compare to similar type designees on a local and national level. When deficiencies are found during the oversight of a designee, the managing specialist has several additional tools at their disposal. They include:
(1)    Plan Oversight Activity. The planning tool allows the managing specialist to plan additional oversight as needed. The planning of oversight allows managing specialists to mark an event that must be completed and set reminders on their workspace.
(2)    Set Preapproval Requirements. The preapproval function allows the managing specialist to adjust the preapproval requirements that allow a designee to conduct functions for which they have been authorized. The managing specialist may require the designee to get preapproval for each event, or the managing specialist may conduct an unscheduled inspection of the designee.
(3)    Send Correspondence to Designee. In order to document an event or an action required on the part of the designee, the correspondence function provides an official record of the event.
(4)    Suspend. The suspend function must be used whenever the managing specialist determines that a designee’s action has exposed an unacceptable level of risk through any data available.
(5)    Conduct Interviews. The managing specialist may conduct interviews with people for whom the designee has interacted so that first-party information can be provided.

(a)    The managing specialist may choose to conduct these interviews as a result of a specific event, third-party report, or as a routine or random check.

(b)    Upon completion of the interviews, the managing specialist should document the results into DMS and identify any positive or negative performance implications.

5.    Other Designee Management Functions.

a.    Expand Authorities or Change Limitations. See Volume 1.
b.    Reduce Authority. See Volume 1.
c.    Record Note. See Volume 1.
d.    Send Message to Designee. See Volume 1.
e.    Record Feedback or Interaction with a Designee. See Volume 1.
f.    Preapproval. See Volume 1.
g.    Post-Activity Reports. See Volume 1.

Chapter 7.  Training

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of DADE candidates, DADEs, and FAA managing specialists and appointing officials. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the policy for the training of a designee.

2.    General. See Volume 1.

3.    Training Requirements.

a.    Initial Training.
(1)    Each DADE candidate selected must satisfactorily complete the initial training before exercising the privileges of the designation.

Note:  DADEs are required to successfully complete annual recurrent training, attend the Safety Standardization Meeting, and the FAA Briefing as a condition for appointment renewal.

(2)    The FAA managing specialist is responsible for providing the DADE with the initial training. At a minimum, the training should include:

(a)    The DADE’s duties and responsibilities as a representative of the Administrator.

(b)    The necessary forms and an explanation of how to properly complete the paperwork.

(c)    Applicable FAA regulations, policy, and guidance.

(d)    The use of the current aircraft dispatcher PTS.

(e)    Developing the plans of action required by the PTS.

(f)    Policy and procedures with regard to the function of a DADE.

(g)    Procedures and guidance for conducting the practical test.

(h)    Developing at least three test scenarios that must be updated annually.

(i)    The importance of providing feedback to the FAA managing specialist on the approved 14 CFR part 65 dispatch courses (strengths and weaknesses) with regard to the student’s preparation to take the aircraft dispatcher practical exam.

(j)    Requirements for individuals under the age of 23.

(k)    Foreign student applicants.

(l)    How and when to forward completed application paperwork to the FAA managing specialist.

(3)    Upon completion of the initial training, the FAA managing specialist will validate the DADE’s knowledge. Validation methods include a written test or an oral exam.
b.    Recurrent Training.
(1)    The FAA managing specialist is responsible for providing the DADE with recurrent training every 12 calendar-months. The FAA managing specialists may elect to combine annual recurrent training with the required safety standardization meeting and FAA briefing in accordance with FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 13, Chapter 3, Section 1, subparagraph 13-152E. However, since the annual recurrent training, the safety standardization meeting and the FAA briefing, are separate events even when run concurrently or consecutively, the FAA managing specialists must make separate PTRS entries for each event.
(2)    Recurrent training is mandatory and will include at least the following topics:

(a)    The DADE’s roles and responsibilities;

(b)    Documentation discrepancies;

(c)    Applicable changes to 14 CFR;

(d)    New FAA policy and procedures;

(e)    Review of procedures and guidance for conducting the practical test;

(f)    Reviewing and updating test scenarios;

(g)    Feedback on approved 14 CFR part 65 dispatch courses; and

(h)    Foreign student applicants.

c.    Training Limitations and Conditions.
(1)    DMS will suspend designees who fail to meet recurrent training requirements.
(2)    Designees will not exercise their designation privileges unless their training is current.

4.    FAA Managing Specialist Training Requirements.

a.    Initial Training Requirements. Initial training requirements for the managing specialists of a DADE include:
(1)    Successful completion of the ASI (Operations) Indoctrination courses, or their equivalent.
(2)    Successful completion of FAA Academy Course 21047, Aircraft Dispatcher Functions for ASIs.
(3)    Completion of AFS Designee Management for Personnel Certification initial course or AFS Designee Management initial course.

Note:  Initial training requirements for FAA personnel serving as field office or regional office “focal points” include completion of the initial training requirements for managing specialists.

b.    Recurrent Training Requirements. Recurrent training requirements for FAA personnel serving as DADE managing specialists must be completed within each 24 calendar-months after initial appointment. Completion of recurrent courses listed in Flight Standards Training Needs Assessment (FSTNA) that are profile-specific and apply to designee management include completion of Personnel Certification Designee Management–Recurrent or AFS Designee Management–Recurrent.

Chapter 8.  Renewal of Designee Appointment

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the renewal of DADEs. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for renewing a designee.

2.    General. See Volume 1.

3.    Renewal Duration. When renewing the DADE designation, appointment duration is 12 calendar-months, beginning on the last day of the month.

Chapter 9.  Termination of a Designation

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the termination of a DADE designation. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for terminating a designation.

2.    General.

a.    Documentation. Managing specialists and appointing officials should ensure that documentation relating to designee deficiencies substantiate the termination and are included in the designee’s DMS file.
b.    Additional Privileges. If a designee holds or is applying for additional privileges, found to have falsified documents and was subsequently terminated or banned, then all designee authorities must be terminated immediately for cause.

3.    Voluntary Surrender. See Volume 1.

4.    FAA-Initiated Termination.

a.    Terminating a Designation. See Volume 1.
b.    Termination Process. See Volume 1.
c.    Types of Termination.
(1)    For Cause. Termination for cause may be a negative finding(s) based on a designee’s performance. The following are examples of deficiencies in a designee’s performance of duties that would be justification for a for-cause termination of the DADE:

(a)    Any action determined through oversight of a DADE that has been identified as an unacceptable level of risk.

(b)    Unsatisfactory performance in any phase of designee duties or responsibilities, including the inability to accept or carry out the managing FAA office’s instructions.

(c)    Any action by the designee that may reflect poorly on the FAA, such as misuse of the designation, failure to maintain a reputation for integrity and dependability in the industry and the community, and unwillingness to eliminate the appearance of conflicts of interests with regard to improper relationships with 14 CFR part 65 aircraft dispatcher course operators when identified by the managing specialist.

(d)    Any action that is not supportive or in compliance with FAA regulatory requirements, standards and policy to the public.

(e)    Inability of the designee to work constructively with the FAA office personnel or the public.

(f)    Evidence that the designee’s general or professional qualifications and requirements were not met at the time of the original designation or any time thereafter.

(g)    A designee’s inability to demonstrate satisfactory performance during knowledge and skill evaluations, during an initial training or a recurrent training.

(h)    A designee’s failure to maintain or an inability to demonstrate qualifications for any certificate, rating, or examiner designation held.

(2)    Not for Cause. Termination not-for-cause can be for any reason not specific to a designee’s performance. Additional detail can be found in Volume 1.
d.    Documentation.
(1)    The managing FAA office must document any deficiencies in DMS prior to initiating a termination process.
(2)    Any correspondence relating to the designee’s deficiencies, including, but not limited to, corrective action taken, or a record of additional training, must be recorded in DMS.

Chapter 10.  Suspension of a Designation

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the suspension of a DADE’s designation. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for suspension of a designation.

2.    General. The suspension of a designee is a significant change in status and occurs because an elevated level of risk has been identified by DMS or the managing specialist.

3.    FAA-Initiated Suspension. See Volume 1.

4.    Automatic Suspension. See Volume 1.

5.    Follow-Up Actions. A plan of action to correct the deficiency that initiated the suspension should comprise of the following elements and get recorded in DMS:

a.    Identification of the Deficiency. See Volume 1.
b.    Corrective Action. Corrective actions include any elements proposed to correct the deficiency and the identification of standards that must be achieved.
c.    Validation Proposed Action was Effective. It must be validated that the deficiency identified has been corrected. Depending on the corrective action, the validation method can be a training record, proficiency check, or other direct observation. The managing specialist must record the follow-up action in DMS.

Chapter 11.  Appealing A Ban or Termination for Cause

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to appealing a ban or termination for cause of DADEs, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for appeal.

2.    Appeal Considerations.

a.    The FAA office manager will forward the request to the regional division manager, who may ask another region not involved in the decision to oversee the appeal.
b.    The regional division manager or a delegate overseeing the appeal will convene an appeal panel comprised of the following three members:
(1)    An AFS-200 HQ Division representative;
(2)    A regional coordinator; and
(3)    An AFS manager or front-line supervisor not associated with the office that terminated the designee.
c.    The panel will review the termination decision and make a final decision within 45 calendar-days of the appeal.
d.    The regional appeal panel’s decision is final.
e.    All documentation associated with the appeal (e.g., outcome, members of the appeal panel, communication with the designee or the field office) should be included in the designee’s DMS file.

3.    Ban or Terminate Appeal Process. See Volume 1.

4.    Appointing/Selecting Official Responsibilities During Appeal. See Volume 1.

5.    Appeal Panel Responsibilities. See Volume 1.

Chapter 12.  Other Designee Management Functions

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other designee management functions. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the policy for other designee management functions.

2.    Assign DMS Roles and FAA Roles. A role within DMS is not the position description of an employee. A role as it relates to DMS defines the functions that an individual will have available within the DMS system.

a.    Master Role Assigner. The master role assigner determines who at the office level is given role permissions in DMS. The master role assigner is typically the office manager. This function may be delegated to a Front Line Manager (FLM) as needed by the office business needs.
b.    Selecting Official. The selecting official is determined by the office manager or a delegate. Typically, this will be a certificate management unit (CMU) or CMO manager or supervisor and should be at least a FLM. The selecting official should work closely with the dispatch managing specialist in determining the needs of the training center and the ability of the dispatch managing specialist in determining resource capabilities.
c.    Evaluating Specialist. The evaluating specialist must meet the minimum qualifications of a managing specialist.
d.    Appointing Official. The appointing official is typically the office manager but may be delegated to an FLM as deemed appropriate.
e.    Managing Specialist. A managing specialist may be:
(1)    An ASI-AD who otherwise meets the qualifications on page 4-3, section 1, for a dispatch managing specialist.
(2)    An ASI (Operations) who otherwise meets the qualifications on page 4-3, section 1, for a dispatch managing specialist.

3.    Send Message to Managing Specialist. See Volume 1.

4.    Update Designee Profile. Designees must update their profile on an annual basis. DMS will notify the managing specialist when DADEs make a change to their profile. Under the following conditions, DMS will require input from the managing specialist to accept the change:

a.    The DADE has requested a change in name, gender, nationality, or date of birth.
b.    There is an address change.
c.    The designee makes a change to the profile and, as a result of the change, no longer meets minimum qualifications. At that time, DMS will suggest that the managing specialist initiate suspension of the DADE.

VOLUME 5.  DME, DPRE, AND DAR-T DESIGNEE POLICY

Chapter 1.  General Information

Section 1.  Overview

1.    Purpose of This Volume. This volume supplements the common designee policy by providing specific guidance for the administration of the Designated Mechanic Examiner (DME), Designated Parachute Rigger Examiner (DPRE), and Designated Airworthiness Representative—Maintenance (DAR-T) designee management program not otherwise provided in detail in Volume 1, Common Designee Policy.

2.    Audience. The primary audience for this volume is DMEs, DPREs, DAR-Ts, FAA managing specialists, and FAA personnel with oversight responsibilities of designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and administrative employees as appropriate.

3.    Implementation. Compliance with this order will be achieved in accordance with the implementation plans established by each service/office for their respective designee types. Implementation will involve transition from existing management and information systems and designee management polices to the Designee Management System (DMS) IT tool and policy. Affected employees and designees will be notified through directive/memo when each implementation will begin and end, as well as when full compliance with this policy is required. FAA employee and designee login credentials and instructions will be provided at the beginning of each implementation. Timing for release and completion of each implementation plan will depend upon:

a.    Availability of the DMS IT tool for the respective designee type.
b.    Completion of transition training in the electronic Learning Management System (eLMS) by the managing specialist and their respective management officials.

Section 2.  Designee Roles & Definitions

1.    Definition of Roles in Flight Standards Maintenance (DME, DPRE, DAR-T).

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    DME. The DME will be issued with at least one of the following privileges:
(1)    Airframe (A). Authorized to conduct aviation mechanic airframe rating oral and practical tests and the general oral and practical test, when required.
(2)    Powerplant (P). Authorized to conduct aviation mechanic powerplant rating oral and practical tests and the general oral and practical test, when required.
(3)    Airframe and Powerplant (A&P). Authorized to conduct aviation mechanic A&P ratings oral and practical tests and the general oral and practical test, when required.
Indicates new/changed information.
b.    DPRE. The DPRE will be issued with at least one of the following privileges:
(1)    Seat. Authorized to conduct parachute rigger seat rating oral and practical tests.
(2)    Back. Authorized to conduct parachute rigger back rating oral and practical tests.
(3)    Chest. Authorized to conduct parachute rigger chest rating oral and practical tests.
(4)    Lap. Authorized to conduct parachute rigger lap rating oral and practical tests.
Indicates new/changed information.
c.    DAR-T. The DAR-T will be issued with at least one of the following function codes:

Table 5-1.  Standard Airworthiness Certification Function Codes

Standard Airworthiness Certification

Function Code

Description

101

Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b) for U.S.-registered propeller-driven airplanes and powered or unpowered gliders.

102

Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), for U.S.-registered, turbojet powered airplanes type certificated for a Gross Take-Off Weight (GTOW) of 85,000 pounds or less.

103

Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), for U.S.-registered, turbo-jet powered airplanes type certificated for a GTOW of more than 85,000 pounds.

104

Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), for U.S.-registered rotorcraft.

105

Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), for U.S.-registered manned free balloons.

106

Issue recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), for U.S.-registered airships.

107-111

Reserved.

Table 5-2.  Standard Airworthiness Certification Function Codes—Primary and Restricted Categories

Special Airworthiness Certification

Primary Category

Function Code

Description

112

Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), in the primary category for U.S.-registered aircraft.

113

Reserved

Restricted Category

Function Code

Description

114

Issue recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), in the restricted category for U.S.-registered propeller-driven airplanes.

115

Issue recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), in the restricted category for U.S.-registered, turbojet powered airplanes type certificated for a GTOW of 85,000 pounds or less.

116

Issue recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), in the restricted category for U.S.-registered, turbojet powered airplanes type certificated for a GTOW of more than 85,000 pounds.

117

Issue recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4), and 21.197(b), in the restricted category for U.S.-registered rotorcraft.

118-123

Reserved.

Table 5-3.  Limited Category Function Codes

Limited Category

Function Code

Description

124

Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the limited category for U.S.-registered propeller-driven airplanes and turbojet/turbofan aircraft.

125

Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the limited category for U.S.-registered rotorcraft.

126-127

Reserved.

Table 5-4.  Experimental Category for the Purposes of Market Survey, R&D, or Crew Training Function Codes

Experimental Category for the Purposes of Market Survey, R&D, or Crew Training

Function Code

Description

128

Issue original/recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered propeller-driven airplanes and powered or unpowered gliders.

129

Issue original/recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered turbojet powered airplanes.

130

Issue original/recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered rotorcraft and gyroplanes.

131

Issue original/recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered manned free balloons and airships.

132

Issue original/recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered powered parachute and weight shift control aircraft.

133-136

Reserved

Table 5-5.  Experimental Category for the Purposes of Exhibition and/or Air Racing Function Codes

Experimental Category for the Purposes of Exhibition and/or Air Racing

Function Code

Description

137

Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in experimental category for the purposes of operating exhibition or air racing for U.S.-registered propeller-driven aircraft located in the U.S.

138

Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in experimental category for the purposes of operating exhibition or air racing for U.S.-registered turbo-jet-powered aircraft located in the U.S.

139

Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in experimental category for the purposes of operating exhibition for U.S.-registered rotorcraft located in the U.S.

140

Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended or replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in experimental category for the purposes of operating exhibition for U.S.-registered manned free balloons and airships.

141-146

Reserved.

Table 5-6.  Experimental Category for the Purposes of Operating Amateur‑Built Aircraft Function Codes

Experimental Category for the Purposes of Operating Amateur-Built Aircraft

Function Code

Description

147

Issue original/recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR part 21, §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose of operating amateur built aircraft for U.S.-registered propeller driven airplanes and powered or unpowered gliders.

148

Issue original/recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose of operating amateur built aircraft for U.S.-registered turbojet powered airplanes.

149

Issue original/recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose of operating amateur built aircraft for U.S.-registered rotorcraft and gyroplanes.

150

Issue original/recurrent Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates), and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the experimental category for the purpose of operating amateur built aircraft for U.S.-registered manned free balloons and airships.

151-156

Reserved.

Table 5-7.  Light-Sport Category and Experimental Category for the Purpose of Operating Light‑Sport Aircraft Function Codes

Light-Sport Category and Experimental Category for the Purpose of Operating Light-Sport Aircraft

Function Code

Description

157

Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates) and special flight permits for the purposes outlined in 14 CFR §§ 21.197(a)(1)(2)(4) and 21.197(b), in the light-sport category, or in the experimental category for the purpose of operating light-sport aircraft for U.S.-registered airplanes and powered or unpowered gliders.

158

Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates) in the light-sport category, or in the experimental category for the purpose of operating light-sport aircraft for U.S.-registered lighter-than-air aircraft.

159

Issue recurrent/original Special Airworthiness Certificates (including amended and replacement certificates) in the light-sport category, or in the experimental category for the purposes of operating light-sport aircraft, market survey, research and development, or crew training for U.S.-registered powered parachutes and weight shift control aircraft.

160

Issue special flight permits for the purpose of production flight tests for U.S.-registered light-sport airplanes and powered or unpowered gliders.

161

Issue special flight permits for the purpose of production flight tests for U.S.-registered light-sport lighter-than-air aircraft.

162

Issue special flight permits for the purpose of production flight tests for U.S.-registered light-sport weight shift control or powered parachute aircraft.

163-170

Reserved.

Table 5-8.  Export Approvals Function Codes

Export Approvals

Function Code

Description

171

Issue recurrent export approvals for propeller driven airplanes and powered or unpowered gliders.

172

Issue recurrent export approvals for turbojet powered airplanes type certificated for a GTOW of 85,000 pounds or less.

173

Issue recurrent export approvals for turbojet powered airplanes type certificated for a GTOW of more than 85,000 pounds.

174

Issue recurrent export approvals for rotorcraft.

175

Issue recurrent export approvals for manned free balloons.

176

Issue recurrent export approvals for airships.

177

Issue recurrent export approvals for reciprocating and turboprop/turboshaft engines.

178

Issue recurrent export approvals for turbojet and turbofan engines.

179

Issue recurrent export approvals for propellers.

180

Issue recurrent/original export approvals for articles.

181-187

Reserved.

Table 5-9.  Domestic Approval of Engines, Propellers, and Articles Function Codes

Domestic Approval of Engines, Propellers, and Articles

Function Code

Description

188

Issue recurrent airworthiness approvals for domestic shipment of reciprocating and turboprop/turboshaft engines that conform to the approved design requirements and are in a condition for safe operation.

189

Issue recurrent airworthiness approvals for domestic shipment of turbojet/turbofan engines that conform to the approved design requirements and are in a condition for safe operation.

190

Issue recurrent airworthiness approvals for domestic shipment of propellers that conform to the approved design requirements and are in a condition for safe operation.

191

Issue recurrent/original airworthiness approvals for domestic shipment articles that conform to the approved design requirements and are in a condition for safe operation.

192-196

Reserved.

Table 5-10.  Other Authorizations Function Codes

Other Authorizations

Function Code

Description

197

Issue notification of completion to air carriers after conducting records reviews and aircraft inspections (aging airplane rules) required by 14 CFR part 121, 129, or 135 for Propeller-driven Multiengine airplanes.

198

Issue notification of completion to air carriers after conducting records reviews and aircraft inspections (aging airplane rules) required by 14 CFR part 121, 129, or 135 for Turbojet powered Multiengine airplanes.

199

Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to Propeller Driven airplanes and/or Powered or Unpowered gliders.

200

Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to Turbojet Powered airplanes with a GTOW of 85,000 pounds or less.

201

Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to Turbojet Powered airplanes with a GTOW of more than 85,000 pounds.

202

Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to Rotorcraft.

203

Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to Manned Free Balloons.

204

Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to Airships.

205

Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to reciprocating or turboprop/turboshaft engines for Propeller Driven airplanes.

206

Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to reciprocating or turboprop/turboshaft engines for Rotorcraft.

207

Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to reciprocating or turboprop/turboshaft engines on Airships.

208

Issue data approvals in support of a major repairs or alterations to turbojet/turbofan engines.

209-220

Reserved.

Indicates new/changed information.

2.    FAA Personnel Roles and Responsibilities.

a.    Flight Standards Office Managers.
(1)    Flight Standards office managers are responsible for the personnel, training, and budget resources necessary to accomplish the management and oversight of designees.
(2)    The office managers should anticipate changes in personnel requirements as a result of the “need and ability” standard.
(3)    The office managers are responsible for continually evaluating the effectiveness of the designee program and managing specialists.
(4)    The office managers are required to ensure that aviation safety inspectors (ASI) and office management staff are assigned appropriate roles within DMS to carry out their assigned duties.
b.    Appointing Official. Appointing officials are typically office managers, but may be Front Line Managers (FLM).
c.    Selecting Official. Selecting officials are typically FLMs, but may be office managers.
d.    The Managing Specialist.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    The managing specialist is an ASI primarily responsible for the management of a specific designee.
(2)    The managing specialist must ensure that designees are prepared to perform their duties. This includes the designee having completed the required training, and maintained the minimum qualifications for designation as prescribed in Chapter 2, Application Process.
Indicates new/changed information.
(3)    Designee management must consider potential risks and hazards to safety. Managing specialists are to remain constantly vigilant for such risks and hazards. These ASIs should review DMS data and other resources, such as the Safety Performance Analysis System (SPAS), to focus oversight on problem areas.
Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    The managing specialists must be experienced FAA ASIs whose specialty is General Aviation (GA) airworthiness or air carrier airworthiness. They must have at least 3 years’ tenure with the FAA as an ASI and have completed or are scheduled to complete the required training.
Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.
e.    Geographic Expansion Coordinator (GEC). The GEC is a role assigned to at least one Airworthiness ASI and one Operations ASI in each Flight Standards office to receive and approve or deny geographic expansion requests contained within a DMS preapproval. Any requests received will be routed to all GECs assigned to the Flight Standards office. The appropriate specialty ASI must approve or deny the request. Coordination may be required outside of DMS such as telephone calls or emails; however, all actions to approve or deny the request will be documented in DMS.
Indicates new/changed information.
f.    Aviation Safety Inspector (ASI). In addition to the roles listed above, any ASI may access DMS to record specific oversight and other activities using the ASI role in DMS.

Chapter 2.  Application Process

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the policy related to an individual applying to be a DME, DPRE, or DAR-T. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the application process for a DME, DPRE, and DAR-T.

2.    General Application Considerations. The applicant’s place of residence and place of business may be outside the United States if the FAA determines that there is no undue burden on the FAA. United States citizenship is not a requirement for appointment.

Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.

3.    Reinstatement. A former designee whose privileges were terminated “not for cause” may be reinstated only at the Flight Standards office where last assigned. The former designee must meet the requirements and procedures for an original issuance of the designation. This provision may only be exercised at the discretion of the previous managing office and only when the following provisions are met:

    The former designee meets the requirements and procedures for an original issuance of the designation and was previously authorized in DMS.

    The designation was terminated not more than 12 calendar-months prior to application for reinstatement.

    The applicant meets the recurrent training requirement for the designee type.

Indicates new/changed information.

    The managing office determines that the former designee is still competent to perform the authorized activities.

Note:  If the provisions are met, the Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA) is reissued with the original designation number used for reinstatement.

a.    Former Designee Appointment. Except as stated in paragraph 3 above, former designees terminated “not for cause” and who are not in DMS must reapply through DMS as an initial applicant.
Indicates new/changed information.
b.    Relocation. Designees may relocate to a different Flight Standards office if the receiving FAA office agrees to the transfer. Any change in location, change of managing office, or change of managing specialist is conducted through DMS. This change is initiated through DMS by the current managing specialist.

4.    Minimum Qualifications and Disqualifiers.

a.    Additional Requirements for DMEs. Additional application requirements for DME appointment include:
(1)    Evidence of a high level of knowledge and experience in the subject areas required for aviation mechanic certification in both reciprocating and turbine-engine aircraft.
(2)    Currently holds a valid aviation mechanic certificate with both airframe and powerplant ratings which has been valid for the previous 5 years.
(3)    Applicants must also meet one of the following experience requirements listed below. These requirements may not be combined.

(a)    Five years’ experience actively exercising the privileges of a valid aviation mechanic certificate in accordance with 14 CFR part 65, § 65.81(a) on U.S.-registered civil aircraft. (Three of the five years of experience required must be immediately before designation.)

(b)    Five years’ experience performing maintenance on U.S.-registered civil aircraft while employed by an FAA repair station 14 CFR part (145). (Three of the five years of experience required must be immediately before designation.)

(c)    Five years’ experience performing maintenance on U.S.-registered civil Air Carrier aircraft operated under (14 CFR parts 121 and 135). (Three of the five years of experience required must be immediately before designation.)

(d)    Five years’ continuous experience immediately before designation instructing aviation maintenance while employed by an FAA Aviation Maintenance Technology School 14 CFR part (147). In addition, the applicant must have previously actively exercised the privileges of a valid aviation mechanic certificate in accordance with 14 CFR § 65.81(a) for 3 years on U.S.-registered civil aircraft certificated and maintained in accordance with 14 CFR.

(4)    Have a fixed base of operation equipped to support testing in both reciprocating and turbine engine aircraft. This includes the following requirements:

(a)    The fixed base of operation, equipment, and materials must be adequate for an applicant to demonstrate the basic skills for the certificate and rating sought. The managing FAA office will monitor the status of equipment at least annually to ensure compliance.

(b)    Airworthy aircraft, other aircraft, aircraft subassemblies, operational mockups, or other aids for testing airman applicants.

(c)    Tools, equipment, current publications, materials, etc., required to complete a project assignment must be the type recommended by aircraft manufacturers or accepted in the aviation industry. Refer to FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5 for the required Minimum Tools and Equipment List (MTEL).

Note:  The DME is required to report to the managing specialist immediately, any significant change in the equipment or materials available to test applicants. This notification is accomplished through DMS.

b.    Additional Requirements for DPREs. Additional application requirements for DPRE appointment include:
(1)    Evidence of a high level of knowledge in the areas of operation required for a parachute rigger certification.
(2)    Previously held a valid master parachute rigger certificate for 2 years with the rating(s) for which the managing office will issue a designation.
(3)    Actively exercised the privileges of a valid master parachute rigger certificate for 2 years immediately before the designation.
(4)    Have a fixed base of operation equipped to support testing in each required area of operation as described in the practical test standards (PTS) or Airman Certification Standards (ACS) for the designation held. This includes the following requirements:

(a)    The fixed base of operation, equipment, and materials must be adequate for an applicant to demonstrate the basic skills for the certificate and rating sought. The managing office will periodically monitor the status of equipment to ensure compliance.

(b)    Tools, equipment, current publications, materials, etc., required to complete a project assignment must be the type parachute manufacturers recommend or accept in the industry.

(c)    The fixed base of operation must, at a minimum, have tools and equipment necessary to perform the tasks the DPRE will assign as part of the developed test.

Note:  The DPRE is required to report to the managing specialist immediately, any significant change in the equipment or materials available to test applicants. This notification is accomplished through DMS.

c.    Additional Application Requirements for DAR-T Appointment.
(1)    Minimum Qualification Requirements for Standard Airworthiness Certification and Special Airworthiness Certification in Primary, Restricted, and Limited Categories.

(a)    An applicant for DAR-T with authority to issue a Standard Airworthiness Certificate or Special Airworthiness Certificate in the primary, restricted, or limited categories must hold a current mechanic certificate with A&P rating that has remained continuously in effect for the 5 years immediately preceding the application, and

(b)    Show 5 years of experience working in a position of responsibility for approval for return to service or determining eligibility for issuance of a Standard Airworthiness Certificate or Special Airworthiness Certificate in the primary, restricted, or limited categories for aircraft of the same type and complexity as shown below. The experience must:

1.    Have been obtained on U.S.-registered aircraft holding a Standard Airworthiness Certificate or Special Airworthiness Certificate in the primary, restricted, or limited categories, or involved in a certification project that resulted in standard certification or issuance of a Supplemental Type Certificate (STC);

2.    Include at least 2 years of verifiable full-time aviation maintenance employment within the last 3 years; and

3.    Include one or more of the following type and complexity of aircraft:

    Propeller-driven airplanes and/or powered or unpowered gliders.

    Turbojet-powered airplanes with a gross takeoff weight (GTOW) of 85,000 lbs. or less.

    Turbojet-powered airplanes with a GTOW of more than 85,000 lbs.

    Rotorcraft.

    Manned free balloons.

    Airships.

(c)    Each of the following qualifies as a “position of responsibility” for determining approval for return to service or eligibility for issuance of an airworthiness certificate:

1.    An FAA ASI (Airworthiness) with experience issuing original or recurrent Standard Airworthiness Certificates.

2.    A director of maintenance or chief inspector for a 14 CFR part 121 or 135 air carrier, or part 145 repair station, performing maintenance and issuing approval for return to service of complete aircraft.

3.    A shift supervisor, lead mechanic, or designated inspector for a 14 CFR part 121 or 135 air carrier, or a part 145 repair station, who is authorized by the certificate holder and has experience issuing approval for return to service for complete aircraft (airworthiness release or equivalent authority).

4.    A mechanic with Inspection Authorization (IA) performing annual inspections, or performing or supervising progressive inspections as required by 14 CFR part 43, § 43.15.

(2)    Minimum Qualification Requirements for Other Special Airworthiness Certification.

(a)    Experimental category for the following purposes:

1.    Market Survey, Research and Development (R&D), Crew Training, Exhibition, or Air Racing. An applicant for DAR-T for privileges in this group with authority to issue a Special Airworthiness Certificate for the purposes of market survey, research and development, and crew training must qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested, and

(i)   Have verifiable experience in the maintenance, inspection, or alteration of aircraft holding a Special Airworthiness Certificate for the purposes of market survey, R&D, or crew training, exhibition, or air racing; or

(ii)    Have conducted at least one certification of these aircraft as an FAA ASI (Airworthiness).

2.    Operating Amateur-Built Aircraft. An applicant for DAR with authority to issue a Special Airworthiness Certificate for the purposes of operating amateur-built aircraft must meet one of the following:

(i)     Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested, and in addition, have verifiable experience in the maintenance, inspection, or alteration of aircraft of the same type and complexity holding a Special Airworthiness Certificate for the purposes of operating amateur-built aircraft.

(ii)    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested, and in addition, have conducted at least one certification of these aircraft as an FAA ASI (Airworthiness).

(iii)   As a current or former FAA designee, completed at least three certifications of experimental light-sport or light-sport category aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested.

(iv)   Currently hold a mechanic certificate with A&P ratings that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, and has 3 years of verifiable experience with maintaining experimental or amateur-built aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested, including performing at least three annual condition inspections.

(v)    Hold a repairman certificate for at least one certificated amateur-built aircraft of one of the types identified below that the applicant has built. That aircraft must have been operated for a minimum of 100 hours (or 25 flights for balloons and airships), and the applicant must have performed at least 3 annual condition inspections of the aircraft.

Note:  Amateur-built type and complexity of aircraft include: propeller-driven airplanes or gliders; weight shift control aircraft and powered parachutes; turbojet-powered airplanes; rotorcraft, autogiros, or gyrocopters; manned free balloons; and airships.

3.    Operating Experimental Light-Sport and Light-Sport Category. An applicant for DAR-T with authority to issue a Special Airworthiness Certificate in the light-sport category or in the experimental category for the purpose of operating light-sport aircraft (LSA) must meet one of the following:

(i)     Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested, and in addition, have verifiable experience in the maintenance, inspection, or alteration of aircraft holding a Special Airworthiness Certificate in the light-sport, or experimental light-sport categories.

(ii)    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested and, in addition, have conducted at least one certification of these aircraft as an FAA ASI (Airworthiness).

(iii)   Currently hold a mechanic certificate with A&P ratings, or an LSA repairman’s certificate with maintenance rating, that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, and has 3 years of verifiable experience with maintaining LSA of the same type and complexity as requested.

Indicates new/changed information.

(iv)   Currently hold a mechanic certificate with A&P ratings that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, and have a minimum of 3 years of verifiable experience as a field technical representative or a quality assurance inspector employed by the manufacturer of a light-sport category aircraft of one of the type and complexity listed below.

Note:  Light-sport type and complexity include propeller-driven airplanes or gliders, weight shift control aircraft and powered parachutes, and lighter-than-air aircraft.

(3)    Minimum Qualification Requirements for Issuance of Export and Domestic Approvals.

(a)    Export Approval of Aircraft. An applicant for DAR-T with authority to issue an export approval for an aircraft must:

1.    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested, and have verifiable experience in demonstrating eligibility for export approval for these aircraft, or

Note:  This experience could be obtained by serving as an individual within a company as identified above, with responsibility for demonstrating compliance with export requirements when the company or a customer of the company is the applicant.

2.    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested and have issued at least one export approval for these aircraft as an FAA ASI (Airworthiness).

(b)    Export Approval and Domestic Approval of Engines. An applicant for DAR with authority to issue an export or domestic approval for engines must meet one of the following:

1.    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(3)(a) for export approval of the type and complexity of aircraft the engines are commonly installed on as follows:

    Propeller-driven airplanes: reciprocating, turboprop, or turboshaft engines.

    Turbojet airplanes: turbojet or turbofan engines.

    Rotorcraft: reciprocating, turboprop, or turboshaft engines.

    Airships: reciprocating engines.

2.    Hold a mechanic certificate with powerplant rating that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, have 6 months of experience within the preceding year, be employed at a 14 CFR part 121 or 135 air carrier or a part 145 repair station, and hold authority from the employer to issue approval for return to service after maintenance of engines. Applicant must have verifiable experience in demonstrating eligibility for export approval for engines.

3.    Hold a repairman certificate at a 14 CFR part 121 or 135 air carrier or a part 145 repair station that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, have 6 months of experience within the preceding year, and hold authority from the employer to issue approval for return to service after maintenance of engines. The applicant must have verifiable experience in demonstrating eligibility for export approval for the following engines:

    Reciprocating;

    Turboprop or turboshaft; and

    Turbojet or turbofan.

(c)    Export Approval and Domestic Approval of Propellers. An applicant for DAR with authority to issue an export and domestic approval for propellers must meet one of the following:

1.    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(3)(a) for export approval of one of the following type and complexity of aircraft:

    Propeller driven airplanes, and

    Airships.

2.    Hold a mechanic certificate with powerplant rating that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, have 6 months of experience within the preceding year, be employed at a 14 CFR part 121 or 135 air carrier or a part 145 repair station, and hold authority from the employer to issue approval for return to service after maintenance of propellers. The applicant must have verifiable experience in demonstrating eligibility for export approval for propellers.

3.    Hold a repairman certificate at a 14 CFR part 121 or 135 air carrier or a part 145 repair station that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, have 6 months of experience within the preceding year, and hold authority from the employer to issue approval for return to service after maintenance of propellers. The applicant must have verifiable experience in demonstrating eligibility for export approval for propellers.

(d)    Export Approval and Domestic Approval of Articles. An applicant for DAR with authority to issue an export and domestic approval for articles must meet one of the following:

1.    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(3)(a) for export approval of aircraft of the same type and complexity on which the article is eligible for installation;

2.    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(3)(b) for export approval of parts and appliances used on the same type and complexity of engines, or propellers; or

3.    Hold a mechanic certificate or a repairman certificate at a 14 CFR part 145 repair station or a part 121 or 135 air carrier that has remained continuously in effect for the 3 years immediately preceding application, with current authority to issue approval for return to service after overhaul of parts or appliances. The applicant must have at least some verifiable experience in demonstrating eligibility for export approval for these parts or appliances.

Note:  DAR-Ts authorized function code 180 must be issued limitations with this function code. The limitations should be established based on the applicant’s verifiable experience.

(4)    Minimum Qualification Requirements for Other Specific Authorizations.

(a)    Issue notification of completion for Aging Aircraft Records Review/Spot Inspection. An applicant for DAR with authority to issue a notification of completion to a 14 CFR part 121, 129, or 135 operator after conducting aircraft records review and structural spot inspection must meet one of the following:

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for airplanes of one of the following type and complexity: propeller-driven multiengine airplanes or turbojet-powered multiengine airplanes; and have verifiable experience in heavy maintenance and/or Corrosion Prevention and Control Program (CPCP), structural inspections, or major repairs/modifications to airframes on aircraft operated under 14 CFR part 121, 129, or 135.

2.    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for airplanes of one of the following type and complexity: propeller-driven multiengine airplanes or turbojet-powered multiengine airplanes; and have conducted at least one aging airplane records review and structural spot inspection of these airplanes operated under 14 CFR part 121, 129, or 135 as an FAA ASI (Airworthiness).

Note:  Type and complexity include propeller-driven multiengine airplanes or turbojet-powered multiengine airplanes.

Note:  Before exercising the authority of this function, the applicant must be thoroughly familiar with the appropriate chapters of FAA Order 8900.1 and have satisfactorily completed on-the-job training (OJT) on the air carriers approved maintenance policies and procedures from the cognizant certificate holding district office (CHDO). The DAR-T must maintain documented proof of the training from the CHDO in DMS. The DAR-Ts limitations for function codes 197 and 198 must include each air carrier for which they have received OJT by the CHDO and been authorized to perform these activities by their managing specialist. A DAR-T may not issue a notification of completion for Aging Aircraft Records Review/Spot Inspection for any air carrier unless the air carrier is identified in the limitations.

(b)    Issue data approvals in support of major repairs or alterations. An applicant for DAR-T with authority to issue data approvals in support of major repairs or alterations must meet one of the following:

1.    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for aircraft of the same type and complexity as requested, and have verifiable experience in applying for and receiving at least three field approvals of major repairs and/or alterations for each type and complexity of aircraft as requested.

2.    Qualify under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1) for airplanes of the same type and complexity as requested, and have approved at least three field approvals of major repairs or alterations as an FAA ASI for each type and complexity of aircraft as requested.

Note:  This authority may be issued for the following type and complexity of aircraft:

    Propeller-driven airplanes or gliders.

    Turbojet-powered airplanes with a GTOW of 85,000 lbs. or less.

    Turbojet-powered airplanes with a GTOW of more than 85,000 lbs.

    Rotorcraft.

    Manned free balloons.

    Airships.

3.    Authority may be issued for data approval of engine repairs or alterations based on qualifications on aircraft categories under Chapter 2, subparagraph 4c(1). In addition, the applicant must have verifiable experience in applying for and receiving at least three field approvals of engine repairs or alterations, or in approving at least three field approvals for engines as an FAA ASI. This authority may be issued for the following type and complexity of engines:

    Propeller-driven airplanes: reciprocating and turboprop or turboshaft engines.

    Rotorcraft: reciprocating and turboprop or turboshaft engines.

    Airships: reciprocating, turboprop, or turboshaft engines.

    Turbojet airplanes: turbojet or turbofan engines.

5.    Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.

6.    Post Application. See Volume 1.

7.    Maintaining an Active Designee Application. See Volume 1.

Chapter 3.  Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of DME, DPRE, and DAR-T applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the application process for a DME, DPRE, and DAR-T applicant.

2.    General.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    Selection Process. The general process of selection can be broken down into three parts: DMS determines if the designee meets system-defined minimum qualifications; the selecting official determines if need and ability requirements are met; and then assigns an evaluation panel to further review the applicant’s qualifications and determine what authorizations or function codes the applicant qualifies for. (See Figure 5-1, High-Level Selection Process Flow, for a high-level representation of the selection flow.)

Figure 5-1.  High-Level Selection Process Flow

Figure 5-1. High Level Selection Process Flow

b.    Selection Considerations.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    When a need for a designee has been identified, the office management will query DMS for a listing of applicants. Candidates must submit applications exclusively through DMS.
(2)    An evaluation panel, determined by the selecting official, will then be established to review and evaluate the list of viable applicants identified through DMS. The evaluation panel assesses each designee candidate’s background knowledge and experience through:

(a)    A thorough review of the application;

(b)    Consultation with others who are familiar with the applicant; and

(c)    Review and contact references provided by the applicant and comments that may influence the decision to recommend or deny appointment.

3.    Need and Ability to Manage. See Volume 1.

4.    Requesting Qualified Applicants.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    Initial Request. DMS will provide appropriate applicants per the search request.
Indicates new/changed information.
b.    Qualification Deviation Request Process. When an applicant in DMS does not meet a qualification requirement, the managing specialist may request that the selecting official petition the National Policy Office (NPO) for a deviation from the qualification requirement as follows:
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    Documentation. The selecting official will document and communicate the circumstances and justification for the deviation in a memo to the NPO outside of DMS. The memo must identify the specific qualification requirement not met and specific justification for a deviation.
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    Coordination. The selecting official must route the request though the appropriate division management leadership for their office, for concurrence external to DMS. If in agreement with the recommendation, the NPO will document the circumstances and justification in a memo provided to the requesting office. The memo must be uploaded to the applicant’s record by the evaluation panel.
Indicates new/changed information.

Note:  The purpose of a deviation is to fill a specific need that the managing office has for which there are no fully qualified applicants. The deviation process requires that the applicant has met the minimum general qualification requirements in DMS and have an active application. The expectation is that the office would appoint the applicant within 30 days of granting the deviation. If the applicant has not been appointed after 30 days, the process ends.

5.    Evaluation.

a.    Evaluation Panel. The selecting official will assign an evaluation panel to further evaluate the applicant(s) that DMS identifies. At such time that one or more viable applicants have been identified through DMS, an evaluation panel is convened to consider the merits of each applicant. The panel is generally comprised of three FAA staff which should include:
(1)    The managing specialist expected to be assigned to the designee. The presumed managing specialist will assume a lead role during the evaluation process and will coordinate the evaluation panel results within DMS.
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    At least one additional ASI which may include an office management member.
(3)    An ASI from Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600) (required).
b.    Evaluation Panel Tasks. The evaluation panel assesses each applicant’s background, knowledge, and experience by conducting a thorough review of the designee application. To support this process, the following tasks must be accomplished:
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    Review the applicant’s application and supporting documents in DMS.
(2)    Verify that the applicant possesses the appropriate airman certificate for the authorities sought.
Indicates new/changed information.
(3)    Contact references as necessary.
(4)    Review relevant information for each prospective application from each of the following FAA databases in order to determine that candidate’s aviation background and any issues which may have an adverse effect on that candidate’s application:

(a)    Enforcement Information System (EIS);

(b)    Accident/Incident Data System (AIDS);

(c)    SPAS;

(d)    Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (PTRS); and

(e)    DMS.

(5)    Ensure, based on the research found in the databases above, that the requirements of Volume 1, Chapter 4, Designee Appointment, are met.
Indicates new/changed information.
(6)    Review the applicant’s experience on the DMS application to determine what authorizations or function codes they may qualify for. This should be done in advance of an applicant interview. This order introduces new function codes for DAR-Ts. The AFS-600 ASI assigned to the evaluation panel should be able to assist in clarifying experience requirements for the new function codes.
Indicates new/changed information.
(7)    Interview the applicant to determine if the general and specific qualifications necessary for appointment are present, responses are consistent with the application information, and the qualities necessary to be successful as a designee are possessed. For DAR-T applicants, the interview should also focus on determining if the applicant has the appropriate experience for the function codes being considered.
(8)    Evaluate the applicant’s facilities and equipment to be used for testing (DME/DPRE).
c.    Evaluation Panel Outcomes.
(1)    When the evaluation panel determines that an applicant meets the requirements for designation, the results are documented in DMS and a recommendation is provided to the appointing official through the selecting official. If the appointing official is in agreement with the recommendation, the appointment process will ensue. See Chapter 4 for information relating to the appointment process.
(2)    If the evaluation panel, with concurrence from the selecting official, rejects all applications provided by DMS for good cause, the managing office should encourage suitable applicants to apply through DMS so that they can be considered.
Indicates new/changed information.

6.    Banning. See Volume 1.

Chapter 4.  Designee Appointment

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the designee appointment of DME, DPRE, and DAR-T, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the appointment of a DME, DPRE, and DAR-T.

2.    General.

a.    Appointment Process. Below is a high-level representation of the appointment process.

Figure 5-2.  High-Level Appointment Process Flow

Figure 5-2. High Level Appointment Process Flow

b.    Appointment Considerations.
(1)    The managing specialist should issue appropriate privileges and limitations in the CLOA based on the following:

(a)    Applicant’s background experience;

(b)    Applicant’s personal and professional qualifications as described in Chapter 2, Application Process; and

(c)    Needs of the appointing office.

(d)    For DAR-Ts, limitations must be included for function codes 197 and 198 that contain each air carrier for which they have been authorized and have received OJT by the cognizant air carrier CHDO.

(2)    The managing specialist will verify that the following events are completed and recorded in DMS:

(a)    Successful completion of the initial designee-specific training conducted by the FAA’s Designee Standardization Branch (AFS-640) in Oklahoma City, OK. For a list of the training, visit https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx.

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    Applicant has attended an orientation at their managing office.

1.    For DAR-Ts, DMEs, and DPREs, the managing office should review the following:

(i)     Product Certification. Caution the designee that any irregularities or deficiencies related to the delegated work may result in the termination of the designation under the provisions of 14 CFR part 183, § 183.15(b)(4).

(ii)    Authorized Functions. Remind the designee to perform only authorized functions within the limits of his or her authority.

(iii)   Communication. Remind the designee to request preapproval through DMS before accepting any applicant requests for certification, inspection, testing, or approval activities. The DAR-T must also obtain any special directions or instructions deemed necessary for their managing FAA office.

(iv)   Activity Reporting. Remind the designee that all activities performed under their delegation must be recorded in DMS.

(v)    Safeguarding of Forms. Emphasize that the designee must properly safeguard all FAA forms, certificates, and other official documents. Under no circumstance will any certificate be in the possession of an applicant until the designee has completed and signed the certificate. All airworthiness certificates or approvals and related documents will include the designee’s printed or typed name, signature, and designation number.

(vi)   Conflicts of Interest. Remind the DAR-Ts that they are not allowed to perform any mechanical, maintenance, or inspection function or to act as an agent on behalf of an applicant (e.g., an owner, agent, repair station, or Production Approval Holder (PAH)) on products for which the applicant seeks an airworthiness certificate or approval. This would not preclude the DAR-T from performing maintenance, mechanical functions, or inspections or acting as an agent in a non-DAR-T capacity when not involved in the airworthiness certification/approval actions under the DAR-T’s authority.

(vii)  Use of Authority. Remind the DAR-Ts to ensure that products meet the FAA-approved type design data, are in a condition for safe operation, and comply with any other applicable regulations (e.g., Airworthiness Directives (AD), marking requirements, registration, and special importing requirements) before issuing airworthiness or export certificates. The DAR-T will seek guidance from their managing office when problems arise that he or she cannot resolve.

Indicates new/changed information.

(viii)  Document Submittal. Remind the designees to submit applicable original or duplicate documents within 7 calendar-days of completion to the managing office for review. Designees must not submit aircraft certification documents or files directly to the Aircraft Registration Branch (AFB-710) or Airmen Certification Branch (AFB-720). They must submit aircraft certification files to the geographically responsible FAA office for review before forwarding to AFB-710 or AFB-720.

Indicates new/changed information.

(ix)   Airworthiness Applications—DAR-T Only. Emphasize that the DAR-T is to review applications for completeness and ensure that the various airworthiness certificates or approvals have certification statements signed by an applicant or authorized agent. When appropriate, the DAR-T must also obtain a completed FAA Form 8130-9, Statement of Conformity, from an applicant before performing any inspections, in accordance with FAA Order 8130.2, Airworthiness Certification of Aircraft.

(c)    Applicant has received required OJT for any air carrier authorized in DAR-T function codes 197 or 198 and documented it in DMS.

(3)    The managing specialist will observe the DME and DPRE applicants conducting their first oral and practical test. See the “Direct Observation” section within Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee, for more information.

3.    Designee Number. See Volume 1.

4.    CLOA. The CLOA will identify the designee type and the specific authorizations, or function codes and limitations.

5.    Appointment Duration.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    Initial Duration. The initial duration of a designee’s appointment is up to 12 calendar-months.

Chapter 5.  Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the responsibilities and obligations of DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the responsibilities and obligations of DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts.

2.    Designee Responsibilities.

a.    General Responsibilities.
(1)    The FAA encourages designees to attend and take part in applicable FAA Safety Team (FAASTeam) training and events. The FAA values the participation of FAASTeam representatives in providing support for safety meetings.
(2)    Provide FAA testing and certification activities without prejudice or discrimination in a fair and unbiased manner.
(3)    Maintain a high level of knowledge, skill, and expertise commensurate with authorizations.
(4)    Charge no more than a reasonable fee for services.
(5)    Keep abreast of current aviation trends and technologies.
(6)    Serve as a willing resource to the aviation community on matters of FAA airman certification regulations and policy.
(7)    Set a high standard of airmanship and safety through personal example.
(8)    Exercise diligence and care in the preparation of airman certification documentation and files.
(9)    Always represent the FAA and its workforce to the public in a positive manner.
b.    DME and DPRE Responsibilities.
(1)    A designee must maintain a high degree of knowledge and skill in the subject areas required for airman certification, evaluation, and testing techniques.
(2)    Designees must give undivided attention to the applicant during the testing period.
(3)    Designees must ensure that discussion following any test is private and is confidential.
c.    DME and DPRE Privileges. The DMEs and DPREs are authorized to:
(1)    Accept applications for airman certificates and ratings using FAA Form 8610-2 or the Integrated Airman Certification and Rating Application (IACRA) equivalent.
(2)    Conduct tests, in the English language, appropriate to the FAA CLOA held by the designee, in accordance with the appropriate PTS/ACS.
(3)    Issue Temporary Airman Certificates to applicants who have been tested and found qualified for the certificate or rating sought. The managing office may retain this privilege.
d.    DME and DPRE Limitations. The DME and DPRE must not:
(1)    Conduct tests at locations not listed on the current CLOA held by the designee, unless authorized by the managing office.
(2)    Test an applicant outside the authorized geographical area without specific approval.
Indicates new/changed information.

(a)    If a designee wants to administer tests outside the geographical area of the managing Flight Standards office or International Field Office (IFO), the designee must receive authorization from the managing Flight Standards office or IFO, as well as from the receiving office.

(b)    This is processed and authorized through the preapproval process in DMS.

(3)    Conduct or monitor any portion of computer knowledge tests.
(4)    Reissue or amend any expired Temporary Airman Certificate.
(5)    Endorse, amend, alter, or issue any permanent airman certificate.
(6)    Exempt any applicant from the testing requirements in the applicable PTS/ACS.
(7)    Combine teaching with testing during the testing of an applicant.
(8)    Conduct tests unless an applicant presents proof of eligibility as prescribed in the applicable 14 CFR part 65.
(9)    Conduct oral and practical tests unless the applicant has passed the required airman knowledge test.

Note:  This does not apply to aviation mechanic applicants authorized to test in accordance with 14 CFR § 65.80 or master parachute rigger applicants that hold a senior certificate.

(10)    Temporarily suspend a test to allow the applicant further study, and then continue the same test later.
(11)    Conduct an oral or practical test with more than one applicant at a time.
(12)    Conduct tests in any language other than English.
(13)    Conduct oral and practical tests at the base of operation that appears on the designee’s CLOA unless the location is adequately equipped with available equipment and material necessary for conducting the tests, and permission is granted by the managing office through DMS.
(14)    Conduct oral and practical tests to applicants who have been authorized to test by an office other than the designee’s managing office, unless:

(a)    The designee reports the request for testing to his/her managing FSDO or IFO; and

(b)    The designee receives written permission, via DMS, before conducting the test. The designee may be issued continuing authorization to perform these tests.

Indicates new/changed information.

Note:  This paragraph is intended as a limitation for the designee. Applicants are not required to present their application to the nearest FSDO or IFO for reauthorization unless there is evidence that their original authorization is in question.

e.    DAR-T Privileges.
(1)    The DAR-Ts are authorized to perform examination, inspection, and testing services necessary to issue certificates within the limits of their authorized function codes, as well as to determine the continuing effectiveness of certificates.
(2)    It is the FAA’s intention that designees perform their authorized function(s) within the geographical boundaries of their managing office. However, a managing office may authorize a designee to perform authorized function(s) outside the geographic boundaries (including other countries) on a case-by-case basis as long as the ability of the FAA to adequately monitor and supervise the designee is maintained. See Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee, of this volume for instructions on this process.
f.    DAR-T Limitations. The DAR-T must not:
(1)    Perform any function for which they have not been authorized.
(2)    Perform evaluations, surveillance, or investigation of quality control systems data, procedures, methods, or service difficulty reports, on behalf of the FAA.
(3)    Approve departures from specific policy and guidance, new or unproven technologies, equivalent level of safety findings, special conditions, or exemptions. These are inherently governmental functions and cannot be delegated to a designee.
(4)    Issue U.S. airworthiness certificates or special flight permits (SFP) on non-U.S.-registered aircraft.
(5)    Perform any mechanical, maintenance, or inspection function on behalf of an applicant (e.g., owner, agent, repair station, or PAH) on products or articles for which an airworthiness certificate or approval is sought.

Note:  This would not preclude the DAR-Ts from performing maintenance, mechanical functions, or inspections in a non-DAR-T capacity when not involved in the airworthiness certification or approval actions under their DAR-T authority.

(6)    Sub-delegate authorized functions.
(7)    Perform their authorized function(s) outside the geographical boundaries of their managing office.

Note:  Using DMS, the managing specialist may authorize a designee to perform authorized function(s) outside the geographic boundaries (including other countries) on a case-by-case basis as long as the ability of the FAA to adequately monitor and supervise the designee is maintained.

3.    Ongoing Requirements of a Designee.

a.    General Requirements. To complement the general requirements established in Volume 1, Chapter 5, Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee, a DME, DPRE, DAR-T will:
(1)    Maintain the minimum qualifications established for appointment as specified in this order, including certification, initial and recurrent training, and attendance at the required annual meetings.
(2)    Maintain and use the most current versions of the CFR, the PTS/ACS, and applicable FAA orders. Storage and retrieval of these documents may be electronic.
b.    Annual Meeting.
(1)    As a requirement for renewal, DME, DPRE, DAR-Ts must attend the annual designee meeting conducted by the managing office.
(2)    The FAA office should attempt to schedule the annual meeting to allow all designees of the same type to meet together in one location at the same time to discuss, at a minimum, the following subject areas:

(a)    Local issues;

(b)    Local problem areas;

(c)    Local procedures;

(d)    Standardization issues; and

(e)    Designee performance.

Indicates new/changed information.
(3)    A record of attendance by each designee must be documented in DMS by the managing specialist.
Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    In cases where, beyond the designee’s control, it is not possible for a designee to attend the annual meeting, the managing specialist must meet with that designee to discuss the same subject material presented at the meeting. The managing office may opt to record their meetings on video and use the media for make-up meetings. This allows designees who missed the meeting to also benefit from the dialogue between designees during the meeting. A designee who misses this annual meeting must still satisfy the annual meeting requirement before renewal.

4.    References, Forms, and Supplies.

a.    DME and DPRE Designee Materials. The managing office should provide each designee with supplies appropriate to the designation, or direct them to where they are available. The following supplies are necessary for the performance of designee duties. The managing office may issue some or all of the designee materials at the time of selection. With the exception of FAA Form 8060-4, the material can be found online at www.faa.gov or through common sources such as the Government Printing Office (GPO).
(1)    DME and DPRE.

(a)    FAA Form 8610-2, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application.

(b)    FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary Airman Certificate.

(2)    DME.

(a)    FAA Form 337, Major Repair and Alteration (Airframe, Powerplant, Propeller or Appliance).

(b)    FAA-S-8081-26, Aviation Mechanic General Practical Test Standards (PTS).

(c)    FAA-8081-27, Aviation Mechanic Airframe Practical Test Standards (PTS).

(d)    FAA-8081-28, Aviation Mechanic Powerplant Practical Test Standards (PTS).

(e)    FAA Order 8900.1, Flight Standards Information Management System (FSIMS).

(3)    DPRE.

(a)    FAA-S-8081-25, Parachute Rigger Practical Test Standards (PTS).

(b)    FAA Order 8900.1, Flight Standards Information Management System (FSIMS).

b.    DAR-T Designee Materials.
(1)    FAA Form 8130-3, Airworthiness Approval Tag.
(2)    FAA Form 8130-7, Special Airworthiness Certificate.
(3)    FAA Form 8100-2, Standard Airworthiness Certificate.
(4)    FAA Form 8130-9, Statement of Conformity.
Indicates new/changed information.
(5)    FAA Order 8130.2, Airworthiness Certification of Aircraft.
(6)    FAA Order 8130.21, Procedures for Completion and Use of the Authorized Release Certificate, FAA Form 8130-3, Airworthiness Approval Tag.
(7)    FAA Order 8300.16, Major Repair and Alteration Data Approval.
(8)    FAA Order 8900.1, Flight Standards Information Management System (FSIMS).
c.    Security. Each designee is responsible to establish and carry out appropriate security procedures. The security of the controlled material is important to prevent compromise, and to ensure the applicants meet the aeronautical skill standards for aviation mechanic certificates and ratings. The designee must secure the aforementioned material in a manner that will not allow unauthorized access (e.g., a locked drawer, cabinet, or closet). Only authorized representatives of the FAA Administrator will receive access to secured material. The designee should refer any public request for the secured material to the managing office.

Chapter 6.  Oversight and Management of a Designee

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of DME, DPRE, and DAR-T designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the oversight and management of DME, DPRE, and DAR-T.

2.    General.

a.    General Considerations.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. Managing specialists are also responsible for ensuring that DMEs and DPREs are thoroughly coached in the importance of their role of administering oral (knowledge) and practical (skill) tests to the applicants in accordance with FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 5, and the PTS/ACS. Managing specialists assigned to DAR-Ts are responsible for ensuring they perform airworthiness certification tasks in accordance with applicable policies and procedures.
(2)    Oversight will include an inspection and performance evaluation of each designee at least annually. The inspection outcomes provide data to be used in completing each designee’s performance evaluation.
(3)    Designees can expect that the managing office will assign to each DME, DPRE, and DAR-T a managing specialist that is a qualified ASI (Airworthiness) and will develop oversight plans to ensure quality, integrity, and compliance with current policy, regulations, and the PTS or ACS, as appropriate; the highest degree of professionalism; the identification of potential hazards and risks to aviation safety. If and when the FAA discovers deficiencies, the managing specialist will respond in a manner prescribed by the common designee policy in this order, and other relevant FAA guidance.
(4)    DMEs and DPREs should expect the FAA to observe them conducting their first complete test. Thereafter, the designees may be inspected or observed by FAA personnel at any time with or without prior notice.
Indicates new/changed information.
(5)    The managing specialist documents oversight activities and results in DMS. Such reporting is not only crucial for managing individual designees, but also for implementing risk-based decision making to the management of Flight Standards designees.
b.    Managing Office and Managing Specialist. See Volume 1.
c.    Oversight and DMS.
(1)    Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. DMS establishes the minimum required oversight activities for each designee based on their authorized activities and risk-based data. Additional oversight may be conducted as deemed necessary by the managing specialist or managing office. Oversight activities are the responsibility of the designee’s managing specialist and the managing specialist is expected to conduct the oversight activities. However, other ASIs can enter oversight activities on the designee, and there are provisions in DMS for the managing specialist to “take credit” for an oversight activity of the same type conducted by another ASI if it’s in the required timeframe. Additional instructions are included in the DMS Job Aids for oversight activities.
(2)    The managing specialist must conduct designee performance evaluations on an on-going basis predicated on the outcome of oversight activities. The managing specialist should record in DMS the results of individual oversight activities. However, the managing specialist must record in DMS a formal evaluation at least once every 12 calendar-months, generally completed during the designee’s anniversary month.
d.    Performance Measures. For many of the oversight activities, the managing specialist should use the following performance measures to determine designee performance:
(1)    Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.

(a)    Knowledge and Understanding. Does the designee understand the technical terminology contained in FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and other reference material used in planning, describing, or conducting the certification activity? Does the designee demonstrate an expert level of knowledge about the maintenance practice, aircraft operation and systems (if applicable)?

(b)    Interpret and Apply. Does the designee correctly interpret and apply the technical performance standards defined by the appropriate testing standard, order, or regulation?

(c)    Equipment and Materials. Does the designee possess, select, use, or inspect (when supplied by the applicant) the appropriate and serviceable equipment, devices, tools, reference material, etc., when planning or conducting certifications?

(2)    Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and directives.

(a)    Review of Applications for Completeness. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when accepting applications and determining applicant eligibility?

(b)    Submittal of Information and Data to FAA. Does the designee properly submit information, documents, and data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific instructions provided by the FAA managing office?

(c)    Conducting Evaluations, Tests, and Certifications. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when conducting airman or airworthiness certifications, grading, evaluating, and providing feedback to applicants during certification?

(d)    Issuing Certificate, Approval, Authorization, or Results to the Applicant. Does the designee follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates, approvals, test results, or other findings to the applicant upon completion of the certification activity?

(3)    Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude, and demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally and written.

(a)    Oral and Written Communication. Does the designee effectively communicate either in writing or in conversation with the FAA and general public? Does the designee provide feedback to the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?

(b)    Professional Representation of the FAA. When dealing with the public, does the designee demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy and managing office instruction?

(c)    Cooperative Attitude with the FAA. Is the designee easy to work with and present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive to the FAA and reasonably accessible to the FAA as required?

(d)    Ethics and Judgment. Does the designee maintain high ethical standards and demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?

(4)    DME, DPRE, DAR-T Performance Measures. Additional performance measures for DME, DPRE, and DAR-Ts include, but are not limited to the following:

(a)    Completes pretest and posttest briefings as appropriate;

(b)    Makes an accurate “pass/fail” determination (for DMEs and DPREs); and

(c)    Properly completes appropriate certification documents. (Documents will be evaluated for correctness, legibility, and compliance with FAA regulations/policies.)

3.    Oversight Actions.

a.    Planning an Oversight Activity.
(1)    Risk-Based Analysis. Managing specialists conducting oversight of designees should use a risk-based analysis to determine if an inspection is necessary. Circumstances that warrant an oversight activity include, but are not limited to:

(a)    Oversight from DMS generated oversight activities. The managing specialist also determines if additional oversight may be necessary.

(b)    Complaints received about a designee’s conduct during certifications.

(c)    New designees (inspections can occur at a higher level of frequency to ensure compliance).

(d)    Review of designee’s certification files or reports produced through DMS indicate one or more of the following:

1.    Overall problems with the certification files;

2.    A “no failure” or “high pass rate” that seems unusual;

3.    A high activity rate;

4.    Applicants are traveling long distances; or

5.    High rate of activities outside the designee’s geographic boundaries.

(2)    Prepare for the Inspection.

(a)    Review the following documents prior to the inspection:

1.    Designee’s file;

2.    Designee’s planning sheets;

Indicates new/changed information.

Note:  Copies of test planning sheets (for both DME/DPRE) are no longer required to be kept in the managing FAA office file and must be included in certification packages forwarded to AFB‑720. However, FAA offices may choose to retain a copy of the test planning sheet in the designee’s file.

3.    Previous inspection reports and historic PTRS and DMS entries; and

Indicates new/changed information.

4.    Any correspondence between the managing office and designee since the last inspection.

5.    Since an applicant’s hours may be incompatible with the FAA’s normal duty hours, the ASI will make every effort to be flexible when scheduling oversight of activities.

(b)    If appropriate, review the designee’s preapproval within DMS and arrange the inspection to coincide with the scheduled certification event.

b.    Oversight Activities. Designee oversight includes the comprehensive management, monitoring, and tracking of a designee and related activities. All of these actions are considered oversight activities in DMS. A complete surveillance of a DAR-T, DME, or DPRE involves a group of oversight activities performed to observe the designee’s performance. These oversight activities may be completed independently within a set timeframe, or any number of them may be completed in conjunction with one another. This approach to oversight was adopted to allow managing specialist flexibility in completing oversight activities as the opportunity arises, and to encourage focus on the specific element being evaluated. Designee oversight is most effective when it occurs throughout the year rather than an all-at-once, infrequent approach. The frequency of each of these activities will be determined by DMS.
(1)    Direct Observations. A direct observation is an oversight activity that includes a managing specialist observing the designee performing certification work that allow the managing specialist to determine the designee’s performance. Direct observations provide the managing specialist the opportunity to determine if the designee is performing the work within the guidelines, give feedback to the designee, and gain insight into the designee’s technical, professional, and procedural attributes. A minimum number of direct observations will be required by policy to be completed by a managing specialist (see DMS to determine frequency). The number of direct observations may be increased by managing specialists if deemed appropriate due to various risk indicators that may be established, such as when a designee’s performance is “Unsatisfactory” or “Needs Improvement”, or any other reason deemed appropriate.

(a)    During a direct observation for a DME or DPRE, the managing specialist should assure the applicant that the observation is focused on the designee and not the applicant. Although this may not alleviate the heightened level of anxiety, the managing specialist should make the applicant as relaxed as possible.

(b)    If the managing specialist observes a designee that is not following proper certification policy, the managing specialist has the responsibility to stop the certification and discuss the concern with the designee without the applicant being present. Under no circumstances will the managing specialist allow the certification to be issued until the discrepancy(ies) are corrected.

(c)    Managing specialists may, at their discretion, allow the DME and DPRE to continue with the oral and practical (O&P) test, after discovering that the designee omitted an item required by the PTS/ACS. The managing specialist may allow the designee to complete the O&P, but must not allow the airman certificate to be issued.

Note:  This type of discrepancy would be noted in DMS as a procedural issue and might require additional observations by the managing specialist to ensure the problem does not continue.

(d)    Observe the DME or DPRE conducting an exam and perform pretest inspection activities as described below:

1.    Review the planning sheet to determine the following:

(i)     Does the planned test include all the questions and projects required by the mechanic and/or parachute rigger oral and practical test standard?

(ii)    Does the test cover each subject area/area of operation required by the PTS/ACS for the certificate/rating sought?

2.    Ensure the DME or DPRE receives and properly reviews a completed application from the applicant and the applicant is eligible to take the oral (knowledge) and practical (skill) examinations.

3.    Ensure the DME or DPRE requests appropriate identification from the applicant to validate the applicant’s identity.

4.    Ensure the DME or DPRE does not intend to administer the O&P test to more than one applicant at a time.

5.    Ensure the applicant is informed that the inspector is principally observing the DME or DPRE’s performance and that at the conclusion of the tests, unless circumstances otherwise warrant, the DME or DPRE will issue a temporary certificate if the applicant passes the test.

6.    Ensure the DME or DPRE conducts the oral and practical portions of the exam in accordance with the procedures in FAA Order 8900.1.

Note:  The inspector should request a copy of the planning sheet for the specific test being observed in advance of the test in order to avoid interruption. The inspector should direct any questions regarding the test plan or adequacy of the test to the technical personnel examiner (TPE) in private before the beginning of the test.

(e)    Observe the DAR-T’s Delegated Work Activities. At least once during each 4-quarter period, witness the designee performing an authorized function for each of the function groups held to ensure satisfactory performance. DMS will identify the required direct observations and other required activities for each DAR-T. Direct observations by function code groups include the following:

1.    Observe a complete aircraft certification activity, export certificate of airworthiness or SFP (function codes (F/C) 101–176).

2.    Observe a complete domestic airworthiness approval or export airworthiness approval (F/Cs 177–196).

Indicates new/changed information.

3.    Observe a complete inspection (aging aircraft notification of records reviews and aircraft inspections) (F/Cs 197–198). Note: The CHDO for the carrier may perform this observation as directed by the managing specialist using the ASI role in DMS.

4.    Review and/or observe a data approval (field approvals) (F/Cs 199–220).

(2)    Post-Certification Oversight Activities.

(a)    DME or DPRE. Ensure the DME or DPRE completes and submits the certification file in accordance with FAA Order 8900.1. After observing the DME or DPRE conduct an oral (knowledge) and practical (skill) test of the applicant, note one of the four possible outcomes below. In each of these outcomes, conduct a debriefing with the DME or DPRE separate from the applicant. Discuss the performance of the applicant and the DME or DPRE, and recommend areas of improvement needed by the DME or DPRE.

1.    If the DME or DPRE and the applicant perform satisfactorily, observe the DME or DPRE properly completing FAA Form 8610-2 and issuing FAA Form 8060-4.

2.    If the DME or DPRE performs satisfactorily but the applicant is unsatisfactory, observe the DME or DPRE properly completing FAA Form 8610-2 and properly identifying the subject areas or area of operation or task failed or not tested in the block for remarks.

3.    If the DME or DPRE performs unsatisfactorily but the applicant performs satisfactorily, allow the DME or DPRE to complete FAA Form 8610-2, and issue FAA Form 8060-4. This is only possible if the inspector determines that an adequate test was given. If the DME or DPRE’s performance was inadequate, resulting in an invalid test, then the airman applicant was not properly evaluated and FAA Form 8060-4 should not be issued.

4.    If the DME or DPRE and the applicant perform unsatisfactorily, allow the DME or DPRE to properly complete FAA Form 8610-2, properly identifying the O&P projects failed or subject areas and tasks not tested.

(b)    DAR-T. The managing specialist will monitor the designee’s activity by reviewing the work records and reports for accuracy and by observing the activity to ensure that proper procedures and satisfactory inspection techniques or methods are used.

Indicates new/changed information.
(3)    Site Visit/Facility Inspection.

(a)    Visit the Designee’s Fixed Base. Validate that the designee meets the continued eligibility requirements of the designation by inspecting the following:

1.    Ensure the designee is providing adequate security for controlled documents. Whatever form of storage is utilized, the designee must prevent unauthorized access to controlled documents.

2.    Validate that the designee maintains a copy of all the forms and documents provided by the managing office required for the designation.

3.    Inspect the activity files/records and validate that the designee activity submitted to the managing office is being maintained by the designee as required.

4.    Examine the designee’s airman certificates for currency and appropriate ratings.

5.    Review the CLOA in DMS with the designee and validate that all information is still current and accurate.

6.    Ensure the designee completed a recurrent standardization training within the required interval.

Note:  The fixed base for a DME or DPRE is the address listed on their CLOA. A DAR-T may have a fixed base of operations; however, the site visit activity may be performed at any location suggested by the DAR-T that is acceptable to the FAA provided that all the DAR-T requirements in this section are met at whatever location is inspected.

(b)    In addition, for DMEs:

1.    Determine if the facility is adequately equipped to support testing to the level required by the PTS/ACS by inspecting the tools, equipment, airworthy assemblies, unairworthy assemblies, subassemblies, operational mockups, and materials required to complete a project assignment and demonstrate the basic skills for the certificate and rating sought to meet the equipment requirements of FAA Order 8900.1.

2.    Ensure that the DME or DPRE maintains current copies (paper or electronic) of the following DME-related documents:

    Aviation Mechanic General PTS.

    Aviation Mechanic Airframe PTS.

    Aviation Mechanic Powerplant PTS.

    FAA Form 8610-2, Airman Certificate and/or Rating Application.

    FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary Airman Certificate.

    FAA Form 337, Major Repair and Alteration.

    Title 14 CFR Part 43, Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance, Rebuilding, and Alteration.

    Title 14 CFR Part 65, Certification: Airmen Other Than Flight Crewmembers.

    Title 14 CFR Part 183, Representatives of the Administrator.

    Other data such as advisory circulars (AC), technical data, etc., which may be required for the development and administration of the test.

(c)    In addition, for DPREs:

1.    Determine if the facility is adequately equipped to support testing to the level required by the PTS/ACS by inspecting the tools, equipment, airworthy assemblies, unairworthy assemblies, subassemblies, operational mockups, and materials required to complete a project assignment and demonstrate the basic skills for the certificate and rating sought to meet the equipment requirements of FAA Order 8900.1.

2.    Ensure that the DME or DPRE maintains current copies (paper or electronic) of the following DPRE-related documents:

    FAA Order 8900.1, Flight Standards Information Management System (FSIMS).

    Parachute Rigger PTS.

    Applicable manufacturers’ parachute packing instructions.

    Poynter’s Parachute Manuals, Volumes I and II.

Indicates new/changed information.

    Technical Standard Order (TSO), TSO-C23 Series, Personnel Parachute Assemblies and Components.

    FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary Airman Certificate.

    Title 14 CFR Part 183, Representatives of the Administrator.

    Title 14 CFR Part 105, Parachute Operations.

Indicates new/changed information.

    Parachute Industry Association (PIA) Technical Standard (TS) Publication, TS-108, Parachute Canopy Fabric Pull Test—Non-Destructive Method.

    AC 105-2, Sport Parachuting.

Indicates new/changed information.

    SAE International Aerospace Standard (AS), SAE AS8015 Series, Minimum Performance Standards for Parachute Assemblies and Components, Personnel.

    National Aerospace Standards (NAS) Specifications, NAS-804, Parachutes.

    Other data such as ACs, technical data, etc., which may be required for the development and administration of the test.

(d)    In addition, for DAR-Ts:

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Ensure that the designee has acquired and maintains all guidance material necessary to perform the authorized function(s). For DAR-Ts performing certification activities of aircraft, determine that they have access to the FAA Electronic Document Retrieval System (EDRS) to perform necessary records research.

2.    Determine that the designee is performing within the scope of the authorized function(s).

3.    Verify that the designee’s attendance at the appropriate standardization training is in accordance with this order.

4.    Ensure that the designee coordinates with the FAA when authorized to work outside the designee’s geographic area.

5.    Ensure that the designee is obtaining preapproval of all activities before performing delegated functions. Also ensure that preapproval by the FAA addresses any special directions or instructions that may be necessary before performing the delegated function(s).

Note:  Managing specialists must take immediate action on safety-related situations.

Note:  The designee must contact that FAA managing office should they have any concerns or questions regarding any delegated activity.

Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    Review of Certification Packages. Reviewing certification packages provides the managing specialist the opportunity to determine if the designee is performing the work within the guidelines, give feedback to the designee, and gain insight into the designee’s technical, professional, and procedural attributes. These reviews will be recorded in DMS. Correction notices received from the Civil Aviation Registry Division (AFB-700) will also be recorded in DMS.

(a)    For Mechanic and Parachute Rigger Applications. The managing specialist should review every certificate or rating certification package for correctness. These certification packages must be sent to the overseeing FSDO via U.S. mail within 7 calendar-days of the test date.

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    For DAR-T. Document reviews of certification files are required by FAA Order 8130.2, Airworthiness Certification of Aircraft, each time an application for an airworthiness certificate (FAA Form 8130-6) is submitted from a DAR-T. Oversight of the DAR-T may be increased by the specialist if deemed appropriate due to various risk indicators that may be established (such as when a “needs improvement” event has been identified), or for any other reason deemed appropriate. Review of data approvals by DAR-Ts holding any function code between 199 and 208 will also be documented using the “Review of Certification Packages” process in DMS.

(5)    Interviews of Recently Tested Airmen (DME and DPRE). Each managing specialist will conduct interviews of recently tested airmen annually. These interviews are to ensure that the examiner is properly following the PTS/ACS when the FAA is not in attendance. Inform interviewees that the questions are to evaluate the testing procedure and are not a reexamination of their certificates. Conduct a sufficient number of interviews each fiscal year (at least five randomly selected airmen or 50 percent of the airmen newly certificated by the designee, whichever is fewer) to provide confidence that the designee is properly conducting the test. If the interviews indicate satisfactory performance by the designee, the schedule for direct observations developed by DMS may be followed. However, if the interviews of recently tested applicants indicate a deficiency with designee performance, the managing office must conduct additional surveillance.
Indicates new/changed information.
(6)    Provide Technical Assistance. Each managing specialist will document in DMS when they spend time providing technical assistance to one of their designees. This does not include answering a quick phone call or email, but primarily when research or training is involved in the assistance.
Indicates new/changed information.
(7)    Review DMS Activity Log. Each managing specialist will review the activity log of each of the designees they manage for the previous four quarters. The managing specialist will look for compliance with FAA policy.
(8)    Review Feedback. Each managing specialist will record in DMS any information that has been received from outside sources regarding the performance of their designee. This may be positive or negative feedback, and may come from another FAA employee, or may come from someone outside the FAA. If any follow-up action is required, and what that action should be, will be determined by the managing specialist.
(9)    Annual Meeting. Each managing specialist will record the attendance at the annual meeting of each of their designees.
(10)    Special Emphasis Items. Each managing specialist will record in DMS the completion of any special emphasis item(s). These activities are not routine surveillance or management of designees, but will be directed by the NPO. Specific instructions for recording this activity will be provided.
c.    Outcomes of Oversight Activities. For all oversight activity, the managing specialist selects from three performance measure categories: Satisfactory, Needs Improvement, or Unsatisfactory. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” the managing specialist must enter descriptive text in the appropriate performance measure category(ies).
(1)    Follow-Up Action. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” then appropriate follow-up action(s) must be determined and recorded in DMS. These actions may include any of the following:

(a)    Counseling. As conditions warrant, the FAA will provide direct guidance and counseling to designees.

(b)    Suspension. The most common reason for a suspension is when the designee has not been following certification policy as described in FAA policy.

(c)    Termination. If counseling or suspension does not correct a deficiency in designee performance, termination of the designation must be initiated. Immediate termination may also be appropriate when a designee knowingly acts contrary to and/or deliberately disregards FAA policy.

Note:  A result of unsatisfactory for an oversight activity does not require suspension or termination provided that the issue is immediately corrected. If the unsatisfactory event cannot be corrected, then suspension or termination may be warranted.

(2)    FAA Enforcement Action. In the event that actions require enforcement action, the managing specialist should refer to FAA Order 2150.3, FAA Compliance and Enforcement Program, for correct procedures. Actions taken under the Compliance and Enforcement Program may include revocation of airman or operation certificates, or civil penalties, necessitated, in most cases, by fraudulent certifications performed by the designee. In the most egregious cases, criminal charges may be levied under Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C.) § 1001, which may lead to imprisonment.
Indicates new/changed information.
d.    Annual Performance Evaluation. The performance evaluation is a consolidated review of oversight activity and other data available outside of DMS on a recurring basis. The performance evaluation results in an overall rating for the performance period and considers risk-based elements.
(1)    The objectives of the performance evaluation are for the managing specialist to:

(a)    Identify performance trends that are:

1.    Specific to the designee.

2.    Local. Compared to designees similar in authority locally.

3.    National. Compared to designees similar in authority nationwide.

(b)    Determine if corrective action is needed.

(c)    Conduct a risk assessment of the designee.

(d)    Review all data for the current performance evaluation period.

Indicates new/changed information.

(e)    Determine performance result. See Volume 1.

4.    Follow-Up Actions.

a.    Counseling. See Volume 1.
b.    Additional Training. See Volume 1.

5.    Designee Management Functions.

a.    Expand Authorities and/or Change Limitations. See Volume 1.
b.    Reduce Authority. See Volume 1.
c.    Record Note. See Volume 1.
d.    Send Message to Designee. The managing specialist is able to transmit messages and notifications through DMS, such as changes in the PTS/ACS, regulations, upcoming meetings, and other communications, as necessary.
e.    Record Feedback or Interaction with a Designee. See Volume 1.
f.    Preapproval.
(1)    Ensure designees understand that they must obtain preapproval in order to perform functions on behalf of the FAA. The managing specialist will issue any special instructions to the designee during the preapproval process. Preapproval requires the designee to request and receive approval to conduct authorized activity prior to commencing that activity on behalf of the FAA. Preapprovals may be authorized through two methods: manual and automatic.

(a)    Manual Preapproval. Manual preapproval requires the managing specialist to review the designee’s request for activity and approve it in DMS. This allows the managing specialist to stay informed of the designee’s activities and the nature of the certification activity involved. It provides a means of managing a designee’s activity and ensuring only those activities that the managing office chooses to delegate are accomplished by the designee.

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    Automatic Preapproval. Automatic preapproval allows the managing specialist to set the DMS function to automatically approve an activity request by a specific designee. This feature provides the managing specialist with a flexible option to provide preapproval and continue to manage a designee’s activity. Automatic preapproval will only be used when the designee’s performance remains acceptable and analysis indicates that the type of certification activity requested presents an acceptable risk. Automatic preapprovals will not be granted:

1.    To a DME, DPRE, or DAR-T during the first 6 months of appointment.

2.    At any time for geographic expansion activities.

3.    When the request is submitted less than 24 hours prior to the start date/time of the activity.

(2)    DMS allows the designee to change or cancel a preapproval request.
Indicates new/changed information.
(3)    For DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts, each certification activity must be approved before the designee can perform any function for the FAA. Managing offices should ensure that adequate FAA personnel and/or designees are available to address the certification requests within their geographic area of the United States. IFOs must use their experience and discretion to determine the number of designees required, but may also utilize other designees as provided in this procedure to support valid certification requests in the IFO’s district. IFOs have a unique role regarding certification activity that takes place outside of the United States. The complexities of meeting FAA obligations to national agreements with other countries require that these offices serve a key role in determining whether the FAA should support individual certification requests outside the United States. Certain FAA certification activities requested to be performed outside the United States require a regulatory determination of undue burden by the FAA. Although the FAA may delegate some certification activities outside the United States, the decision to perform or not perform the activity rests solely with the FAA.
Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    Geographic Expansion (DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts). It is the FAA’s intention that these designees perform their authorized function(s) within the managing office’s geographic boundaries. However, a managing office may authorize a designee to perform activities outside the geographic boundaries on a case-by-case basis as long as the activity meets the FAA criteria of need and ability to manage. Geographic expansion requests are processed as a function of the preapproval request. The designee must utilize the DMS preapproval process to initiate any geographic expansion requests using the following guidance:
Indicates new/changed information.

(a)    Geographic Expansion—Domestic. Designees may request a geographic expansion to perform an activity outside their assigned office but within the United States. The request must be made as part of the preapproval request in DMS at least 7 calendar-days in advance of the activity, to allow the FAA sufficient time to evaluate and coordinate the request. The FAA office having responsibility for the district where the activity will be performed must review and approve or deny the request.

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    Geographic Expansion—Outside the United States. Designees may request a geographic expansion to perform an activity outside their assigned office that is outside the United States when the FAA has determined that the activity should be supported by the FAA, and is consistent with Title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C.) § 44702 and pertinent international agreements. For this reason, the applicant for the activity must first submit the application directly to the IFO responsible for the activity, before any geographic expansion is allowed. The geographic expansion request must be made as part of the preapproval request in DMS at least 10 calendar-days in advance of the activity to allow the FAA sufficient time to coordinate any necessary oversight and provide any notification that may be required to other Civil Aviation Authorities (CAA).

(c)    Evaluating the Request for Geographic Expansions. Managing specialists and other DMS users that are required to evaluate any element of a geographic expansion request must use the factors below before entering their individual approval or denial of the request. Where multiple users are required to review and approve a geographic expansion request, the review may be performed simultaneously after approval by the designee’s managing office. DMS notifies each user that is required to review a geographic expansion request. The list is not all-inclusive, but provides minimum items that should be reviewed for a geographic expansion request:

1.    The responsible geographical office having responsibility for the district where the activity will be performed must complete a determination of need and ability to manage before authorizing a designee not assigned to that office to perform certification work within their area of responsibility.

2.    The FAA’s ability to provide oversight does not exceed available resources, and oversight is possible.

3.    For airman certifications outside the United States, the applicant is a U.S. citizen, or the activity is in support of a government-to-government initiative (e.g., support of Safe Skies for Africa).

4.    For aircraft certifications, the work should be evaluated to ensure that it is a legitimate FAA certification request. If the activity is outside the United States and there is no need to complete this type of certification, other than to circumvent local or responsible CAA, we should not support this activity (e.g., issuing a Standard Airworthiness Certificate for the sole purpose of obtaining an export certificate of airworthiness).

Indicates new/changed information.

5.    The work cannot be accomplished using ASIs or designees currently assigned to the geographically responsible Flight Standards office. For international activity, the use of assigned designees takes precedence over domestic designees requesting expansion work. The IFO makes the final determination to approve or deny the activity.

6.    The designee has adequately identified the specific reasons for this activity to be performed outside their geographic area. In cases where an aircraft owner or operators anticipates multiple activities for the same aircraft (i.e., multiple SFPs to relocate the aircraft to different facilities for maintenance, refurbishment, painting, etc.), DAR-Ts receiving the request are expected to provide this information in the request. Making multiple isolated requests is discouraged and is detrimental to supporting requests from aircraft owners and operators for airworthiness certification.

Indicates new/changed information.

Note:  Completed certification files and other documentation required for certification activity will be submitted to the designee’s managing office. The geographically responsible office having responsibility for the area where the activity will be performed may, however, request to review any certification work performed by a designee by contacting the managing office.

Note:  Before a managing specialist authorizes a DAR-T to perform any activities outside the United States, the managing office will review the appropriate Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement (BASA) Implementation Procedures for Airworthiness (IPA) or other pertinent international agreements to determine if the CAA requires written notification. If required, the managing office will follow the procedures in the BASA IPA or other pertinent international agreements.

(d)    When designees work outside their geographic area in excess of 6 calendar-months, the managing specialist should temporarily transfer supervisory and monitoring responsibilities to the appropriate geographic office where the activity is located. This transfer will require coordination and concurrence between both managing offices. The office handing off the designee to the temporary geographic office will reassign the designee in DMS to the new managing specialist at the temporary geographic location. The new managing office will be responsible for all oversight responsibilities while the designee is temporarily under their supervision.

Indicates new/changed information.
(5)    Provisions for Unique Circumstances. The following procedures provide FAA offices a method to address certification activity in unique circumstances.
Indicates new/changed information.

(a)    DAR-T Function Codes 197 and 198 Preapproval Including Geographic Expansion Requests. Function codes 197 and 198 provides authority for DAR-Ts to issue notification of completion to air carriers after conducting record reviews and aircraft inspections required by the Aging Aircraft Safety Act of 1991 in accordance with the CHDO procedures. DAR-Ts authorized this function can only conduct these activities after completing OJT on the air carriers approved maintenance policies and procedures from the CHDO. This task requires coordination between ASIs, DARs, certificate management offices (CMO), and air operators. Because of the unique requirements of this function, DAR-Ts are allowed to perform this activity outside their geographic area in accordance with the procedures below. DAR-Ts requesting authorization to perform an aging aircraft inspection and records review must utilize the DMS preapproval process for any requests to perform this activity inside or outside their geographic area. DMS notifies each user that is required to review a preapproval request for this activity. DAR-Ts are not allowed to issue notification of completion to air carriers after conducting record reviews and aircraft inspections, for ineligible aircraft. Refer to FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 6, Chapter 11, Section 14 for eligible aircraft, and specific requirements to perform this function.

Note:  The procedures above for authorizing function codes 197 and 198 activity are unique and only apply to these functions. If other FAA delegated activities are to be performed on the aircraft by the designee, the procedures in Chapter 6, paragraph 5f(4) above must be followed.

Indicates new/changed information.

(b)    Memorandums of Understanding (MOU). Long-term MOUs can be used in order to accommodate unique situations, such as a need for a shared designee resource between two Flight Standards offices. MOUs must be coordinated and approved by the specific offices and the Delegations Programs Branch (AFS-650). Copies of MOUs must be uploaded in DMS. MOUs must be maintained in DMS for the designee affected by the MOU.

g.    Post-Activity Reports.
(1)    DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts are required to complete post-activity reports in DMS after performing certification functions.
(2)    Post-activity reports provide the managing specialist with a record of the activity for that designee. These reports can aid in planning an appropriate level of oversight of the designee.
(3)    If designees have post-activity reports that have passed the requisite 7-day submission deadline, DMS will not grant another preapproval number until all outstanding post-activity reports have been submitted.
(4)    Access to post-activity reports will remain available to a DME, DPRE, or DAR-T for up to 5 business-days after a termination, suspension, voluntary surrender, or expired status to allow the designee to record any results.
h.    Authorization to Test from Another FSDO.
(1)    Permission to test applicants that have received their authorization to test from another FSDO.

Note:  The DME or DPRE must receive preapproval in DMS prior to performing any test. For all applicants traveling outside the geographical boundary, who have been previously authorized by another FAA office, the DME or DPRE must note in the preapproval request the location the original authorization occurred.

(2)    Since the applicant was previously authorized, there is no requirement for the FAA to reevaluate the applicant’s experience or to re-determine eligibility.

Chapter 7.  Training

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of DME, DPRE, and DAR-T designees, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the policy for the training of a designee.

Indicates new/changed information.

2.    General. This section prescribes the initial and recurrent training requirements for DAR-Ts, DMEs, DPREs, and FAA personnel, including managing specialists, with designee management and oversight responsibilities. Applicants and designees register for training through the Designee Registration System (DRS). Information regarding designee standardization training is available at the DRS website: https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx. Successful completion of the training is documented in DMS.

3.    Designee Training Requirements.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    DME/DPRE/DAR-T Training.
(1)    Initial Training.

(a)    Before appointment, DME, DPRE, and DAR-T applicants must satisfactorily complete the initial training program for the designee type and authority for which they are being considered for appointment. The initial training will be conducted by online web-based training, face-to-face classroom training, or both depending on the authorized functions the prospective designees are seeking. Prospective designees can register for training through the DRS. Training requirements for each designee type are listed at: https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx.

(b)    Information and registration for designee standardization training is available at the DRS website: https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx. Each applicant must successfully complete the initial standardization training requirement within the 1-year period before initial designation. In order to not exceed this 1-year limit, DME/DPRE/DAR-T applicants should not plan to attend initial training until they have been notified by the appointing FAA office that they have been selected for appointment.

(2)    Recurrent Training.

(a)    Once a designee is appointed, attendance and successful completion of a recurrent training is due on an established seminar interval from the completion date of the initial training or most recent completion of recurrent training. Recurrent training requirements and the maximum completion interval in calendar months are available at: https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx. Completion of recurrent training is mandatory and must not exceed the maximum interval listed for each designee type and authorization held. For DAR-T, it should be noted that different authorizations may require different recurrent training and those recurrent training intervals may not be on the same schedule.

(b)    Designees must schedule themselves for a recurrent training as required and notify the managing FAA office. The designee must forward a copy of the Certificate of Completion to the managing FAA office.

(3)    Specialized Training. DAR-Ts who perform one or more of these specialized functions must complete the associated specialized training course prior to initial appointment, added authority, and at the recurrent interval specified regardless of any other initial or recurrent training requirement. A complete list of DAR-T specialized functions and the associated training requirements is available at: https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx.
Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    Comprehensive Post Course Test.

(a)    Following training, the applicant/designee will take a comprehensive post course test that will test the applicant/designee on any or all subjects in which the class received instruction. Some of the test questions will require knowledge beyond that encompassed by the authorizations indicated on an individual applicant/designee’s current or proposed CLOA. The designee candidate will receive a completion certificate only after achieving at least a 70 percent on the post course test.

(b)    Should an applicant/designee fail to pass the post course test after completing the training curriculum, AFS-640 will notify the manager of the applicant/designee’s assigned FAA office. After a review of the circumstances related to the failure, the FAA office may:

1.    For initial training, elect not to appoint the applicant, or to allow the applicant to retake the training course. If appropriate, the FAA office will allow the applicant only one additional attempt at successfully completing the training.

2.    For recurrent training, elect to terminate the designee for failure to complete training requirements, or if justification is provided, allow the designee to repeat the training. If appropriate, the FAA office will allow the designee only one additional attempt at successfully completing the training. The designee may not exercise the privileges of his/her designation until training has been successfully completed.

3.    Successful completion of all required training is a prerequisite for holding a designation. Under most circumstances, if an applicant/designee is more than 1 hour late, the course manager will not permit that applicant/designee to complete the training. If they arrive in the first hour of training, the course manager will require the applicant/designee to make up the missed instruction with instructor personnel outside of normal class hours. Once the applicant/designee has accomplished this, he or she will take the final examination with the class. Designees or applicants will be marked as absent after 15 minutes has elapsed from the announced start time at the beginning of each day, or after the announced start time following a scheduled break. An applicant/designee marked as absent twice in the same class will not receive credit for the training, and will not be allowed to complete the final examination with the class.

4.    Applicants and designees register for training through the DRS. Information regarding designee standardization training is available at the DRS website: https://av-info.faa.gov/dsgreg/sections.aspx.

5.    Successful completion of the training is documented in DMS.

b.    Training Limitations.
(1)    DMS will suspend designees who fail to meet recurrent training requirements.
(2)    Designees may complete the initial training in lieu of the recurrent training to meet the recurrent training requirements.
(3)    A designee will not exercise designation privileges unless training is current.

4.    FAA Personnel Training.

a.    Initial and Recurrent Training Requirements. Initial training requirements for ASIs with managing specialist’s responsibilities for DME, DPRE, and DAR-T include:
(1)    Completion of the GA Airworthiness ASI indoctrination courses, or equivalent.
(2)    Training courses summarized in the training matrix that apply to the type of designee that they are assigned (https://avssp.faa.gov/avs/afs500/TNA/SitePages/Home.aspx).
Indicates new/changed information.

Chapter 8.  Termination of a Designation

See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

Chapter 9.  Suspension of a Designation

See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

Chapter 10.  Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to appealing a ban or termination for cause of DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts, referred to collectively in this chapter as designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for appealing a ban or termination for cause by DMEs, DPREs, and DAR-Ts.

2.    General.

a.    Appeal Considerations.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    The FAA office manager will convene an appeal panel comprised of three members.

(a)    A Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600) representative;

(b)    An Aircraft Maintenance Division (AFS-300) representative; and

(c)    A Flight Standards office manager or FLM not associated with the office that terminated the designee.

(2)    The panel will review the termination decision and make a final decision within 45 calendar-days of the appeal.
Indicates new/changed information.
(3)    The appeal panel’s decision is final.
Indicates new/changed information.
(4)    All documentation associated with the appeal (e.g., outcome, members of the appeal panel, and communication with the designee or the managing office) should be included in the designee’s DMS file.

3.    Ban or Terminate Appeal Process. See Volume 1.

4.    Appointing and Selecting Official Responsibilities During Appeal. See Volume 1.

5.    Appeal Panel Responsibilities. See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

Chapter 11.  Other Designee Management Functions

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other designee management functions. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the other designee management functions.

2.    Assign DMS Roles—Master Role Assigner. For Flight Standards Service GA designees, the master role assigner is typically the office manager or FLM.

3.    Send Message to Managing Specialist. See Volume 1.

4.    Update Profile. Updates to certain information in the designee record, such as change in physical address or qualifications, may affect the designation. A change of physical address may cause the FAA to review need and ability to manage considerations. If the requested address change is in a different managing office area, that office will make the determination if there is a need for the designation in that area. The designee should not expect to automatically be re-designated in the new area.

VOLUME 6.  APD AND DFEE DESIGNEE POLICY

Chapter 1.  General Information

Section 1.  Introduction

1.    Purpose. This volume supplements the common designee policy by providing specific guidance for the administration of the Aircrew Program Designee (APD) and Designated Flight Engineer Examiner (DFEE) designee management program not otherwise provided in detail in Volume 1, Common Designee Policy.

Indicates new/changed information.

2.    Audience. The primary audience for this volume is APDs, DFEEs, and FAA personnel with oversight responsibilities of designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and administrative employees, as appropriate.

Indicates new/changed information.

3.    Implementation. Compliance with this order will be achieved in accordance with the implementation plans established by each service/office for their respective designee types. Implementation will involve transition from existing management and information systems and designee management polices to the Designee Management System (DMS) IT tool and policy. Affected employees and designees will be notified through a directive/memo when each implementation will begin and end, as well as when full compliance with this policy is required. FAA employee and designee login credentials and instructions will be provided at the beginning of each implementation. Timing for release and completion of each implementation plan will depend upon:

a.    Availability of the DMS IT tool for the respective designee type.
b.    Completion of transition training in the electronic Learning Management System (eLMS) by the managing specialist and their respective management officials.

Section 2.  Overview of Designee Functions

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    APD and DFEE. APDs and DFEEs are individuals authorized by the Administrator to perform evaluations and certification functions within an approved air carrier training program.

a.    Employment and Qualifications. APD and DFEE candidates must be employed by an air carrier and qualified as check airmen for that carrier before being designated as APDs or DFEEs.
b.    Evaluations. APDs and DFEEs can only conduct evaluations for applicants employed by the air carrier as part of an approved air carrier training program.
c.    Authorizations. Specific APD and DFEE authorizations are listed in the designee’s Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA) issued through the DMS.

2.    Aircrew Designated Examiner (ADE) Programs. An ADE program is established for the purpose of delegating certification authority and activity to select employees of 14 CFR parts 121 and 135 air carriers.

a.    Preferred Program. APDs and DFEEs are trained and designated in an ADE program associated with air carriers who conduct their own program of airman qualification. It is the preferred program for conducting the certification of flightcrew members for complex 14 CFR parts 121 and 135 air carriers.
b.    Program Design. The ADE program was originally designed for air carriers with sophisticated training capabilities (including flight simulators), with highly trained personnel, and with a large volume of certification activity. The program has since been used by a broader range of air carriers.
c.    Establish Program. Managing offices should consider establishing an ADE program before the air carrier’s airman certification workload for any aircraft type that exceeds the FAA’s ability to meet requirements using available inspector resources.
d.    Program Composition. The ADE program is comprised of:
(1)    One or more of an air carrier’s check airmen further authorized by the FAA as an APD (which includes DFEEs where appropriate) to conduct airman certifications on behalf of the Administrator; and
(2)    An FAA inspector known as an Aircrew Program Manager (APM) who oversees the APDs’ activities.

Note:  ADE program guidance can be found in FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 13.

Section 3.  Roles and Responsibilities

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    FAA Personnel Roles and Responsibilities.

a.    Office Manager.
(1)    The office managers are responsible for the personnel, training, and budget resources necessary to accomplish the management and oversight of designees.
(2)    The office managers should anticipate changes in personnel requirements as a result of the “need and ability” standard.
(3)    The office managers are responsible for continually evaluating the effectiveness of the designee program and managing specialists.
(4)    The office managers serve as master role assigners to ensure inspectors and supervisory staff are assigned appropriate roles within DMS to carry out assigned duties.
b.    Appointing Official. Appointing officials are typically office managers, but may be Front Line Managers (FLM).
c.    Selecting Official. Selecting officials are typically FLMs, but may be office managers.
d.    Managing Specialist. Managing specialists are experienced FAA aviation safety inspectors (ASI) whose specialty is 14 CFR part 121 or 135 operations. Managing specialists provide oversight, guidance, and support to assigned APDs and/or DFEEs.
(1)    The managing specialist is typically one of the following:

(a)    Principal Operations Inspector (POI);

(b)    Aircrew Program Manager (APM);

(c)    Assistant Aircrew Program Manager (AAPM);

(d)    Partial Program Manager (PPM); or

(e)    Other assigned inspector.

(2)    The managing specialists must ensure APDs and DFEEs are prepared to perform their duties, including the completion of required training and the maintenance of the minimum qualifications for designation as prescribed in Chapter 2, Application Process.
(3)    The managing specialists are responsible for ensuring that APDs and DFEEs maintain airman certification standards as prescribed by regulation, approved training programs, and applicable policies. Managing specialists must conduct an active program of meetings and oversight to achieve this objective.
(4)    Designee management must consider potential risks and hazards to safety. Managing specialists should remain constantly vigilant for such risks and hazards. These ASIs should review DMS data and other resources, such as the Safety Performance Analysis System (SPAS), to ensure oversight on problem areas.
(5)    The managing specialists must work closely with assigned air carriers to assess risk and ensure designee programs meet the highest level of safety, standardization, and quality assurance.
e.    Aviation Safety Inspector (ASI). In addition to the roles listed above, any ASI may access DMS to record specific oversight and other activities using the ASI role in DMS.

Chapter 2.  Application Process

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to an individual applying to be an APD or DFEE. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the application process for an APD and DFEE applicant.

2.    General.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    Application Considerations. The application process to designate an APD or DFEE is initiated by the employing 14 CFR part 121 or 135 air carrier.
(1)    The 14 CFR part 121 or 135 certificate holder must submit a letter to the managing specialist requesting the designee applicant. The air carrier will ensure the request letter is provided to the APD/DFEE applicant for upload into DMS. The letter of request must contain the following:

(a)    Justification of need based on FAA criteria;

(b)    Identification of specific authority requested;

(c)    Projected timeline of internal evaluator curriculum completion;

(d)    Explanation of how this applicant is the most qualified of eligible applicants; and

(e)    Statement that air carrier management has determined the applicant meets all eligibility and minimum qualification requirements for appointment.

(2)    The APD/DFEE applicant must:

(a)    Complete an application in DMS; and

(b)    Upload the air carrier request letter and a current résumé.

(3)    The air carrier will coordinate APD/DFEE applications with the managing specialist. APD/DFEE applicants will not be considered for designation without a completed DMS application, receipt of the request letter, and an uploaded résumé.
(4)    An APD/DFEE candidate is nominated by an air carrier from the ranks of its proficiency check airmen and is given training in FAA policies and certification procedures before being authorized by the FAA as an APD/DFEE.
b.    Who Should Apply. Employees of an air carrier that have been recommended for nomination as an APD or DFEE.
Indicates new/changed information.
c.    Multiple Designations. The FAA may designate an airman to perform multiple certification services as a designee. In addition, a designee may be designated to hold more than one type of designation. For APD and DFEE applicants, consideration should be given to the effect of multiple designations on the ability of the designee to perform functions appropriately.

3.    Minimum Qualifications for APDs and DFEEs. To be eligible for consideration as an APD or DFEE, candidates must first:

a.    Meet the requirements of Volume 1, this chapter, and DMS.
b.    Be employed by the air carrier either full time, part time, or under contract to the air carrier.
c.    Hold the appropriate airman certificate and rating(s) for the authority requested. (A medical certificate is not required for simulator evaluators.)
d.    Be an FAA-approved, simulator-qualified pilot (or Flight Engineer (FE), as applicable) proficiency check airman for the air carrier in the aircraft in which the APD or DFEE candidate is to perform examiner duties. They must also be an FAA-approved line check airman—all seats and proficiency check airman—airplane for the air carrier in the appropriate aircraft if the APD candidate is to perform examiner duties in an aircraft.
e.    Have served as a check airman for a minimum of one year (preferably 6 calendar-months as a proficiency check airman) before designation as an APD or DFEE. (Check airman experience in other types of aircraft and in service with other air carriers may be credited. Crediting of past experience, including length of time and type of check airman, is at the discretion of the managing specialist.)
f.    Have an excellent record as an airman regarding violations, accidents, and incidents. The managing specialist must verify the airman information through the FAA’s recordkeeping system(s) before scheduling any training or qualification observations.
g.    Successfully completed the air carrier’s approved training program in which the candidate will be authorized to conduct evaluations for the issuance of certificates.

4.    Additional Authorities. Additional authorities, such as a second aircraft or Category (CAT) II/III pilot authorization, are not authorized during initial appointment and have additional requirements for issuance. Additional information can be found in Chapter 5, Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee, and Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee.

5.    Disqualifiers. See Volume 1.

6.    Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

7.    Post-Application. See Volume 1.

Chapter 3.  Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of APD and DFEE applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy of the selection and evaluation of an APD and DFEE.

2.    General.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    Selection Process. The selection process for an APD or DFEE applicant is initiated after the air carrier submits a letter of request to the assigned Flight Standards office and the designee applicant completes the DMS application. The selecting official then initiates the selection process through DMS. Below is a high-level representation of the selection process.

Figure 6-1.  High-Level Selection Process Flow

Indicates new/changed information.

Figure 6-1. High Level Selection Process Flow

b.    Selection Considerations.
(1)    The air carrier should put forth recommendations of the most qualified applicants based on experience, knowledge, and ability.
(2)    The selecting official should review all information provided by the air carrier, managing specialist, and ASIs associated with the air carrier when selecting the applicant for evaluation.
(3)    Preferred sources for APD/DFEE candidates are airmen who are actively engaged in the activity for which examinations will be conducted.

3.    Need and Ability to Manage. The selecting official must determine that a need exists and the office has the ability to manage the designee. The selecting official should work closely with assigned inspectors and the managing specialist that will likely be responsible for determining need and ability. In order to determine need and ability, the Flight Standards office should consider the following:

a.    Need Considerations.
(1)    The ability of the air carrier to provide the required testing and checking within a reasonable time.
(2)    Activity at the air carrier has increased or is forecasted to increase, and cannot be supported with existing designees.
(3)    The ability of the FAA to support the certification work and need with existing designees.
(4)    The FAA has lost an employee or designee resource.
(5)    The number and types of flight simulation training devices (FSTD).
(6)    The historical and projected number of evaluations predicted by the air carrier over a specified period of time.
b.    Ability to Manage Considerations.
(1)    FAA inspector staffing must be sufficient and possess the technical skills and knowledge required to manage and oversee the designee.
(2)    The existing and projected office workload must allow the office to effectively manage the designee.
(3)    Funding must be adequate to allow inspector travel necessary to perform designee management and oversight. If existing budget constraints do not allow for proper oversight, then the designee appointment must not be made.
(4)    The geographic location of the designee must not prohibit the ability of the FAA to provide normal designee management and oversight.
c.    Other Considerations.
(1)    The need for a new designee is driven by the need and ability to manage and not by the impact on existing designees or scheduling convenience. Prior to designation, the air carrier must clearly show a need for the requested APD/DFEE.
(2)    A utilization review of all APDs/DFEEs at the air carrier with similar authority should be accomplished when need is determined. If there is a large variation of activity between APDs or DFEEs with similar authority, the ability of the air carrier to efficiently schedule should be assessed. A large variation of activity would normally prevent the designation of additional APDs or DFEEs.
(3)    A Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) is required to establish and maintain an ADE program and to provide training for FAA operations ASIs assigned to provide oversight duties at the air carrier. Any ADE program proposing an MOU that does not conform strictly to the guidance in FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 13, Chapter 2, Section 2, to include the sample MOU, will be reviewed, approved, and signed by the appropriate policy office in addition to the POI and certificate manager.
Indicates new/changed information.

4.    Requesting Qualified Applicants.

a.    List of Qualified Applicants. Once the FAA establishes the need and ability to manage a designee, the selecting official can request a list of applicants from DMS. DMS will search active applicants to identify candidates that most closely match the specified criteria.
b.    Deviation from Minimum Qualifications. If no qualified APDs or DFEEs are available within DMS and the FAA demonstrates a significant need for the appointment, the managing specialist may request that the selecting official petition the National Policy Office (NPO) for a deviation from minimum qualifications as follows:
(1)    Documentation. The selecting official will document and communicate the circumstances and justification for the deviation in a memo to the NPO outside of DMS.
(2)    Coordination. The selecting official must route the request through the appropriate division management leadership for concurrence external to DMS. If in agreement with the recommendation, the NPO will document the circumstances and justification in DMS and complete the required DMS process.

Note:  The purpose of a deviation is to fill a specific need that the managing office has for which there are no qualified applicants in DMS. The expectation is the office will appoint the applicant within 30 days of the deviation being granted. If the applicant has not been appointed after 30 days, the process ends.

5.    Evaluation.

a.    Evaluation of a Designee Applicant. The FAA is required to determine if an applicant is the best qualified for appointment as an APD/DFEE. An FAA goal is to establish a uniform designee candidate assessment process (as much as practicable) for all designee types. When an air carrier presents one or more APD/DFEE applicants for selection, the Flight Standards office will establish an evaluation panel to further review and determine each applicant is appropriately qualified.
b.    Evaluation Panel. The evaluation panel must include at least two individuals:
(1)    The managing specialist who is expected to be assigned to the designee. The presumed managing specialist will assume the lead role during the evaluation process and coordinate the evaluation panel results in DMS.
(2)    The office manager, FLM, or any other operations inspector.
c.    Evaluation Panel Checklist. For each prospective APD/DFEE candidate, the evaluation panel must complete the following checklist:
(1)    Review the air carrier request letter and determine if it contains the required elements.
(2)    Review the APD/DFEE application in DMS.
(3)    Verify the minimum qualifications have been met.
(4)    Verify the applicant possesses the appropriate airman certificate, category and class rating, and type rating for the authorities being sought.
(5)    Determine if the APD or DFEE duties will be conducted in the aircraft and if a medical certificate is required.
(6)    Conduct an interview of the APD/DFEE applicant to verify qualifications, application information, and ensure qualities exist to be successful as a designee.
(7)    Contact references as necessary.
(8)    Review relevant information from each of the following FAA databases to determine the candidate’s aviation background and any issues which may have an adverse effect on the candidate’s application:

(a)    SPAS;

(b)    Accident/Incident Data System (AIDS);

(c)    Enforcement Information System (EIS);

(d)    Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (PTRS); and

(e)    Safety Assurance System (SAS).

d.    Evaluation Panel Tasks. In addition to the checklist above, the evaluation panel must ensure the APD/DFEE applicant has completed the following activities prior to designation:
(1)    Verify the following training has been completed successfully and there is a record of each in DMS:

(a)    The air carrier’s approved APD/DFEE training; and

(b)    The FAA APD/DFEE training (see Chapter 7, Training).

(2)    Ensure the APD or DFEE candidate has been observed conducting a complete certification test consisting of oral, simulator, and aircraft portions, or a qualification Line Operational Evaluation (LOE) under an Advanced Qualification Program (AQP), as applicable (see Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee).
Indicates new/changed information.
e.    Evaluation Panel Outcomes. At the conclusion of the evaluation events, the evaluation panel will make a recommendation in DMS to the selecting official whether to appoint the applicant or not, and indicate what authorities or limitations should be included in the CLOA. There are two appointment recommendation types:
(1)    Approve. The evaluation panel recommends appointment and now must:

(a)    Identify recommended authorizations and limitations.

(b)    Prepare the recommendation for review by the selecting official and appointing official.

(2)    Disapprove. If the evaluation panel recommends disapproval, justification must be provided in DMS.
f.    Selecting Official Actions. The selecting official may accept or reject the evaluation panel recommendation.

6.    Banning. See Volume 1.

Chapter 4.  Designee Appointment

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of APD or DFEE designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the appointment of an APD or DFEE.

2.    General.

a.    Appointment Process. Below is a high-level representation of the designee appointment process.

Figure 6-2.  High-Level Appointment Process Flow

Indicates new/changed information.

Figure 6-2. High Level Appointment Process Flow

b.    Appointment Checklist. The evaluation panel recommends appropriate privileges and limitations in the CLOA based on the applicant’s:
(1)    Background experience;
(2)    Personal and professional qualifications; and
(3)    Needs of the appointing office.
c.    Appointing Official Actions. The appointing official may accept or reject the evaluation panel and selecting official recommendations.

3.    Designee Number. See Volume 1.

4.    CLOA. See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

5.    CLOA Expiration Date. Upon designee appointment, DMS will generate a CLOA with an expiration date on the last day of the 12th month following the CLOA’s approval date. DMS will continue to extend the expiration date for 12 calendar-months annually subject to the following conditions:

a.    Designee Updates User Profile. The designee must update his or her user profile in DMS at least once every 12 calendar-months.
b.    Designee Maintains Qualifications. The designee must continue to meet all requirements to maintain the authorizations listed on the CLOA.
c.    Length of Appointment. The designee may serve at the discretion of the Administrator until his or her designation is terminated in DMS.

6.    Reinstatement. A former APD or DFEE who was terminated “not for cause” may apply for reinstatement up to 12 calendar-months after termination only for the air carrier where last assigned. The air carrier must submit a reinstatement request letter, and the former APD/DFEE must:

a.    Have a prior record in DMS; and
b.    Continue to meet all requirements for issuance of the designation.

7.    Reinstatement Process. Once the Flight Standards office determines the former designee is still competent to perform authorized activities, the CLOA is reissued with the original designation number used for reinstatement.

Chapter 5.  Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the policy associated with the responsibilities and obligations of an APD and DFEE. This designation type-specific policy and the common policy in Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy of responsibilities and obligations of a designee.

Indicates new/changed information.

2.    APD and DFEE Responsibilities. In addition to the responsibilities listed in Volume 1 of this order, APDs and DFEEs must:

a.    Complete Administrative Functions. APDs and DFEEs must complete the airman certification forms or entries in accordance with FAA policy and regulatory requirements. The paperwork must be accurate, complete, and timely. All certification packages must be completed via the Integrated Airman Certification and Rating Application (IACRA) or sent to the managing specialist within 7 calendar-days of completion.
b.    Establish Recency of Experience.
(1)    An APD may accomplish recency-of-experience requirements in an approved Level C or D simulator.
(2)    A DFEE may accomplish recency-of-experience requirements in an approved Level 6 or 7 flight training device (FTD), as well as all levels of an approved flight simulator.
c.    Assure Confidentiality. Designees must ensure that information regarding tests or checks remains private and confidential.
d.    Maintain Security of Controlled Material. Each APD and DFEE is responsible for maintaining the security of controlled material pertaining to the issuance of the airman certificate. The APD/DFEE must use appropriate security procedures as identified by the air carrier and managing specialist. At a minimum, APDs/DFEEs shall ensure adequate security of:
(1)    Knowledge element questions developed for the tests;
(2)    Skill element plans of action developed for the tests;
(3)    Airman certificate and/or rating applications and Temporary Airman Certificates; and
(4)    Applicant Personally Identifiable Information (PII).
Indicates new/changed information.

3.    APD and DFEE Limitations. APDs and DFEEs must adhere to the following limitations:

a.    Multiple Aircraft. Before an APD or DFEE can be approved for a second aircraft, the managing specialist must carefully evaluate the differences between the aircraft currently authorized and that of the second type requested. In many cases, an aircraft type rating will encompass a number of different models and series of aircraft within that type rating. Different models and/or series within a specific type may have vastly different operating characteristics and systems. Levels of differences (designated A–E) are described in FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 3, Chapter 19. Because the APD/DFEE’s knowledge and skills directly affect the quality of an evaluation, the managing specialist must consider the following guidelines and limitations when determining the reasonable number of aircraft in which an APD/DFEE may be authorized to conduct evaluations:
(1)    An APD/DFEE may not be authorized in more than two aircraft types, or two different makes/models/series (M/M/S) within the same type if they are significantly different.
(2)    An APD/DFEE may conduct evaluations in up to five different series of one aircraft model, provided the differences between series are not significant (no more than Level A or B differences). Authorization to conduct evaluations in an aircraft model or series that encompass Level A or B differences are relatively easy to accomplish (e.g., DHC-8-100 versus DHC-8-200) and may not affect the APD’s/DFEE’s ability to effectively transition between the aircraft.
(3)    Authorization to evaluate in a model and series that requires Level C, D, E, or Flight Standardization Board (FSB) differences training will affect the complexity of the evaluation and must be considered before additional authority is granted (e.g., LR-25 versus LR-55).
(4)    Authorization to evaluate in aircraft that have a common type rating but require separate curriculum and/or flight training equipment should be considered essentially the same complexity as an additional type rating (e.g., DC-9-30 versus MD-88 or B717).
(5)    Evaluations resulting from a specialty curriculum, such as CAT II or III authorization, also affect overall complexity.
(6)    Consideration must also be given to the number of annual proficiency checks and training events required to maintain the APD/DFEE’s currency.
b.    Proof of Eligibility. A designee may not conduct tests unless an applicant presents proof of eligibility as prescribed in regulation.
c.    Completion of Airman Knowledge Test. A designee may not conduct an oral or practical test unless the applicant has passed the required airman knowledge test.
d.    Graduates of the Employing Air Carrier. APDs and DFEEs may only conduct evaluations for graduates of the employing air carrier.
e.    Examiners-at-Large. APDs and DFEEs may not act as examiners-at-large by conducting practical tests or proficiency checks for the general pilot and FE population.
f.    Functioning as a Crewmember. An APD or DFEE may not function as a required crewmember while conducting simulator evaluations.
g.    Teaching During Testing or Checking. An APD or DFEE may not combine teaching with testing or checking during the evaluation of an applicant.
Indicates new/changed information.
h.    Applicant Third Evaluation. An APD or DFEE may not conduct an evaluation of an applicant for any certificate action if during the previous two attempts the applicant was issued a notice of disapproval. The applicant’s third evaluation will be conducted by a qualified FAA ASI.
i.    Expired Authority. An APD or DFEE must not conduct any evaluation after the APD/DFEE expiration date listed in DMS.
j.    Use of the English Language. All tests and checks must be conducted using the English language.
k.    Exemptions from Testing or Checking Requirements. An APD or DFEE may not exempt any applicant from the testing or checking requirements listed in the applicable Practical Test Standards (PTS)/Airman Certification Standards (ACS), the approved curriculum, or applicable qualification module.
l.     Suspension of a Test or Check. An APD or DFEE may not temporarily suspend a test or check to allow the applicant further study, and then continue the same test later.
m.   Amendment or Alteration of a Certificate. An APD or DFEE may amend or alter a certificate only:
(1)    When adding a rating to the certificate of an applicant that the APD or DFEE has tested and found to be competent.
(2)    When removing a limitation from a certificate, if authorized.
(3)    APDs may add a second-in-command (SIC) type rating to an airman’s certificate, if the applicant has successfully completed an approved air carrier curriculum that meets the requirements of 14 CFR part 61, § 61.55.
(4)    A DFEE may remove the restriction imposed by Exemption 4901 for an FE applicant provided the DFEE has been appropriately trained and authorized to perform the removal.
n.    Expired Temporary Airman Certificate. An APD or DFEE may not reissue or amend any expired Temporary Airman Certificate.
o.    Waivers, Special Medical Evaluations, Competency Tests. An APD or DFEE may not conduct special medical evaluations, tests for waivers, or any test for competency under Title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C.) § 44709. Such applicants will be referred to the appropriate Flight Standards office.
p.    Evaluations Outside of the United States. An APD or DFEE may not conduct evaluations outside the United States without the permission of the assigned managing specialist.

Chapter 6.  Oversight and Management of a Designee

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the oversight and management of APDs and DFEEs. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the oversight and management of an APD and DFEE.

2.    General.

a.    Considerations. Effective oversight of APDs and DFEEs is founded on a strategy of risk management in which safety management principles by an air carrier, and oversight by the FAA, includes a continual process of weighing the harm potential of any hazard against the likelihood of its occurrence, and taking appropriate preventive action.
b.    APD and DFEE Oversight. APD and DFEE oversight includes the comprehensive evaluation, management, and monitoring of an APD’s or DFEE’s activities. Complete surveillance involves a group of activities designed to evaluate an APD’s or DFEE’s overall performance.
(1)    Oversight in DMS is not tied to the CLOA expiration date. Oversight need only be completed at some point within a given time period as defined by regulation and DMS.
(2)    Oversight activities may be completed independently over a set period of time, or any number of activities may be completed together.
(3)    This approach to oversight was adopted to allow the managing specialist flexibility in completing oversight activities as the opportunity arises, and to encourage focus on the specific element being evaluated. Designee oversight is most effective when it occurs throughout the year rather than with an all-at-once, infrequent approach.

3.    Oversight Roles.

a.    Managing Office and Managing Specialist.
(1)    The FAA must allocate sufficient resources, including manpower and funds, to ensure effective management and efficient oversight of any designee. Office managers continually evaluate the effectiveness of the respective designee processes, and are responsible for prompt response and feedback to designees.
(2)    The managing specialists are responsible for ensuring designees maintain airman certification and checking standards as prescribed by regulation, FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and approved training programs. Managing specialists must conduct an active program of meetings and oversight to achieve this objective.
Indicates new/changed information.

4.    Oversight and DMS.

a.    Designee Oversight. Designee oversight includes the managing, monitoring, and tracking of a designee’s activities and performance. Oversight activities include those generated in DMS and any additional oversight deemed appropriate by the managing specialist.
b.    Oversight Record. Maintaining an accurate oversight record in DMS is crucial not only to managing individual designees, but it allows for the identification of strengths and weaknesses in the entire system as well. The managing specialist must conduct designee performance evaluations on an on-going basis predicated on the outcome of oversight activities. A formal performance evaluation must also be recorded in DMS at least once every 12 calendar-months.

5.    Oversight Actions.

a.    Planning an Oversight Activity. In addition to guidance provided in Volume 1, the managing specialists should use a risk-based analysis to determine when an oversight activity is necessary. Circumstances that warrant an oversight activity include, but are not limited to:
(1)    Oversight of designees in accordance with DMS-generated oversight activities and additional oversight as deemed necessary;
(2)    Complaints received about a designee’s conduct during certifications;
(3)    Designees determined to be in the “high risk” category;
(4)    Persons newly designated (inspections can occur at a higher level of frequency to ensure compliance); and
(5)    The managing specialist identifies a deficiency during an oversight activity or performance evaluation and determines the need for additional oversight.
b.    Preparing for the Inspection. Review the following documents prior to the inspection:
(1)    The designee’s file;
(2)    Previous inspection reports, historic data, and DMS entries;
(3)    Any correspondence between the Flight Standards office and the designee since the last inspection;
(4)    The APD/DFEE’s plan of action and the air carrier’s approved training program; and
(5)    The oversight activity preapproval in DMS.
c.    Conducting Inspections. Although unannounced inspections are required and appropriate under some conditions, managing specialists should consider conducting inspections at a time coordinated with the APD/DFEE. Oversight plans for designees that operate around or nearly around the clock should include inspections throughout the designee’s operating hours.
d.    Job Aids. Managing specialists should use job aids when available to assist with and standardize inspection functions. When a job aid is not available, inspectors should use the detailed guidance found in this order.
Indicates new/changed information.

6.    Oversight Activities.

a.    Direct Observation. The APD/DFEE is observed conducting a complete test or check to ensure the designee performs in accordance with regulatory requirements, FAA policy, applicable standards, and approved training programs. If a designee is both an APD and DFEE, then the designee must be observed conducting both a pilot and FE check or test.
(1)    Purpose of Observation. The purpose of the observation is to evaluate the APD/DFEE’s ability to exercise authority in accordance with the checking and/or testing requirements, and complete appropriate documentation. In DMS, each direct observation is split into two parts, the ground (oral) portion and the flight portion.
(2)    Evaluation. Managing specialists must ensure that each APD or DFEE observation is completed by an FAA inspector qualified in accordance with FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 1, Chapter 3. The evaluation will include:

(a)    An observation of the APD/DFEE conducting the oral, FSTD, and (if appropriate) aircraft portion, if authorized certification authority;

(b)    An LOE for APDs issued AQP authority; and

(c)    The associated briefings and debriefings appropriate for the authorization(s) requested.

(3)    Multiple Aircraft Types. If the APD or DFEE is qualified in more than one type of aircraft, alternating observations in each aircraft should be conducted. If the aircraft are not in the same category and class, evaluations that are more frequent should be scheduled.
(4)    APD/DFEE Aircraft Authority. If an APD or DFEE will have authority in a simulator and in an aircraft, then an observation of the APD/DFEE performing both functions is required:

(a)    (a) If the APD/DFEE is authorized to conduct a segment of the check or test in an aircraft, it is acceptable for the managing specialist to conduct the observation entirely in a simulator, provided the simulator can replicate all required maneuvers.

(b)    Those events normally conducted in the aircraft must be observed in the simulator with the APD/DFEE in the crewmember position occupied when evaluating in the aircraft. If the APD/DFEE’s normal position is in the right seat, then the managing specialist may act as the applicant in the pilot-in-command (PIC) position, if current and qualified. If the observation is conducted in something other than an airplane, then the typical seat position should be used.

(c)    The APD/DFEE must still demonstrate in a simulator all tasks that would be evaluated in the simulator from the evaluator operating panel.

(5)    Direct Observation Frequency.

(a)    An APD or DFEE will be observed at least once during each 12-calendar-month period. At least every other observation will consist of an actual certification event. Once any observation is completed, no more than 12 calendar-months may pass before the next observation is completed. The observation is valid up to the last day of the month in the year after it was completed.

(b)    Ten percent of the APD population must receive an unannounced direct observation annually. A required 12-month direct observation that is conducted as an unannounced event may be used to satisfy this requirement. Unannounced observations will be documented in DMS.

Indicates new/changed information.
b.    Special Emphasis Oversight. Certain APD and DFEE performance factors prompt at least one additional required observation other than those that are normally required. The following factors may be indicative of underlying safety risks that require timely FAA attention. Special emphasis inspections are prompted in the following situations:
(1)    High Activity APD or DFEE. An APD or DFEE conducts 30 or more tests and/or checks in a given quarter.
(2)    Low Activity APD or DFEE. An APD or DFEE conducts two or fewer tests and/or checks in a given quarter.
(3)    Multiple Aircraft APD or DFEE. An APD or DFEE conducts tests or checks in multiple M/M/S of aircraft.
(4)    Test or Check of Applicant Trained by an APD or DFEE. An APD or DFEE tests or checks a student trained by that APD/DFEE without prior approval from the managing specialist.
(5)    Certification File Error Rate. The APD or DFEE has a certification file error rate exceeding 10 percent.
(6)    Valid Complaint, Accident, Incident, or Violation. The APD or DFEE is the subject of valid complaint, or has been involved in an accident, incident, or violation.

Note:  Managing specialists, in consultation with their Flight Standards office management, may use discretion and judgment in the kind and frequency of inspections of individual APDs and DFEEs. For example, if a designee’s error rate is above 10 percent, the managing specialist should consider whether the designee has conducted very few practical tests, or is considered a high activity APD/DFEE.

c.    FAA APD/DFEE Training. The managing specialist or other authorized inspector conducts FAA APD/DFEE training (see Chapter 7, Training).
d.    Annual Meeting. The managing specialist conducts an annual meeting with the APD or DFEE.
e.    Provide Technical Assistance. The managing specialist will document in DMS when technical assistance is provided to a designee. Technical assistance does not include answering a quick question via phone or email, but consists of more indepth assistance involving research and/or training.
f.    Paperwork Review. The managing specialist reviews the quality of the paperwork submitted by an APD or DFEE. APDs and DFEEs must accurately complete and issue certification paperwork and ensure prompt submission of all required DMS data.
g.    Review of Proper Guidance Materials. The managing specialist reviews the applicable guidance and reference materials the designee used to conduct a test or check. The managing specialist will ensure the most current documents are used, to include:

    The approved training program;

    Practical Test Standards (PTS)/Airman Certification Standards (ACS);

    FAA Order 8000.95, Designee Management Policy;

    FAA Order 8900.1, Flight Standards Information Management System (FSIMS);

    FAA Handbooks; and

    Advisory Circulars (AC).

h.    Designee Interaction. The managing specialist, or any other ASI, may enter a record of interaction with the APD or DFEE that the inspector deems relevant and appropriate to be included in the APD’s/DFEE’s DMS record.
i.    Interviews of Recently-Tested Airmen. The managing specialist records the results of a formal interview of a recently-tested airman.
Indicates new/changed information.

7.    Performance Measures. For many of the oversight activities, the managing specialist should use the following performance measures to determine designee performance:

a.    Technical. The designee demonstrates sufficient knowledge, skill, and ability to conduct authorized tasks within established guidance and standards. The designee possesses an expert level of knowledge and skill, understands and uses appropriate terminology, uses the correct equipment, applies appropriate standards, and accurately interprets results.
(1)    Knowledge and Understanding. Does the APD/DFEE understand the terminology contained in FAA orders, the PTS/ACS, and other reference material used in planning, describing, or conducting airman testing? Does the APD/DFEE demonstrate an expert level of knowledge about aircraft operation and systems?
(2)    Equipment and Materials. Does the APD/DFEE select or use the appropriate equipment, device, tools, and reference material, etc., when planning or conducting tests?
(3)    Interpret and Apply. Does the APD/DFEE correctly interpret and apply performance standards as required by the authorization?
b.    Procedural. The designee demonstrates the ability to complete administrative functions correctly. The designee accurately completes and issues appropriate documentation, submits required data, follows established procedures, and complies with all regulations, orders, and directives.
(1)    Screening Applicants. Does the APD/DFEE follow the correct procedure when accepting applications and determining applicant eligibility?
(2)    Submittal of Information and Data to the FAA. Does the APD/DFEE properly submit information, documents, or data to the FAA when it is required by FAA orders or by specific instructions provided by the FAA managing office?
(3)    Conducting Evaluations and Tests. Does the APD/DFEE follow the correct procedure when conducting, grading, and providing feedback to applicants during testing?
(4)    Issuing Certificates, Approvals, Authorizations, or Results to the Applicant. Does the APD/DFEE follow the correct procedure when completing and issuing certificates, approvals, test results, or other findings to the applicant upon completion of the testing activity?
c.    Professional. The designee conducts activities in an ethical, courteous, and conscientious manner reflecting highly on the Administrator. The designee presents a cooperative attitude, and demonstrates integrity, tact, and diplomacy when dealing with industry and the FAA. The designee communicates effectively in a manner that reflects positively on the FAA, both orally and written.
(1)    Ethics and Judgment. Does the APD/DFEE maintain high ethical standards and demonstrate good judgment in the conduct of authorized activities?
(2)    Cooperative Attitude with the FAA. Is the APD/DFEE easy to work with and does the APD/DFEE present a positive attitude when interacting with the FAA? Is the designee responsive and accessible to the FAA when required?
(3)    Professional Representation of the FAA to the Public and Stakeholders. Does the APD/DFEE demonstrate a positive reflection on the FAA and a willingness to comply with FAA policy and managing office instruction?
(4)    Oral and Written Communication. Does the APD/DFEE effectively communicate either in writing or in conversation with the FAA or general public? Does the APD/DFEE provide feedback to the FAA with ways to improve the designee system?

8.    Performance Measures and Oversight Activity Results. For many of the oversight activities, the managing specialists will summarize the performance measures and make a final oversight activity result. See Figure 6-3, Performance Measures and Oversight Activity Results, for the general process flow. The managing specialist can select from:

a.    Satisfactory;
b.    Needs Improvement;
c.    Unsatisfactory—Suspend; and
d.    Unsatisfactory—Terminate.
Indicates new/changed information.

Figure 6-3.  Performance Measures and Oversight Activity Results

Figure 6-3. Performance Measures and Oversight Activities Results

Indicates new/changed information.

9.    Performance Evaluation. See Volume 1.

10.    Follow-Up Actions. If the designee’s oversight outcome results in “Needs Improvement” or “Unsatisfactory,” then appropriate follow-up action(s) must be determined and recorded in DMS. These actions may include any of the following:

a.    Counseling. As conditions warrant, the FAA will provide direct guidance and counseling to designees.
b.    Additional Training. Managing specialists may prescribe additional training to correct a deficiency related to a specific event, an oversight activity, or to address specific performance issues.
c.    Suspension. The most common reason for a suspension is when the designee has not been following certification standards as described in FAA policy.
d.    Reduce Authority. A managing specialist may initiate a reduction in a designee’s authority until the performance issue has been corrected.
e.    Termination. If counseling or suspension does not correct a deficiency in designee performance, termination of the designation must be initiated. Immediate termination may also be appropriate when a designee knowingly acts contrary to and/or deliberately disregards FAA policy.

Note:  A result of “Unsatisfactory” for an oversight activity does not require suspension or termination provided the issue is immediately corrected. If the unsatisfactory event cannot be corrected, then suspension or termination may be warranted.

f.    Enforcement Action. If enforcement action is required, the managing specialist should refer to FAA Order 2150.3, FAA Compliance and Enforcement Program, for correct procedures.
Indicates new/changed information.

11.    Designee Management Functions.

a.    Expand Authorities or Change Limitations. This functionality of DMS is available to managing specialists to address changes in the need and ability-to-manage requirements. The managing specialist must provide justification and an appointing official must approve all requests to expand authority or change limitations. If approved, DMS will automatically update the APD’s or DFEE’s authorities and CLOA.
b.    Reduce Authority. The managing specialist may initiate, or an APD or DFEE may request, a reduction in an APD/DFEE’s authority through DMS. The managing specialist must provide justification and an appointing official must approve all requests to reduce authority. If approved, DMS will automatically update the APD’s or DFEE’s authorities and CLOA.
c.    Record Note. Record note allows the managing specialist to make a personal note in the APD’s or DFEE’s file that only the managing specialist can view. This note does not remain a permanent part of the APD/DFEE file.
d.    Send Message to Designee. The managing specialist is able to transmit messages and notifications through DMS, such as changes in the regulations, upcoming meetings, and other communications, as may be necessary.
e.    Record Feedback. Record feedback allows any FAA employee with access to DMS to provide feedback regarding an APD or DFEE.
f.    Preapproval. APDs and DFEEs must obtain preapproval to perform functions on behalf of the FAA. The managing specialist will issue any special instructions to the designee during the preapproval process. Preapprovals may be authorized through two methods, manual or automatic.
(1)    Manual Preapproval. Manual preapproval requires the managing specialist to review each request for activity and approve it in DMS. This allows the managing specialist to stay informed of the designee’s activities and plan appropriate oversight. It provides a means for the managing office to ensure an APD or DFEE is performing only those functions authorized in the CLOA.
(2)    Automatic Preapproval. Automatic preapproval allows the managing specialist to set DMS to automatically approve an activity request by a specific APD or DFEE. This feature provides the managing specialist with a flexible option to provide preapproval while continuing to manage the designee’s activity. Automatic preapproval will only be used when the designee’s performance remains acceptable and analysis indicates that the type of activity requested presents an acceptable risk.

Note:  Automatic preapprovals will not be granted to an APD or DFEE during the first 90 days of initial appointment.

(3)    Preapproval Timeframe. Preapprovals shall be completed at least 24 hours prior to the requested event. If, due to unforeseen circumstances, a preapproval must be completed within 24 hours of the requested event, preapproval will be manual in nature and coordinated with the managing specialist.
(4)    Change or Cancel Request. DMS allows the designee to change or cancel a preapproval request.
g.    Post-Activity. APDs and DFEEs are required to complete post-activity reports in DMS after performing each activity. Post-activity reports provide the managing specialist with a record of activity for each designee. These reports can aid in planning an appropriate level of oversight.
(1)    Post-activity reports shall be completed within 7 calendar-days of the approved activity.
(2)    If an APD or DFEE does not complete a post-activity report within the requisite 7 calendar-day submission deadline, DMS will not grant another preapproval number until all outstanding post-activity reports have been completed.
(3)    Access to post-activity reports will remain available to an APD/DFEE for up to 7 calendar-days after a termination, suspension, or expiration for the APD/DFEE to record any results.

Chapter 7.  Training

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the training of APDs, DFEEs, and FAA personnel. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the training of APDs, DFEEs, and FAA personnel.

2.    General.

a.    Managing Specialist Actions.
(1)    The managing specialist should work closely with the air carrier to coordinate and schedule APD and DFEE training and meeting requirements.
(2)    The managing specialist will validate in DMS that the APD/DFEE completed all required training before initial appointment, during each performance evaluation, and prior to the next training due date.
(3)    The managing specialists must suspend APDs or DFEEs who fail to complete training requirements. DMS will automatically suspend designees who fail to meet recurrent training requirement due dates (see Volume 1, Chapter 10, Suspension of a Designation).
(4)    The managing specialists may suspend or terminate APDs or DFEEs that fail to attend safety standardization meetings or other meetings as directed by the managing specialist.
(5)    The managing specialist must conduct adequate oversight of APD and DFEE initial and recurrent training curriculums that are conducted by the air carrier. This oversight is recorded outside of DMS.
b.    APD and DFEE Training Considerations.
(1)    APDs and DFEEs may complete the initial training in lieu of the recurrent training in order to meet the recurrent training requirements.
(2)    APDs and DFEEs will not exercise their authority as designees unless they satisfactorily meet all training requirements.

3.    FAA-Conducted Training and Meetings. Managing specialists will ensure APDs and DFEEs are trained in the elements listed in Table 6-1, FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements. APDs and DFEEs should be encouraged to contact the managing specialist and include the air carrier to resolve questions or difficulties. Sufficient contact is essential and will include training, regular meetings, and special meetings. All training conducted by the FAA will be recorded in DMS.

a.    Initial FAA-Conducted APD/DFEE Training. The FAA must train APD and DFEE candidates in the specific areas identified below in Table 6-1.
b.    Recurrent FAA-Conducted APD/DFEE Training. The FAA will conduct recurrent APD/DFEE training every 24 calendar-months. APDs and DFEEs must attend recurrent training. The managing specialists will ensure training is provided for those elements listed in Table 6-1. An APD or DFEE who completes this training in the calendar month before or after the month in which it is due is considered to have taken it in the month in which it was due.
c.    Regular Safety Standardization Meetings. At least annually, the managing specialist will conduct regularly scheduled meetings with APDs and DFEEs for the purpose of maintaining desirable standards and effective working relationships. This meeting may be combined with recurrent FAA-conducted training. Managing specialists should use professional judgment when choosing areas of discussion. Examples of meeting topics include:
(1)    Updates on administrative procedures and personnel.
(2)    Updates in approved programs.
(3)    New testing standards or training techniques.
(4)    National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) or FAA FSB recommendations on specific aircraft.
d.    Special Safety Standardization Meetings. Managing specialists will call special meetings whenever a significant change affects the process of FAA airman certification or other designee functions deemed necessary by the POI, APM, and/or managing specialist.

Table 6-1.  FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Requirements

Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information. Indicates new/changed information.

FAA-Conducted Training and Meeting Elements

Regular Safety Standardization Meetings

Special Safety Standardization Meetings

Annual FAA Training/Briefing

Administrative procedures and relationships with FAA inspectors.

X

 

X

Designee’s roles and responsibilities, sources of authority, representation of the FAA:

FAA support

Administrative discrepancies

Applicable changes to 14 CFR

New FAA policy and procedures

Conduct of the practical test

Review and updating test scenarios

Feedback on approved training courses

Testing Standards/AQP

Regional and National issues (trends, considerations, etc.)

Activity and pass/fail rates

Administrative procedures and relationships with supervisory inspectors

DMS interface and requirements

Written test

 

 

X

At least annually, managing specialists will conduct regularly scheduled meetings with designated examiners for the purpose of maintaining desirable standards and effective working relationships.

X

 

 

Managing specialists will call special meetings whenever a significant change affects the process of FAA airman certification with respect to examiners.

 

X

 

Indicates new/changed information.

4.    FAA Personnel Training.

a.    Initial Training Requirements. Training requirements for managing specialists with APD/DFEE responsibilities include:
(1)    Completion of the air carrier operations ASI indoctrination courses, or equivalent.
(2)    Completion of the managing FAA office’s managing specialist on-the-job-training (OJT) program.
(3)    Completion of appropriate Flight Standards designee management training courses.
(4)    Currency and qualification in accordance with FAA Order 8900.1 for performing direct observations of APDs/DFEEs or applicants.

Note:  Managing specialists need not be qualified in every aircraft in which the air carrier operates. If needed, a managing specialist may request a national resource or other available inspector to conduct required direct observations.

b.    Recurrent Training Requirements. FAA personnel serving as managing specialists should complete recurrent training every 24 calendar-months.

Note:  For detailed information regarding the training of APMs managing designees in an ADE program, see FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 13.

Chapter 8.  Termination of a Designation

See Volume 1.

Chapter 9.  Suspension of a Designation

See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

Chapter 10.  Appealing a Ban or Termination for Cause

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to appealing the ban or termination for cause of an APD or DFEE. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for appealing a ban or termination for cause for APDs and DFEEs.

2.    General. See Volume 1.

3.    Official Responsibilities of the Appointing or Selecting Official During Appeal. See Volume 1.

4.    Appeal Panel Responsibilities. See Volume 1.

5.    Appeal Considerations.

a.    Forwarding the Appeal. The FAA office manager will forward the appeal request to Regulatory Support Division (AFS-600).
b.    Appeal Panel. The AFS-600 division manager or delegate overseeing the appeal will convene an appeal panel comprised of three members:
(1)    An AFS-600 division representative;
(2)    An Air Transportation Division (AFS-200) representative; and
(3)    A Flight Standards office manager not associated with the office that terminated the designee.
c.    Review of Decision. The panel will review the termination decision and make a final decision within 45 calendar-days of the appeal.
d.    Final Decision. The appeal panel’s decision is final.
e.    Documentation. All documentation associated with the appeal (e.g., outcome, members of the appeal panel, communication with the designee or the Flight Standards office) should be included in the designee’s DMS file.

Chapter 11.  Other Designee Management Functions

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to other APD and DFEE management functions. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for other designee management functions for APDs and DFEEs.

2.    Assign DMS Roles.

a.    General. See Volume 1.
b.    Master Role Assigner. The master role assigner is typically the office manager or FLM.

3.    Send Message to Managing Specialist. See Volume 1.

4.    Update Profile. See Volume 1.

5.    Retention of Existing Designee Management Files. See Volume 1.

VOLUME 7.  TCE DESIGNEE POLICY

Chapter 1.  General Information

Section 1.  Introduction

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Purpose. This volume supplements the common designee policy by providing specific guidance for the administration of the Training Center Evaluator (TCE) and Training Center Evaluator—Flight Engineer (TCE-FE) designee management program not otherwise provided in detail in Volume 1, Common Designee Policy. For the purposes of this volume, the term “TCE” applies to both TCEs and TCE-FEs, as appropriate. TCE-FE policy, where different, is specified.

2.    Audience. The primary audience for this volume is TCEs, TCE-FEs, and FAA personnel with oversight responsibilities of designee programs, including FAA management, operational, and administrative employees, as appropriate.

3.    Implementation. Compliance with this order will be achieved in accordance with the implementation plans established by each service/office for their respective designee types. Implementation will involve transition from existing management and information systems and designee management polices to the Designee Management System (DMS) IT tool and policy. Affected employees and designees will be notified through a directive/memo when each implementation will begin and end, as well as when full compliance with this policy is required. FAA employee and designee login credentials and instructions will be provided at the beginning of each implementation. Timing for release and completion of each implementation plan will depend upon:

a.    Availability of the DMS IT tool for the respective designee type.
b.    Completion of transition training in the electronic Learning Management System (eLMS) by the managing specialist and their respective management officials.

Section 2.  Overview of Designee Functions.

1.    TCE. A TCE is an individual employed by a training center certificate holder who is authorized by the Administrator to perform tests for certification, added ratings, authorizations, and proficiency checks as authorized by the certificate holder’s training specifications.

a.    Title 14 CFR Parts 142 and 183. TCEs are issued authority to conduct various evaluations based on the FAA’s need and ability to manage the TCEs. The regulatory basis for the designation of a TCE may be found in 14 CFR parts 142 and 183. The FAA considers TCEs with certification authority to be examiners as the term is used in 14 CFR part 183. Training centers certificated under 14 CFR part 142 are required to have sufficient personnel to support their training objectives, which includes the appointment of TCEs. Title 14 CFR part 142 also outlines the prerequisites, training requirements, operating procedures, and limitations of TCEs.
b.    Check Pilot Authorization. A TCE may, with the approval of the operator’s principal operations inspector (POI), be authorized to act as a contract check pilot for that operator. Check pilots and their associated authorities are not part of DMS or this policy. Check pilot policy and regulatory information can be found in FAA Order 8900.1 and the associated regulatory sections.

2.    TCE-FE. A TCE-FE is an individual employed by a training center certificate holder who is authorized by the Administrator to perform FE tests for certification and ratings (for other than 14 CFR part 121 or 125 purposes) to applicants who qualify in accordance with 14 CFR part 63.

3.    TCEs Abroad.

a.    Approved Training Program. A TCE may be authorized to serve at locations outside of the United States, provided the TCE will examine only those applicants from the training center for which TCE authorization is held, in accordance with the 14 CFR part 142 training program.
b.    Managing Office. A designee serving internationally will generally be managed by an International Field Office (IFO), but may be assigned to a domestic Flight Standards office for training centers that have satellite facilities abroad.
c.    Non-U.S. Citizen Authorization. An individual who is not a U.S. citizen may be authorized as a TCE abroad only when the need cannot be filled by a U.S. citizen, and the individual has met the U.S. certification requirements for the examining authority requested.

Section 3.  Roles and Responsibilities

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    FAA Personnel Roles and Responsibilities.

a.    Office Manager.
(1)    The office managers are responsible for the personnel, training, and budget resources necessary to accomplish the management and oversight of designees.
(2)    The office managers should anticipate changes in personnel requirements as a result of the “need and ability” standard.
(3)    The office managers are responsible for continually evaluating the effectiveness of the designee program and managing specialists.
(4)    The office managers serve as master role assigners to ensure inspectors and supervisory staff are assigned appropriate roles within DMS to carry out assigned duties.
b.    Appointing Official. Appointing officials are typically office managers, but may be front line managers (FLM).
c.    Selecting Official. Selecting officials are typically FLMs, but may be office managers.
d.    Managing Specialist. Managing specialists are experienced FAA aviation safety inspectors (ASI) whose specialty is 14 CFR part 142 operations. Managing specialists provide oversight, guidance, and support to assigned TCEs.
(1)    The managing specialist is typically one of the following:

(a)    Training Center Program Manager (TCPM);

(b)    Assistant Training Center Program Manager (ATCPM);

(c)    Fleet Training Program Manager (FTPM);

(d)    Partial Program Manager (PPM); or

(e)    Other assigned inspector.

(2)    The managing specialists must ensure TCEs are prepared to perform their duties, including the completion of required training and the maintenance of the minimum qualifications for designation as prescribed in Chapter 2, Application Process.
(3)    The managing specialists are responsible for ensuring TCEs maintain airman certification standards as prescribed by regulation, approved training programs, and applicable policies. Managing specialists must conduct an active program of meetings and oversight to achieve this objective.
(4)    Designee management must consider potential risks and hazards to safety. Managing specialists should remain constantly vigilant for such risks and hazards. These ASIs should review DMS data and other resources, such as the Safety Performance Analysis System (SPAS), to ensure oversight on problem areas.
(5)    The managing specialists must work closely with assigned training centers to assess risk and ensure TCE programs meets the highest level of safety, standardization, and quality assurance.
e.    Aviation Safety Inspector (ASI). In addition to the roles listed above, any ASI may access DMS to record specific oversight and other activities using the ASI role in DMS.

Chapter 2.  Application Process

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to an individual applying to be a TCE or a TCE-FE. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the application process for a TCE and TCE-FE applicant.

2.    General.

a.    Application Considerations. The application process to designate a TCE is initiated by the employing 14 CFR part 142 training center.
Indicates new/changed information.
(1)    The 14 CFR part 142 certificate holder must submit a letter to the managing specialist requesting the designee applicant. The training center will ensure the request letter is provided to the TCE applicant for upload into DMS. The letter of request must contain the following:

(a)    Justification of need based on FAA criteria;

(b)    Identification of specific authority requested;

(c)    Projected timeline of internal evaluator curriculum completion;

(d)    Explanation of how this applicant is the most qualified of eligible applicants; and

(e)    Statement that training center management has determined that the applicant meets all eligibility and minimum qualification requirements for appointment.

Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    The TCE applicant must:

(a)    Complete an application in DMS; and

(b)    Upload the training center request letter and a current résumé.

(3)    The training center will coordinate TCE applications with the managing specialist. TCE applicants will not be considered for designation without a completed DMS application, receipt of the request letter, and an uploaded résumé.
b.    Who Should Apply. Employees of a training center that have been recommended for nomination as a TCE.
Indicates new/changed information.
c.    Multiple Designations. The FAA may designate an airman to perform multiple certification services as a designee. In addition, a designee may be designated to hold more than one type of designation. For TCE applicants, consideration should be given to the effect of multiple designations on the ability of the TCE to perform functions appropriately.
Indicates new/changed information.

3.    Minimum Qualifications for TCEs and TCE-FEs. To be eligible for consideration as a TCE and TCE-FE designee, candidates must first:

a.    Meet the requirements listed in Volume 1, this chapter, and DMS.
b.    Hold an unrestricted FAA pilot or FE certificate, as appropriate, to act as pilot in command (PIC) or FE for the specific aircraft in which the applicant seeks authority.
c.    Meet the instructor qualification and training requirements of 14 CFR part 142 subpart C.
d.    Be currently assigned as an instructor at the employing training center.
e.    Be qualified in each specific curriculum and the associated flight training equipment for which TCE privileges are requested.
f.    Have an excellent record as an airman regarding violations, accidents, and incidents. The managing specialist must verify the airman information through the FAA’s recordkeeping system(s) before scheduling any training or qualification observations.
g.    Have at least one year of training center experience as a simulator instructor, and have accumulated at least 100 hours of flight simulation training device (FSTD) operating experience within the previous 12 calendar-months in the same aircraft make, model, series (M/M/S), and type (if type is applicable) of FSTD or aircraft for which the designation is requested.
(1)    Managing specialists may consider the candidate’s previous experience as an alternative to the one-year experience requirement if such experience is appropriate, timely (within the last 36 calendars-months), and equivalent to the one-year prerequisite.
(2)    When considering a candidate’s previous experience to determine its equivalency relative to the authorization(s) being requested, the managing specialist must carefully evaluate the candidate’s overall experience in the type of operation and aircraft for which authorization is sought.
(3)    Examples of experience that may be considered include prior experience as a TCE, Aircrew Program Designee (APD), Designated Pilot Examiner (DPE), 14 CFR part 91 subpart K (part 91K) check pilot, or a 14 CFR part 119 certificated air carrier check pilot.

Note:  To ensure standardization, requests for waivers to the one-year experience requirement will be forwarded to the appropriate policy office per the deviation process listed in Chapter 3, Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant. Other listed requirements, including the 100-hours of experience in the same M/M/S of FSTD, are not subject to waiver.

(4)    The one-year training center experience and 100-hour requirement to be considered as a TCE do not apply to the introduction of a new aircraft type to the certificate holder’s program, which would allow an initial cadre (see paragraph 6).

4.    TCE (Aircraft). When maneuvers and procedures cannot be fully completed in an approved FSTD, a TCE may be authorized to conduct evaluations in an aircraft.

a.    Additional Requirements. TCEs who conduct aircraft evaluations must meet the same requirements specified for FSTD instructors, plus the additional training requirements listed in 14 CFR part 142, § 142.53(a)(5) and (6).
b.    Hours as PIC. Candidates requesting authorization to conduct evaluations in an aircraft while acting as a required crewmember must have logged at least 100 hours as PIC in the M/M/S of the aircraft, except when approved as initial cadre on newly certificated aircraft types, or newly acquired aircraft for the employing training center.

5.    Additional TCE Authorities. Additional authorities, such as a second aircraft or Category (CAT) II/III pilot authorization, are not authorized during initial appointment and have additional requirements for issuance. Additional information can be found in Chapter 5, Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee, and Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee.

Indicates new/changed information.

6.    Initial Cadre TCEs. During the early phases of establishing a TCE program, initial cadre TCEs are required. Initial cadre TCE candidates must first become fully qualified as flightcrew members and then be trained, evaluated, and approved as TCEs. Because the regulatory language of 14 CFR part 142 does not address a training process for initial cadre TCEs, this section provides the necessary guidance. The process that follows is valuable for startup operations, or when a new aircraft type is introduced to a training center, because it is a practical way to initiate and build a TCE program, and because it takes advantage of initial training when the center is under close FAA scrutiny (with desirable effects on the TCE program).

a.    Existing Training Program. The introduction of an aircraft which is new to a particular satellite training center, but for which the certificate holder already has an existing training program established at another location, does not qualify for approval of instructors and/or evaluators under an initial cadre.
b.    Training Center Request. The overseeing inspector must arrange with the training center to approve one or more TCE candidates to form an initial cadre. The training center must submit a letter of request and an initial implementation plan. The implementation plan must include a description of the prerequisites, training, and checking that the initial cadre TCEs will undergo, as well as any associated administrative functions. Specifically, quality control (QC) measures, the training curriculum, recordkeeping, and the methods that will be used for the instructor to gain experience must be clearly identified, as well as any additional information required by the managing specialist or the TCPM. The letter of request must contain the following:

    Name of initial cadre candidates,

    Business address,

    Applicant’s airman certificate numbers,

    Applicant’s current position,

    Requested TCE authority,

    Aircraft type,

    Brief résumé of each candidate’s aviation background and experience, and

    Copies of each candidate’s training records.

Note:  The TCPM or managing specialist may require additional information to suit circumstances.

c.    Training, Startup, or New Aircraft Introduction. The training center must provide a full qualification process for the initial cadre of TCEs nominated.
d.    Initial Training and Certification. Prior to initial cadre TCE designation, the training center must first arrange to have the initial cadre TCE candidates trained and appropriately certificated. The training center may provide the training internally, or by contracting with a manufacturer, another part 142 training center, or with other qualified individuals such as flight test pilots. In any case, initial cadre TCE candidates must meet all of the regulatory requirements of 14 CFR part 142.
e.    Gaining Proficiency as an Instructor. After the initial training and certification, initial cadre TCE candidates must become proficient in the training center’s approved training program by instructing one another. During this training, a training center may arrange for a pilot from the manufacturer, an operator, or another source to act as the safety pilot or instructor pilot, if needed.
f.    Proficiency and Competency Checks. After the first initial cadre TCE candidates have become proficient as instructors, they may then begin the training and checking of other initial cadre TCE candidates in accordance with the training center’s initially-approved flight training and qualification curriculum segments.
(1)    Each check must be observed by an FAA inspector who meets the qualification requirements of FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 1, Chapter 3.
(2)    If the inspector determines that the performance of an initial cadre TCE candidate conducting a certain check is satisfactory, the inspector will recommend to the overseeing inspector that the airman be approved as a TCE for that type of check.
(3)    One initial cadre TCE candidate may check another initial cadre TCE. Initial cadre TCEs can repeat this process until each candidate has been approved as a TCE or has been terminated from the program. If only one individual is considered the initial cadre TCE, an inspector will observe that individual conducting a check of another airman.
g.    Designation of Initial Cadre TCE. Designation of an initial cadre TCE follows the same basic procedures as for normal (not initial cadre) TCEs.
h.    Surveillance of Initial Cadre TCEs. Initial cadre TCEs may not meet the 1-year and 100-hour experience requirements, as a normal TCE (not initial cadre) would. Additional FAA surveillance may be required to mitigate the risk associated with this lack of experience. Although the TCE may be issued an LOA after the initial surveillance/observation is completed as part of the normal designation process, additional surveillance may also be performed. Typically, an additional 3 to 5 surveillance activities are performed within the first 6 to 9 months following designation; however, TCPMs may deviate below these normal surveillance expectations when the TCE candidate possesses exceptional experience. Conversely, additional surveillance may be required for TCE candidates who lack previous experience that would normally be expected. The following are factors to consider when determining additional surveillance:
(1)    Overall training center industry experience with the aircraft type. For example, is this the first curriculum at any training center for this aircraft type?
(2)    The specific training center’s overall experience with introducing new aircraft type curriculums. For example, is this the first new aircraft type the training center has introduced since certification as an air agency?
(3)    Previous surveillance results during the introduction of a new aircraft type curriculum at that specific training center.
(4)    Previous experience of each individual TCE, including previous experience as an APD or check pilot on the same aircraft type. For example, does the TCE have previous TCE experience on other aircraft of the same make? Or does the TCE have previous experience as an APD for an air carrier on the same aircraft type?

7.    Disqualifiers. See Volume 1.

8.    Privilege, Not a Right. See Volume 1.

9.    Post Application. See Volume 1.

Chapter 3.  Selection and Evaluation of a Designee Applicant

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the selection and evaluation of TCE applicants. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the selection and evaluation of TCE and TCE-FE applicants.

2.    General.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    Selection Process Flow. The selection process for a TCE or TCE-FE applicant is initiated after the training center submits a letter of request to the assigned Flight Standards office and the designee applicant completes the DMS application. The selecting official then initiates the selection process through DMS. Below is a high-level representation of the designee selection process.

Figure 7-1.  High-Level Selection Process Flow

Indicates new/changed information.

Figure 7-1. High Level Selection Process Flow

b.    Selection Considerations.
(1)    The training center should put forth recommendations of the most qualified applicants based on experience, knowledge, and ability.
Indicates new/changed information.
(2)    The selecting official should review all information provided by the training center, managing specialist, and ASIs associated with the training center, when selecting the applicant for evaluation.
(3)    Preferred sources for TCE candidates are:

(a)    Current or former FAA designees.

(b)    Current or former air carrier, military, or foreign Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) evaluators who have engaged in evaluation activities that involved testing and/or checking.

3.    Need and Ability to Manage. The selecting official must determine that a need exists and the office has the ability to manage the designee. The selecting official should work closely with assigned inspectors and the managing specialist that will likely be responsible for determining need and ability. The following items must be considered when determining the need and the ability to manage each TCE:

a.    Need Considerations.
(1)    The ability of the training center to provide the required testing or checking of applicants within 7 calendar-days after the completion of training.
(2)    The number of complaints received from the public, if any, about a lack of TCEs to provide certification.
(3)    The activity at the training center has increased or is forecasted to increase, and cannot be supported with existing designees.
(4)    The ability of the FAA to support the certification work and need with existing designees.
(5)    The FAA has lost an employee or designee resource.
(6)    The total number of FSTDs.
(7)    The number and use of satellite training centers.
b.    Ability to Manage Considerations.
(1)    FAA inspector staffing must be sufficient and possess the technical skills and knowledge required to manage and oversee the designee.
(2)    The existing and projected office workload must allow the office to effectively manage the designee.
(3)    Funding must be adequate to allow inspector travel necessary to perform designee management and oversight. If existing budget constraints do not allow for proper oversight, then the designee appointment must not be made.
(4)    The geographic location of the designee must not prohibit the ability of the FAA to provide normal designee management and oversight.
c.    Other Considerations.
(1)    The need for a new designee is driven by the needs of the public. Prior to designation, the training center must clearly show a need for the requested TCE. Scheduling convenience or allowing an individual to meet some other requirement, such as designation by a foreign entity, cannot be considered as justification for the designation.
(2)    A utilization review of all TCEs at the training center with similar authority should be accomplished when need is determined. If there is a large variation of activity between TCEs with similar authority, the ability of the training center to efficiently schedule TCEs should be assessed. A large variation of activity would normally prevent the designation of additional TCEs.
(3)    A Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) is required to establish and maintain TCEs and to provide training for FAA Operations ASIs assigned to provide oversight duties at the training center. The MOU must be written in accordance with the instructions and the sample MOU which can be found on the list of effective documents located on the part 142 training centers website at http://www.faa.gov/pilots/training/part_142/. Any deviations to this template must be approved in writing by the appropriate policy office.

4.    Requesting Qualified Applicants.

a.    List of Qualified Applicants. Once the FAA establishes the need and ability to manage a designee, the selecting official can request a list of applicants from DMS. DMS will search active applicants to identify candidates that most closely match the specified criteria.
b.    Deviation from Minimum Qualifications. If no qualified TCEs are available within DMS and the FAA demonstrates a significant need for the appointment, the managing specialist may request that the selecting official petition the National Policy Office (NPO) for a deviation from minimum qualifications as follows:
(1)    Documentation. The selecting official will document and communicate the circumstances and justification for the deviation in a memo to the NPO outside of DMS.
(2)    Coordination. The selecting official must route the request through the appropriate division management leadership for concurrence external to DMS. If in agreement with the recommendation, the NPO will document the circumstances and justification in DMS and complete the required DMS process.

Note:  The purpose of a deviation is to fill a specific need that the managing office has for which there are no qualified applicants in DMS. The expectation is the office will appoint the applicant within 30 days of the deviation being granted. If the applicant has not been appointed after 30 days, the process ends.

Indicates new/changed information.

5.    Evaluation.

a.    Evaluation of a Designee Applicant. The FAA is required to determine if an applicant is the best qualified for appointment as a TCE. An FAA goal is to establish a uniform designee candidate assessment process (as much as practicable) for all designee types. When a training center presents one or more TCE applicants for selection, the Flight Standards office will establish an evaluation panel to further review and determine if each applicant is appropriately qualified.
b.    Evaluation Panel. The evaluation panel must include at least two individuals:
(1)    The managing specialist who is expected to be assigned to the designee. The presumed managing specialist will assume the lead role during the evaluation process and coordinate the evaluation panel results in DMS.
(2)    The office manager, FLM, or any other operations inspector.
c.    Evaluation Panel Checklist. For each prospective TCE candidate, the evaluation panel must complete the following checklist:
(1)    Review the training center request letter and determine if it contains the required elements.
(2)    Review the TCE application in DMS.
(3)    Verify the minimum qualifications have been met.
(4)    Verify the applicant possesses the appropriate airman certificate, category and class rating, and type rating for the authorities being sought.
(5)    Determine if the TCE duties will be conducted in an aircraft and if a medical certificate is required.
(6)    Conduct an interview of the TCE applicant to verify qualifications, application information, and ensure qualities exist to be successful as a designee.
(7)    Contact references as necessary.
(8)    Review relevant information from each of the following FAA databases to determine the candidate’s aviation background and any issues which may have an adverse effect on the candidate’s application:

(a)    SPAS;

(b)    Accident/Incident Data System (AIDS);

(c)    Enforcement Information System (EIS); and

(d)    Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem (PTRS).

d.    Evaluation Panel Tasks. In addition to the checklist above, the evaluation panel must ensure the TCE applicant has completed the following activities prior to designation:
(1)    Verify the following training has been completed successfully and there is a record of each in DMS:

(a)    The training center’s approved TCE training; and

(b)    The FAA TCE training (see Chapter 7, Training).

(2)    Ensure the proficiency check required by 14 CFR § 142.55(a)(4) has been completed (see Chapter 6, Oversight and Management of a Designee).
(3)    Ensure the TCE candidate has been observed conducting a complete certification test consisting of oral, simulator, and aircraft portions if required, when certification authority is requested. If certification authority is not requested, then observe the check for the requested authority (see Chapter 6).
e.    Evaluation Panel Outcomes. At the conclusion of the evaluation events, the evaluation panel will make a recommendation in DMS to the selecting official whether to appoint the applicant or not, and indicate what authorities or limitations should be included in the Certificate Letter of Authority (CLOA). There are two appointment recommendation types:
(1)    Approve. The evaluation panel recommends appointment and now must:

(a)    Identify recommended authorizations and limitations.

(b)    Prepare the recommendation for review by the selecting official and appointing official.

(2)    Disapprove. If the evaluation panel recommends disapproval, justification must be provided in DMS.
f.    Selecting Official Actions. The selecting official may accept or reject the evaluation panel recommendation.

6.    Banning. See Volume 1.

Chapter 4.  Designee Appointment

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Purpose. This chapter provides the policy related to the appointment of TCE and TCE-FE designees. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the appointment of a TCE and TCE-FE.

2.    General.

Indicates new/changed information.
a.    Appointment Process. Below is a high-level representation of the designee appointment process.

Figure 7-2.  High-Level Appointment Process Flow

Indicates new/changed information.

Figure 7-2. High Level Appointment Process Flow

b.    Appointment Checklist. The evaluation panel recommends appropriate privileges and limitations in the CLOA based on the applicant’s:
(1)    Background experience;
(2)    Personal and professional qualifications; and
(3)    Needs of the appointing office.
c.    Appointing Official Actions. The appointing official may accept or reject the evaluation panel and selecting official recommendations.

3.    Designee Number. See Volume 1.

4.    CLOA. See Volume 1.

Indicates new/changed information.

5.    CLOA Expiration Date. Upon designee appointment, DMS will generate a CLOA with an expiration date on the last day of the 12th month following the CLOA’s approval date. DMS will continue to extend the expiration date for 12 calendar-months annually subject to the following conditions:

a.    Designee Updates User Profile. The designee must update his or her user profile in DMS at least once every 12 calendar-months.
b.    Designee Maintains Qualifications. The designee must continue to meet all requirements to maintain the authorizations listed on the CLOA.
c.    Length of Appointment. The designee may serve at the discretion of the Administrator until his or her designation is terminated in DMS.

6.    Reinstatement. A former TCE who was terminated “not for cause” may apply for reinstatement up to 12 calendar-months after termination only for the training center where last assigned. The training center must submit a reinstatement request letter, and the former TCE must:

a.    Have a prior record in DMS; and
b.    Continue to meet all requirements for issuance of the designation.

7.    Reinstatement Process. Once the Flight Standards office determines the former designee is still competent to perform authorized activities, the CLOA is reissued with the original designation number used for reinstatement.

Chapter 5.  Responsibilities and Obligations of a Designee

Indicates new/changed information.

1.    Purpose. This chapter describes the common policy associated with the responsibilities and obligations of a TCE and TCE-FE. This designation type-specific policy and Volume 1, Common Designee Policy, constitute the overall policy for the responsibilities and obligations of a TCE and TCE-FE.

Indicates new/changed information.

2.    TCE Responsibilities. In addition to the responsibilities listed in Volume 1 of this order, TCEs must:

a.    Complete Administrative Functions. TCEs must complete the airman certification forms or entries in accordance with FAA policy and regulatory requirements. The paperwork must be accurate, complete, and timely. All certification packages must be completed via the Integrated Airmen Certification and Rating Application (IACRA) or sent to the managing specialist within 7 calendar-days of completion.
b.    Assure Confidentiality. Designees must ensure that information regarding tests or checks remains private and confidential.
c.    Maintain Security of Controlled Material. Each TCE is responsible for maintaining the security of controlled material pertaining to the issuance of the airman certificate. The TCE must use appropriate security procedures as identified by the training center and managing specialist. At a minimum, TCEs shall ensure adequate security of:
(1)    Knowledge element questions developed for the tests;
(2)    Skill element plans of action developed for the tests;
(3)    Airman certificate and/or rating applications and Temporary Airman Certificates; and
(4)    Applicant Personally Identifiable Information (PII).

3.    TCE Authorizations.

a.    Recency-of-Experience Requirements. Pilot TCEs may accomplish their recency-of-experience requirements in an approved Level C or D FFS. TCE-FEs may accomplish their recency-of-experience requirements in an approved Level 6 or higher FSTD.
b.    Second-in-Command (SIC) Type Rating. A TCE may, with appropriate certification authority, issue an SIC type rating to an applicant in conjunction with the satisfactory completion of a training center’s approved curriculum provided the applicant:
(1)    Is enrolled in a curriculum approved to meet the requirements of 14 CFR part 61, § 61.55; and
(2)    Has not failed to complete a curriculum approved to meet the requirements of 14 CFR § 61.58, § 61.63, or § 61.157.

Note:  An applicant who has applied for an initial or additional type rating may not be granted an SIC type rating due to his or her inability to successfully complete the initial or additional type rating training course. In those instances, the individual will be issued a notice of disapproval.

Indicates new/changed information.

4.    TCE Limitations. TCEs must adhere to the following limitations:

a.    Maximum Evaluation Time. Combined instruction and evaluation time in an FSTD may not exceed 8 hours in a 24-hour period. This limitation does not include preflight and postflight briefings associated with flight training.
b.    Maximum Evaluation Events. A TCE may perform no more than four evaluation events per calendar day. An event consists of either one oral evaluation or one simulator evaluation.
c.    Three or More Grades of Pilot Certificate. A TCE may not conduct evaluations for three or more grades of pilot certificate unless specifically justified and approved by the managing specialist.
d.    Multiple Aircraft. Before a TCE or TCE-FE can be approved for a second aircraft, the managing specialist must carefully evaluate the differences between the aircraft currently authorized and that of the second type requested. In many cases, an aircraft type rating will encompass a number of different models and series of aircraft within that type rating. Different models and/or series within a specific type may have vastly different operating characteristics and systems. Levels of differences (designated A–E) are described in FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 3, Chapter 19. Because the TCE’s knowledge and skills directly affect the quality of an evaluation, the managing specialist must consider the following guidelines and limitations when determining the reasonable number of aircraft in which a TCE may be authorized to conduct evaluations:
(1)    A TCE may not be authorized in more than two aircraft types or two different M/M/S within the same type if they are significantly different.
(2)    A TCE may not be authorized to conduct evaluations in more than one aircraft type and one training course for non-type-rated aircraft.
(3)    A TCE may conduct evaluations in up to four different series of one aircraft model, provided the differences between series are not significant (no more than level A or B differences). Authorization to conduct evaluations in an aircraft model or series that encompass level A or B differences are relatively easy to accomplish (e.g., DHC-8-100 versus DHC-8-200) and may not affect the TCE’s ability to effectively transition between the aircraft.
(4)    Authorization to evaluate in a model and series that requires level C, D, or E differences training will affect the complexity of the evaluation and must be considered before additional authority is granted (e.g., LR-25 versus LR-55).
(5)    Authorization to evaluate in aircraft that require separate curricula and/or flight training equipment must be considered as another type rating